Table of Contents Pdf

Home

1. Figure 7 5 5 Period validation settings AARO SYSTEMS AB 283 ay he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL TE AAN L es i oh a NIN 5 Utilities Edit Periods 7 5 8 7 5 9 SYSTEMS Note after changes are made you should restart AARO to make sure the changes made in the Validation tab in Edit Periods are applied in Data Entry Input Open for Revert tab If a completed package should reopened for input it must be listed in this tab Packages tab Packages entered here are shown in the input screens for the period The reason to enter packages in these screens is to reduce visible choices for the reporting entities If no packages are entered the default is that all packages are available The area consists of a table with a single field Package where the packages to be available for the period in question are entered 7 5 10 Organisation tab This tab consists of three sub tabs COMPANIES GROUP and OP_ORGANISATION 7 5 10 1Companies sub tab This tab is edited from the Legal module if a legal structure is used In the COMPANIES tab all companies for the period are entered Companies that are not entered here will not be visible for input or produce consolidated figures The area consists of a table with following fields Field Description Company Company code Currency Currency that the company reports in Note that the currency might differ for different periods It is therefore e
2. 5 54 Application management File management a Page header and othe i a Relative period amp Consolidation amp Accountingtype EA CurrencyTranslation amp ProformaType validations a CRH Settings B Menu management ALL Responsibilities B Responsibility Drilldown J Function J Function All extra N 12 Links Home Input function Save Attested Input Function Y Y All none Prepare Figure 7 15 1 Application Management window 7 15 1 File management In the File management menu it is possible to upload new versions of the application s Furthermore it is possible to create application groups to which users can be allocated An application group determines which applications a user may run Application Management ai i SENARE Save ast Print Reports Client global update enabled amp amp File management E cC i amp Page header and othe eS ra amp Responsibilities re K ARO amp Relative period Gass amp Consolidation amp Accounting types C Data amp Currency types delphi amp Proforma types eE amp validations java amp Journal settings Ge Logs amp CRH settings G Regenserver 9 Temp 9 Temp L a ap Application management Local files 2 Menu management ALL AUDITOR CONS L Filename 20100929155621578_B3595207_44141 2ip 2010 09 29 2 5 2010 11 29 9 0 2010 11 29 9 0 2010 11
3. Figure 3 2 4 Adding a row to a match form 3 Enter values and click the Save button For more information on fetching data from another period see 3 2 4 Report intercompany transactions 3 2 5 Fetch data from another period It is possible to retrieve information from another period There are two alternatives to choose from bringing back just the grid headings from another period or retrieving both grid headings and figures Follow the instructions below 1 Load a form for a period and company 2 Click the Fetch button to retrieve information from another period The Fetch Period dialog appears Fetch Period Period 0712A Fetch Data With Figures Fetch to 1C_REVENUE All Forms Figure 3 2 5 Fetching a form from another period AARO SYSTEMS AB 52 t ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs ee AA Data Entry Match 3 2 6 S75 TE MS 3 Select the source period Check Fetch Data With Figures if both grid headings and figures are to be retrieved Leaving the check box unchecked will merely bring back grid headings In the Fetch to section select whether the current form only or all forms will be retrieved Click OK 4 Click Save Generate a match report The match report displays intercompany transactions and highlights intercompany differences between companies in a group To generate the match report from the Data Entry menu follow the instructions below 1 Select a period and p
4. JWReason amp Status Save 0 2010 09 23 15 5ave L Normal AARO _O __aaro 2010 09 21 04 5ave T Normal AARO l O AARO 2010 09 21 05 Save T Normal AARO Original inw O AARO 2010 09 20 22 Save L PastEquity LAARO 9 20 2010 xX Id 2 or Id J Acq 02 or Id N16 or Id Orig investment Figure 4 4 3 Filtering Process journals Selections made are displayed as text at the bottom of the grid Tick the check box to remove all selections Tick the check box to remove the selections temporarily Select to remove part of the selections AARO SYSTEMS AB 139 5 1 5 1 1 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA D Reports Drill down reports Reports This chapter describes how to work with the Reports menu items Drill down reports This chapter is an introduction to AARO drill down reports After reading this you will understand how to order a report how to adjust it and how to build new reports Drill down is the AARO report generator Basically it is an OLAP report generator containing your entire organization The menu item for drill down reports is Reports Drill Down Predefined reports Predefined reports are reports that you or someone else has prepared and saved in AARO s report folder structure As the report folders are stored in the AARO database the same folders will be visible regardless of which computer you log in from The predefined reports can be accessed through th
5. Sad A E a Load Save Saweas Print Reports Prepare Prep as Izar Delete Copy Expand Sign Attached file lt no file gt Links Home User ID ID Currency Status Date Last user 07124 AARO AF556 SEK New 2012 02 03 2 02 54 Ph Opening Correction Journal Type Accounting Type Proforma type Description System Normal Normal v Normal v Test journal Normal 3 Adjustment Prepared By Prepared Time Approved By Approved Time Attested By Attested Time Audited By Audited Time Recurrent Input Co Fromo Code Form Amount LegalGroup LegalType AdjustmentLevel InvType Product usiness Uniusiness Are Customer Market ESTMIXDIF T aj My Journals ATHEN ATHENS 1020 BS_ALL Company Normal All Journals E eB ee G amp EB a AF556 2012 0 Credit Difference 0 00 Figure 3 7 6 Creating a new journal 4 Click the Save or Prepare button when finished The command Prepare saves the journal temporarily in the database while the command Save saves it to the database 3 7 5 Create multi JV bookings It is possible to enter journals with different periods on each row of the journal 1 Select the period option MULTIJV when entering a new journal 2 Enter period company code and amount on each row Press Save A journal is created for each period entered Peri
6. Vf Trying to send Sending to server for validation LT LIT LILLIE Validating Successtully created JY bookings Figure 6 3 13 Create journal progress window Note the menu items listed under AARO gt ABS Send are not used when sending journals to AARO the AARO gt ABS Send menu item is against all other function types except journals 6 3 9 Viewing data from AAROCreateNewJV in AARO For reference when journal data has been successfully sent to AARO it can be viewed in the AARO application using menu item Data Entry gt Journals AARO SYSTEMS AB 203 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAT Excel connectivity AARO Excel send SYSTEMS iarna Filter Period User ID ID Currency Status Date Last user A 07124 AARO ija SEK Save 2012 02 01 4 04 46 Ph AARO 4 f Opening L A Correction Journal Type Accounting Type Proforma type Description f System f 1510 bookings Normal z E 1 07128 2017 Prepared By Prepared Time Approved By Approved Time Attested By Attested Time Audited By Audited Time Es o o IVSEK bokning AARO 2012 02 01 4 04 46PM O O _ ai i R Co FromCo Code Amount LegalGroup LegalType AdjustmentLevel InvType ustmen a Ge AC Active Y SUM 1500 00 Recurrent a Input ARLANDA ARLANDA 1510 500 00 Company Normal My Journals ATHENS ATHENS 1510 1 000 00 Company Normal All Journals A Picture 6 3 14 View journals 6 3 10 AA
7. specify names of trusted macro developers very High Only macros installed in trusted locations will be allowed to run All other signed and unsigned macros are disabled High Only signed macros From trusted sources will be allowed to run Unsigned macros are automatically disabled Medium You can choose whether or not to run potentially unsafe macros Low nok recommended You are not protected From potentially unsafe macros Use this setting only if vou have virus scanning software installed or you have checked the safety of all documents WOU Open Figure 6 1 8 Setting up Macro security level in Excel 2003 e Excel 2007 and higher AARO SYSTEMS AB 176 ie l ae DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a A A Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel S75 TE MS Nn In Excel 2007 and higher the Macro security settings are located under the Excel menu Excel Options gt Trust Center Click the Trust Center Settings button Excel Options Popular e Help keep your documents safe and your computer secure and healt Formulas Proofing Protecting your privacy Save Microsoft cares about your privacy For more information about how Microsoft Office Excel helps to protect your privacy please see the privacy statements Advanced Show the Microsoft Office Excel privacy statement Customize Microsoft Office Onl
8. 0712A se SF MATCH Ww ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL DO SEK te Revenues internal UF My companies OwnBU Counte BLU 3060 4060 5260 s460 E ARLANDA a Sales int Cost goods Oth int grou Int exp grou IE ATLANTA Counter company Loc Lac Loc Lo GOTHENBUR ATLANTA Atlanta Inc LEISURE LEISURE le HELSINKI Helsinki CLOTHES CLOTHES ATLANTA HELSINEK Helsinki FOOD MEDIA BRISTOL Total i COPENHAGEN HAE GOTHENBURG 4 ES HELSINKI LEEDS A PARENT v 4 oy WCLASSETS AIC LIAB IC REVENUE Figure 3 2 1 Match window The Match window consists of two panes The left hand pane contains a tree structure displaying the companies for financial data reporting the right hand pane consists of a working space for data entry or adjustments AARO SYSTEMS AB 50 l ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL per B Data Entry Match S TEMS lt B ope The complete name of the reporting company period and currency are displayed in the information field in the top right hand corner of the workspace Valid forms in the package are displayed as tabs at the bottom of the workspace The counter companies for which information has been entered can be visible in the tree by expanding the company name by clicking the plus sign or double clicking the name In the form counter companies and sub dimension details are displayed as rows A user with restrictions on specific dimensions can see records applying to their
9. Loc Transaction Amount Total Specification Report currency SEK v Sorting Company Destination Orid Report File Match sum order Sum ascending Sum descending No sum order ae Ca Figure 3 2 7 Setting up match report parameters The following table describes Order Match Report window fields Field Description Restrictions Report for selected rules only Restrictions Limit Report currency Limits the differences displayed in the report to the selected matching rules It is possible to choose to view a report of all rules or just one Defines the lower limit of the differences to be displayed It is useful as a filter function in cases of a significant number of differences Currency in which the information is displayed It is possible to choose between all currencies that have exchange rates defined for the selected period AARO SYSTEMS AB 55 ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Ts a AAT Data Entry Match Field Figures to match Report layout Company description Sorting Report destination Match sum order TS TEMS Description The following options are available e Loc The report will match Loc figures the figures for both sets of companies will be based on local currency Local currency figures will be converted to the report currency e Transaction Amount The report will match transaction amount figures i e the
10. Reports Edit Company aneeer ened m All selected is Basic Product 1 E Compan BATH Bath 76 451 S Account BIKES Bikes _ 1335 186 856 942 390 E Report L BREAD Bread 64712 100 471110 9424 E Currenc CHILD_WEAR Childrens fashion 5268 3236 19414 100 H 4 Other FASTFOOD Fast Food 424 w i Legal FILM Film o 500 942222 85 i Operational FRUIT_ EG Fruit amp vegtables 11 739 18 696 100 05 Co MENS Mens wear i 32 356 14 631 100 9424 B 05 Lev MULTIMEDIA Multimedia 76451 15 022 B 05 Lev NEWSPAPER Newspapers 58 331 200 E Business PERFUME Perfume 225 670 12317 8 482 9789 75914 828163 21317 E Business SOFAS Sofas 225670 38 139 9789 253932 726 21317 E Product SPORTSHOES Sportshoes 300 217 E Custome TOYS Toys 79 270 1 687 255 7 106 E Custome WINE_BEER Wine amp Beer 100 594 E Market WOMENS Womens fashion 38 827 12 942 1014 476 594 B TESTMID Remainder External Figure 5 1 23 Drill down report example The drill down report example above has several rows and columns You may for example want to display a report containing the maximum values for three products for company ATLANTA In this example click the Product dimension The Select Product dialog window appears In the Selection area click the Top N radio button Top N settings appear in the right pane AARO SYSTEMS AB 154 Select Product Product 2 ATH BIKES BOOKS BREAD CHILD_WE
11. The account type can be changed to change to reflect the change in the period rather than the closing balance values The account may furthermore be changed here to PE1330P with the purpose of specifying the corresponding values for associated companies 3 4 20 05a amp 05b Past Equity by Co Change Closing This report checks for any imbalances in the past equity register The difference net row at the bottom should be zero If this report is compared to the Past Equity tab in the Legal menu the rows accounts are the same The difference is that a view of all parent company subsidiary relations is possible here Drill Down a gj a eel al WZ a Load i Save f Save as Print Reports New Settings Copy Delete Rename Transpose Report j Reports Edit ATLANTA GOTHENB LONDON NICE Nice PARIS Paris ARLANDA COPENHA HELSINKI S _HOLD AT G3 Folders n TOTAL INVESTMENT 75 386 153 250 9500 95 000 9000 312 000 10 856 10 000 E3 3 Company Reports PE1310L Investment amount in Local currency 175 386 153 250 95 000 9000 312 000 10 856 10 000 Qo Group Reports PE1310R Investment reserve Sy Legal Reports PE1330L Investment in associated companies 9500 B E Check Reports PE208104 Organisational change Share capital 161 688 60 000 3 600 58 500 3500 200 000 10 666 4500 01 Balance Sheet diff LOC PE208112 New Share issue Non cash issue 02 Balance Sheet diff SEK PE208204 Org
12. Values without dimension are displayed as Undefined in drill down reports Disable enable report header text Global setting Edited in menu Utilities Application Management Page header and other Local setting in leftmost menu Page header Security setting Text part 1 in toolbar Text part 2 in toolbar This text is displayed directly after text part 1 Legal type for split AARO SYSTEMS AB 438 ay e y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL The aM ae Utilities Edit Settings STS T Setting StartOldApplications StartTexti1 StartText2 StopText StopTextl1 StopText2 SupportSolverAddr SupportSolverText SystemJVLOCLogic MS1S Description Start application when version differs Y means that an error message is displayed but it is possible to continue N means that it is not possible to continue Text part 1 when logging on abs exe Text part 2 when logging on abs exe If Y a message will be displayed at start up that user actively must tick off Otherwise N Text row 1 for stop text Text row 2 for stop text Address for the support link in the menu Address and text for the support link in the menu Activate inactivate LEGAL OPER logic create system bookings of type LOC AARO SYSTEMS AB 439 l ae DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Ean gt Additional menu items Start AARO menu S Te M amp S lt P gt 4 8 Additional menu items This chapter describes addition
13. 1 Long description Use publish features on this period Period relation Code Translation PerCalc Annual Factor Complete Open For Revert Packages Organisation Publish pa A ou T a T a cL a a D cL ee gm a Opening balance From Comparison Period Timeseries vY uy Previous Period Logic version Timeseries type ZY Responsible Average Translation Year mm co oO a Excess Value First Date 010 02 06 Last Date 2010 12 31 GW depreciation ii Multiplier AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Periods Consolidation Logic Normal Default Rates from 10024 Default Organization From 10024 Consolidation prio if Normal Average Average l ype AyvePeriod Figure 7 5 12 Enter description in Properties tab 3 Update the Properties tab with basic information Press Save 4 If information from another similar period mostly previous period of the same type is to be copied proceed to copy information otherwise continue to update the remaining relevant tabs 7 5 13 Copy an existing period To copy information from an existing period 1 Select the target period in the Edit Periods window If a new period is to be created see previous section 2 As a security measure a security row has to be added in the Open tab before it is possible to copy information to the target
14. 6 1 5 Logon is necessary before any data can accessed in the AARO database To log on to AARO from Excel after opening Add In follow these steps 1 On the AARO menu in Excel select Log On The log on dialog window will be displayed 2 Select a database or just accept the default choice and enter user name and password Log on to AARO in the same way as usual Press Login Database aaro Options User Name Cancel Figure 6 1 13 AARO Logon from Excel 3 The application will now operate and download some lists from the database Initially this may take some time but subsequent login attempts will be much faster 4 After logging on to the AARO database from Excel all the AARO Excel features can be accessed Note It is recommended to quit and restart Excel once after having logged on to a certain AARO database for the first time This is because certain help texts in the function wizard of Excel relating to AARO formulas will be updated at the first logon but displayed only after Excel has been restarted Log off When closing Excel there is no need to issue the Log off command separately as there is an automatic logoff from AARO in Excel There will also be an automatic logoff from AARO if there is no activity for 2 hours or another specific period of time that has been set up by the system administrator Log Off from the AARO menu in Excel is an option if a logoff from AARO in Excel without closin
15. 7 3 1 S75 TE MS Integrator configuration The AARO integrator has an extensive set of features to handle integrations with external sources Its main function is to retrieve data from external sources into the AARO database External sources can be of various types such as SQL tables SQL views text files Excel files stored Procedures The integrator can also manage combinations of file types The menu item for Integrator is Utilities Integrator configuration in AARO Note this menu item will only be available if has been activated in AARO A Integrator configuration 1 i a i i i i 1 i i i i a j i i i i i i i i i i i i i 5 i l a 1 a i i i i i a i Load Save f Save as Print f Reports Links Home EES import Sources H Data Sources H Import Speciications Test Data Sources Rule Test Cases Integrator Edit Pane Figure 7 3 1 Integrator configuration window The tree on the left in the configuration user interface contains a few top level nodes The most important are Data Sources Import Specifications and Import Sources Data sources A data source defines the external source of data where it is located and how to extract data from it The data source configuration interface will vary depending on the type of external data source AARO SYSTEMS AB 256 Integrator configuration mw 4 i Load Save f Save as Print i Import So
16. A reporting package has a different status depending on whether the reporting has been finalised When companies have finalised reporting in the menu Data Entry Input the reporting package is completed when the Complete button is pressed With the process status functionality it is possible to check whether a reporting package for different companies has been completed It is also possible to change the status of packages to complete reverted and send e mail reminders queries The complete multi complete functionality is useful if there are inactive companies or companies that have not finalised their reporting on schedule What is a package A package or input package is simply a collection of forms Packages are used for convenience they show up as folders in the tree structure of the Data Entry Input screen or as items in a drop down list in the Data Entry Match screen For more information please refer to the 7 9 Edit Input section The status for a package can be Status Description Empty All editable cells are empty for all forms in a package In progress At least one editable cell has data entered in the forms in the package Completed A package or dimension is completed as follows e Fora package completed on the company level this status indicates that there are no differences between the reconciliation accounts in the reporting package e Fora package completed by dimension this status indicates that the dimens
17. Choose datasource AARO Figure 5 1 13 Selecting a data source for a drill down report The new empty report will now appear Initially the Fixed panel is filled with some default parameters and these can also vary between AARO installations A Drill Down Sees lw A EPEE ga Settings Copy Delete Rename Transpose Report f Links Home i i gi 7 Grid Fixed criteria Reports Edt a Column criteria i Basic 5 a Other Legal Row criteria Operational Default parameters Remainder External yy TT H H Report area Temporary tab New report i ee Figure 5 1 14 New drill down report with default parameters The parameters on the Fixed panel relate to the entire report 3 New parameters can be added to the fixed panel from the Edit tab by drag and drop Parameters can likewise be removed by being dragged back to the Edit tab 4 To select the parameter value click the select parameter icon Figure 5 1 15 Changing drill down parameter value The select parameter window will appear where specified criteria are chosen AARO SYSTEMS AB 148 5 1 6 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Drill down reports Selecked ikems SEK Calculated Item Figure 5 1 16 Selecting currency for a drill down report 5 When satisfied with the Fixed panel content proceed with Rows and Columns panels accordingly
18. Dimension name dimension value In the first example specified above the dimension separator and dimension values were given as Product BOOKS In the same way as other parameters dimensions and dimension values may also specified from individual cell references 6 3 21 Viewing data from ABSSendOSFlex in AARO For reference when ABSSendOSFlex formula data has been successfully sent to AARO it can be viewed in the AARO application using menu item Data Entry gt Input in the relevant OS Order amp Sales form A screenshot example of an OS form setup for demonstration purposes is included here AARO SYSTEMS AB 214 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel send A Input ZS i i ly Delete E E2 FAL BP B A i Load f Sawe f Sawe as E Print Reports Calurnn lara Fetch loam Row Sree Replace Links Home Period it ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda O71 24 ARLANDA Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL al ANNUAL oduct j A Customer Het Sales Discounts JA OSDEMO 05 Demo 3010 3080 EB BS_TANG Tangible EQUITY Specificatic MEDIA ENTER CUST_O3 24 680 fF BS_ALL Balance Sh 54 BED ai JA IS_ALL Income Stat aa RS CUADECCIIDO Cha Il Figure 6 3 28 ABSSendOSFlex data viewed in AARO Data Entry gt Input 6 3 22 Send information from Excel to AARO When the relevant formulas and data cells have been completed information is sent from Excel to AARO or to a File via the menu ite
19. Edit AARO About Settings Color Palette Visual Refresh Reconcile Figure 6 5 4 Save AARO Excel input form from the AARO menu AARO SYSTEMS AB 238 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ATS s Excel connectivity Excel input forms H Do Alternatively click the right mouse button and choose the menu item AARO Input Form gt Save B Income Statement 2 Pe riod Load 3 0712A amp Cut Edit 4 Copy Settings J Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGIE i Paste Color Palette 5 Paste Special Visual Refresh 7 Insert Reconcile 8 3010 Net sales external Delete 9 3060 Net sales internal Figure 6 5 5 Saving AARO Excel input form using the right mouse button If the information has been successfully exported a confirmation message will appear information Eg i Successfully sent Figure 6 5 6 Confirmation message for successfully exported data To check the information in the AARO application log into AARO and go into the menu item Data Entry gt Input and load the relevant form load the relevant form in AARO to check the data entry A a PEN a o Load 4 Z Print A 3 Load fe a A E cm pote a JKE KA Company compare with ARLANDA Sthlm Arlanda ARLANDA SY f v Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL SEK woe J Income Statement o ANNUAL a CLOTHES COSMETICS FOOD HOUSEHOLD LEISURE MEDIA TOTAL BS_INTANG BS_TANG 1 EQUITY Sp ia eet N
20. It f me fi f sert Delete lt New f Rename teat Unser Sub Dim eas Print Reports AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Dimensions aa KAKA Links Home ag H E Dimension amp 2 Group Currency 2010 09 15 09 24 AARO Companies Co ADJ ADJ_COPENH ADJ_UPPSA ARLANDA ATHENS ATLANTA COPENHAGEN EL EL_IC GOTHENBURG HELSINKI INTRESSE INTRESSE2 KALIX LONDON NICE PARENT PARIS SUCCESSIVT SV _HOLD TEST_INTR UPPSALA CoName Adjustment company Adjustm Copenhagen blir intressebolag Adj Uppsala Sthlm Arlanda Athens 5 4 Atlanta Inc Copenhagen Elimination company Elimination company Gothenburg Helsinki Intressebolag KALIX 4B LONDON PTY Nice Training Parent company Paris Successivt bolag Sweden Holding 4B Test intressebolag Uppsala for db blir ib Seq o 0 0 1 556601 0101 4 O01GR3789 0 14PTS65L56 1 DK12345670 99 0 99 0 0 556601 0103 1 556601 0131 0 0 0 32434234 0 3242344 0 1 100 0 0 2 556601 0199 0 0 CorporateNo RegisteredOffice Stockholm Athens New York Copenhagen Stockholm Stockholm KALIX London Stocholm Stockholm SecurityLevel Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal System System Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
21. The ABSRetrieveOperFlex function is used for retrieving operational figures that are reported through input or matrix forms The Flex part of the formula allows users to define dimensions themselves rather than according to predefined criteria see Dim1 Dim2 etc For reference an example of an ABSRetrieveOperFlex function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath AARO SYSTEMS AB 189 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve A ian cl pe pe mp v STS 1 2 MS SB SRetrieveOperFlex Period o712a S o wes Curr Trans Acc ype AccStd Il Market SWEDEN Dimi Market SWEDEN Dime Business Unit LEISLUIRE Business Unik LEISu Dim an Il tt E E E Dir Dims Dim Dim Dime Dim 4 ra Il Dims Proformal ype Adjlevel Il InyType a ll Formula result 647 927079 Figure 6 2 14 ABSRetrieveOperFlex The following parameters are valid in the ABSRetrieveOperFlex function Period The period for data to be retrieved Co Company code from which data is to be retrieved Code Account from which data is to be retrieved Curr Currency for the data to be retrieved CurrTrans Currency translation e g Actual Budget LastYear AccType Accounting type e g Normal IFRS or USGAAP AcctStd Accounting standard a summary of one or more accounting types AARO SYSTEMS AB 190 D
22. al Delete Links l Home i Row Duplicate Consolidation types Calc Queue ConsQueue Typ Period IntOrExt Field ListOrSetting1 Field2 ListOrSetting2 Field3 IMPORT INPUT_FIG ALL Period l IMPORT MATCH FIG ALL L L Period IMPORT ISCLA ALL Period l SUMM SUMM ALL TOTAL TOTAL amp Proforma types amp validations amp Journal settings a CRH settings Menu management 3 Figure 7 3 11 Adding new consolidation queue Click Save Note you may need to restart AARO for the changes to take effect In case this option button is disabled the data source has most likely not been defined for the period selected in the drop down list in the upper left part of the form this update can be carried out by following these steps i 2 Select Utilities Edit Period Select the import period in the tree to the left Select the Open tab Add the data source name to the list EER ma 5 A EE 3a a pal gt a Be J Mie QA 182 ave as Print Reports ricg p rioa S88Goq Been Delet Copy Paste Clear Duplicate Find Links Home IB all Periods 06124 0712A 07124_JB 0712A_KW 08014 ii R 08014_COM LEASOPER 08014 _KW LEGALEDIT 0802A sf erra g Period 0712A Current Open Close Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL DO a A MATCH_FIG PLEDG_ASS v IE Figure 7 3 12 Adding new data source to a period Click Save Note you may
23. lt Nn LegalGroup Company MainGroup ATLANTA 5 1010 Capitalised exp 1020 Concessions etg 1030 Patents 1040 Licenses 9 1050 Trademarks war H 08 Balance Sheet by company Figure 6 4 20 Report created after drill down It is possible to keep drilling down into columns rows or cells many times every time a new drill down operation is performed a new worksheet is opened 6 4 8 Runa drill down report in Excel Choosing Run from the AARO Drilldown Report menu either from the AARO menu or by clicking the right mouse button gives user the option to Run refresh a drill down report This is particularly useful for refreshing reports when source data in AARO has been changed Column Drilldown by d Cut Edit i E 53 Copy Settings i Paste Shadow Sheet Paste Special Delete Insert Run All Reports in Workbook Figure 6 4 21 Run drill down report 6 4 9 Edita drill down report in Excel To edit a drill down report choose Edit from the AARO Drilldown Report menu either from the AARO menu or by clicking the right mouse button From here it is possible to edit report criteria in the same way as outlined in 6 4 3 Create a report by logging into AARO from Excel AARO SYSTEMS AB 230 l f AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL L away oe Th a NEN 5 Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports SYS TE MS Column Drill
24. 1 Select the last company in the list and press the Insert Row button or the down arrow on the keyboard to add a new row Enter data for the AARO SYSTEMS AB 321 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AARS Utilities Edit Dimensions SYSTEMS x new company and press Save Select the new company in the left pane to also enter contact information 2 Create a company in the menu Data Entry Legal The created company will also be added to this list Select the new company in the left pane to also enter contact information Please note that companies created in this menu will not be added to the menu Data Entry Legal but will be selectable as alternatives in drop down lists The difference between the menus is that all companies in the menu Data Entry Legal are tied to a certain period and group while the companies in the above list are merely listed 7 8 1 2Delete a company Delete a company in the list by selecting it and pressing the Delete Row button 7 8 2 Dimension Select the Dimension folder in the left pane to display a list of all dimensions in the system A Edit Dimensions l 7 ls B L f E a a E TA i ral E i I i i i i i T i i i z i Li i L ll i i J i Rename Meeti ae f Sub Dimi Links Home Type Dimension Selected Dimension 4 dy Company T Dimension Business Area E3 Business Unit E Customer E Market Product i TESTMIXDIM Group ED Currency Figure
25. 1 1 3 Basic entities MS Description Stores all applications visible to users Performs complicated calculations Regenerates users Logs activities Optional The following basic entities are to be found in the AARO system 1 1 3 1 Fixed entities Fixed entities present in every AARO installation Period Company Legal Group Account AcctType The fundamental time entity Common uses include budget forecast and actual periods for months accumulated year to date isolated rolling 12 months etc weeks quarters etc There is no restriction in the system as to how periods can be used every installation of AARO can create its own nomenclature e g O806A for June 2008 Actual O806B for June 2008 Budget O806AM for June 2008 Actual Isolated Month etc A period is simply a way to collect all data for a fixed period in time into a set of its own This set may but there is no obligation be related to other sets in various ways The fundamental reporting entity Almost all input data is reported per company A group of companies with an ownership structure Any number of groups can be defined in AARO and Subsequently consolidated Fundamental reporting and calculation entity Every input figure is reported in relation to an account e g Net Sales Cost of Sales Also every figure calculated by the system belongs to an account e g Gross Profit Minority Interest There are several types of accounts in
26. 4 Click the Save button Automatic recalculation of the calculated fields is performed 5 Click the Cons button to send changed data to consolidation 3 4 10 Excess value tab The excess value is specified in detail in the Excess value tab The information is used as the base for the automatic creation of the excess value related items in the group balance sheet income statement and relevant specifications i e net value depreciations and translation differences in relation to the excess value asset Each acquisition can have more than one excess value entry i e for different types of assets and duration of depreciation 3 4 10 1Load the excess value form To load the excess value form for a company follow these steps 1 In the Legal screen select the period in the Period drop down list 2 Inthe tree expand the legal group select the company and click the Excess value tab 3 In the Group drop down list select the currency in which the values will be represented This drop down list contains the main group currency and the legal group currency if they are different 4 In the Decimals field select the number of decimals visible in the form 3 4 10 2Add an excess value entry To create an excess value entry GWID follow these steps 1 Load the excess value form for the period and subsidiary 2 Click Add Column and enter the Edit excess value window AARO SYSTEMS AB 86 Edit excess value Excess value
27. 50593003 matthias aaro se Figure 3 1 29 Contact List report for company ARLANDA AARO SYSTEMS AB 49 pe l ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Kh a A 5 Data Entry Match 3 2 3 2 1 Ss Nn TEMS Match Intercompany transactions are reported and reconciled in the Match window The transactions can either be reported at overall company level or at a defined sub dimension level Intercompany transactions can be reported in both local currency and transaction currency Loc amp TransAmount or in local currency Loc only The detail level and currencies available depend on how the form is set up by the system administrator The result of the reconciliation between intercompany transactions is displayed in a match report The report can be extracted for all match rules or for a single rule either on total company level or on a more detailed sub dimension level The menu command for the Match window is Data Entry Match Use the Match window The Match window is used as follows 1 Load a match form for the reporting period and company 2 Input the intercompany data in the forms 3 Extract the match report 4 When all data is entered for the period and company complete the package 3 2 2 Match window A Match oie ow ir gf a Wy QM Load Load Save Save Save as Print f Reports Ta t poce TEE Fetch Complete Contact Links Horne Period Package Dimension Group Company group
28. ATHENS Counter company TransCur Trans amp mount Loc TransCurr Trans4mount ATLANTA COPENHAGEN Copenhagen CLOTHES LEISURE D 1 000 A COPENHAGEN GOTHENBURG Gothenburg FOOD HOUSEHOLD 220 a GOTHENBURG eR Rt HELSING GOTHENBURG Gothenburg COSMETICS COSMETICS 600 i PARENT HELSINKI Helsinki LEISURE MEDIA 10 000 80 500 SV_HOLD Total 80 500 lt iui IC_ASSETS AIC_LIAB AIC_REVENUE Figure 7 9 7 Example of a match form AARO SYSTEMS AB 348 ay e y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL ee AA 5 Utilities Edit Input STS TEMSTS 7 9 1 7 1Create a match form To create a match form follow the general step by step instructions in 7 9 1 3 Create a form step by step instructions Select Match as the form type source Under Figure Field there is a choice of essence only for match forms of Loc TransAmount or Loc amp TransAmount e Choose Loc if figures are to be reported in local currency only i e the local currency of the reporting company as in all other types of input in AARO e Choose TransAmount if figures are to be reported in the transaction currency only The user will have to report both the amount itself and the currency code If this option is selected this match form cannot feed other forms and its figures will not be part of the consolidation The figures can only be used for matching e Choose Loc amp TransAmount if figures are to be reported in both Loc and TransAmount The user
29. ATLANTA Formula result 6 4675 Figure 6 2 8 ABSGetCompanyRate Period Period for which data is to be retrieved Co Company code AARO SYSTEMS AB 183 l ee DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL has oa AAI Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve S75 TEMS RateType Ope opening Ave average or Clo closing 6 2 10 ABSGetMinorities ABSGetMinorities displays the minority percentage for a specified MinorityType direct indirect or total for a company shareholding within a legal group for a given period For reference an example of an ABSGetMinorities function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath BS SelM inor ities Period 0712A Skal OF 128 Co HELSINKI HELSINKI Minority Type DIR Legalaroup MainGroup Formula result 10 Figure 6 2 9 ABSGetMinorities Period Period for which data is to be retrieved Co Company code MinorityType DIR Direct IND Indirect or TOT Total LegalGroup Legal group If left empty the default value is assumed 6 2 11 ABSGetName ABSGetName displays the description of a company group or other dimension based on the dimension name and given value for that dimension For reference an example of an ABSGetName function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath OBS Sethlarne Type Product Rs Product Code FRUIT_VEG 7s FRUIT_VEG
30. All types 3 7 3 Load journals AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Journals Description Journals generated by system as a result of changes in input figures legal structure or operational structure Journals created by a user on accounts opened for input Journals generated by system when adjustments are performed in an input form Journals identical to Normal journals but run periodically Journals created manually Journals created by the current user All journals existing in the system Journals available to a user depend on user rights set up by an administrator To load journals follow these steps 1 In the menu select Data Entry Journals 2 Select a journal folder 3 To load all journals from the folder click Load or double click the folder Journal records for all journals in the folder will be loaded without journal headers 4 To load records for one journal expand the folder by clicking the plus Sign select the journal and click Load or double click the journal The information about the loaded journal appears in the information box in the top right corner 5 To sort records by a column click the column header Co Fromo Z Active Y SUM 45421 00 ATHENS ATHENS Code A e Amount 208104 37 965 00 Figure 3 7 2 Sorting journal records AARO SYSTEMS AB 110 t g DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs oa AA Data Entry Journals S75 T E MS 6 To r
31. Balance Sheet 8014 Capitalized expenditure 11 201 11 201 a BS_ALL 1020 Concessione ete 1055 1056 canco 1030 Patents S076 5076 50 2 ALIDITCO 1040 Licenses 14 786 i 786 14786 AB Leasope 100 Trademarks Ie INTERIM 1 O60 Tenancy tite leasehold and similar rights s Ero ti a fe INTERIM 1070 Goodwill 942 9412 9412 fF LEAS YE 1080 Advance payments for intangible fixed assets 19 246 19 246 19 246 AE EO Extra 1090 Other intangible fixed assets p mail BEEP 1099 TOTAL INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS el 61 455 59 721 Figure 3 1 7 Comparing input data for two periods This functionality is available for forms of type Input only Filter OS form It is possible to filter an OS form by column values Follow these steps 1 Right click a cell in a column used to filter the form and select Filter Product Business Buying Code Linit customer BATH LEISURE CUST 09 BIKES LETSLIBE IUST 09 FREAD Help on Code lot CHILD wea HEIP on Form 04 FILM 10 FRUIT VEG m DOKUP value t lo ee Print Help on aad PERFUME 05 Print Help on Form FERFUME s Trea Figure 3 1 8 Filter an OS form by product code
32. Drill Down in the AARO application Working with Excel instead of the AARO application brings various advantages and disadvantages depending on which task s the user is working with For example in Excel drill down reports you can also take advantage of all Excel features such as formatting calculations connectivity to the Excel Chart Wizard and so on However some users may find that it is easier to drag and drop report criteria and visualize information within Reports Drill Down Drill down reports combined with full Excel connectivity gives users complete support for all of their reporting requirements 6 4 1 Accessing Excel drill down reports There are two ways to access Excel drill down reports 1 Use Live Copy to Excel from the AARO application menu item Reports Drill Down 2 Login to AARO from Microsoft Excel Go through the menu AARO gt AARO Drilldown Report Log On Log Off ABS Retrieve ABS Send b send Journals p Paste from AARO New Report AARO Input Form Predefined Consolidation settings AARO About Figure 6 4 1 AARO drill down reports menu 6 4 2 Live Copy to Excel from the AARO application To start up Excel drill down reports from AARO login into the AARO application and go into the menu item Reports Drill Down AARO SYSTEMS AB 218 t he y a DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL va away ae Th 4a IN Excel connectivity Excel drill down
33. Excess Value Met E YA E at 1 LOL EUR FE1070 BATH 2012 02 03 012 02 03 Figure 3 4 18 Excess value tab Most of the values in the matrix are calculated automatically based on previously entered data i e translation differences and depreciation for the period To complete the net values with opening balances for these items at start up the Sales Retirements rows in each section may be used These rows are also used to handle changes in the ownership of the company AARO SYSTEMS AB 90 pe t Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a EE a A a Data Entry Legal S75 TENS Nn 3 4 11 Equity tab The majority of report and analyze possibilities are to be found in the Drill Down reporting tool There are however some limited and high level analysis that may be made directly in the Legal menu The Equity tab is a report presenting the company s contribution to the group equity in detail and how this contribution is built up from reported values via past equity to a consolidated value This report is based on a report layout maintained in the Drill Down menu where it also may be altered j 2 2 2 2 gS Load Sav asi Print Reports New Delete Cons Find Period i Owner BRISTOL 0712A Owned LEEDS B BRISTOL J Loc JV SEK TransDiff LEEDS LOC SEK LOG SEK LOC SEK a sv HOLD 208101 OB Share capital E PARENT 208104 Organisational change Share capital 20
34. Field Description DSO Account used for calculating ratios like Days of sales outstanding The following account definition should be specified e Accounts receivable account receivable e Sales sales account The value for the account receivable in the present period is compared to isolated values for the sales account for a series of periods This is done in order to calculate the number of days needed to accumulate the value of the first account The table PERIOD_DSO is used to define the isolated periods for each relevant period Rate Accounts used to calculate alternative cross currency rates based on the rates information in Edit Period Rates tab The following account definition should be specified e FromCurr source currency code e ToCurr destination currency code e RateType rate type AVE CLO or OPE Currency codes and the rate types are listed on the Rates tab in the Edit Period menu i e Average rate in Rate tab for USD 9 00 The Rate account then is specified FromCurr SEK ToCurr USD and RateType AVE this will result in RATE account 0 111 WeightAve Weighted average accounts are used for calculating a weighted average within a period The following account definition should be specified e Base account account used in calculation e Weight account account representing the weight applied to the base account The equation is base account x weight account for dimen
35. Hostname Blocked DB Name Command Status PID Time Blocked Description User name Shows what application is run e g if AARO is run from Excel or ABSNAV EXE Shows from what machine the user is running the application Shows if the process is blocked or not Database name Command used at the moment Status of the process Process id Time period the process has been blocked Functionality in the window e Select Sort by to select by what field the list should be sorted AARO SYSTEMS AB 430 ay ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL tin a m D Utilities Database Monitor SYSTEMS S e Tick Show system processes to include processes run by the system in the list e Select Beep at DEADLOCK to make the computer beep when deadlock occurs e The number of ongoing processes is shown in the upper left corner Use the drop down list Max processes to adjust the scale on the diagram AARO SYSTEMS AB 431 7 18 7 18 1 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Eliminations ie B STS TEMES Nn Edit Eliminations This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities Edit Eliminations in AARO All eliminations are entered here A Edit Eliminations i Reports New a 2 Links Home iil av eo a BO Hic A me _ Delete Row Iose i Delete Copy Paste Clear Duplicate Find j Replace m a amp Load Save Save as Print INT_INCOME_COSTS Elimination information Eliminat
36. Sao a oo Figure 7 11 5 Report folder in the menu Reports Drill Down with added reports 7 11 3 Add reports to a folder Reports are created in the menu Reports Drill Down Selected users can save a report in a global folder instead of the personal folder All reports saved in global folders are displayed in the Reports folder and in a global folder in the menu Utilities Edit Drilldown Folders In order to add a report to a new folder 1 Right click a folder 2 Choose Add Reports to folder and select report in the list Press OK in the upcoming dialog A report can be selected to multiple folders AARO SYSTEMS AB 374 y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL ENEN Utilities Edit Drilldown Folders STS TEMSTS E fajai Visible for markec 07a Not CTA accounts to check fants eset F Refresh vi COMPANY 07b Not CTA acc Associated Com Company Re GROUP Operational ig WEBREPORT 08 Balance Sheet by Company webreports a a 09 Balance Sheet by FromComp H S Group Repo pina 10 Balance Sheet by Legal Type i Legal Repor pasaron 11 Equity by Company 4 dd Report to folder n Sep EAEE poea F 12 Equity by FromCompany Pies eet 13 Equity by Legal Type by Co k 14 Equity by Legal Type Figure 7 11 6 Select report to add 7 11 4 Delete a drill down folder or report A drill down folder cannot be deleted unless all reports are removed from the folder A drill down report cannot be delet
37. Text Default text Mult ASSETS Immaterial assets Land and buildings Tangible fixed assets Financial fixed assets Inventories and prod work Accounts receivable Other current receivables Prepaid expenses and accr Short term investments Cash and bank TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES Share capital Unregistered share capital Revaluation reserve Statutory reserve Equity share associated co Restricted equity Format Supr Zeroes oo oc co m OW oO fF Oo ooo co 0c co coc co CoO CoO CoO ema MERY m MET ca Figure 7 10 1 The Layout for the report GROUP_BS Balance Sheet Report layouts for input forms created in Utilities Edit Input are not editable They are identified by the record THE LAYOUT IS MAINTAINED VIA EDIT INPUT Only layouts created in this menu item are editable 7 10 1 Create a report layout To create a report layout follow these steps 1 Click the New button The New Layout pop up dialog appears Alternatively a new report layout can be created from an existing report layout by using the Save as button 2 Enter layout code and description Specify if the layout will be created from scratch or based on an input form Click OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 367 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Report Layouts Report Code Description SOLE SPEC Sales specification Blank Report Import Input Form SALES Figure 7 10 2 Create a new report layout New Layout window fields a
38. 1199 2635 929 799 Past Equity Id 1299 S366 562 1624 ExcessValue Id Fast Equity Account Reporting Currency 1399 1 545 405 1 341 14993 Drilldown By Expand by 1599 Business Unik Figure 5 1 6 Performing report expand by business area New rows appear under the selected row ASSETS 1099 577648 699139 1199 2685929 799134 1299 3366582 1624959 1399 ae ENTER 247 073 VOGUE 1 426 115 1561737 UNDEF 127763 220127 1499 564175 114491 Figure 5 1 7 Account expand by business area An expanded row is collapsed by selecting Collapse from the right button menu 1399 ENTER Drildown By VOGUE Doa 37 UNDEF le 1499 Ji Figure 5 1 8 Collapse an expanded row 5 1 4 Edit a report If more advanced changes to the report are to be made press the Edit tab The organisation of the Edit tab can vary greatly but it always contains all the different entities necessary to build a report AARO SYSTEMS AB 144 t ee AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fas oe AA D Reports Drill down reports S75 TEMS When the Edit tab is selected the fixed row and column criteria panels open up in the report aj Drill Down Milea a S sE e i a O DEA m w SR z B iZi ee Ai i Save Save as Print Reports Settings Copy Delete Rename Transpose Report Links Horn o New j j i i e Grid Fixed panel Report Peric T m eport Layout B of1e4 06014 GROUP BS ASSETS 1099 577 04 699 139 E Repor
39. 2 Enter the value in the Filter by column on value dialog and click OK Value B will match all values starting with B i e BATH BIKES BREAD Only rows satisfying the entered value will now be visible 3 Reload the form to see all rows Report financial information Operational input forms are often reported on sub dimensions such as per market customer product business unit division etc The detail level is set up by a system administrator for each form Input forms for the Legal functionality AARO SYSTEMS AB 37 E a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAI Data Entry Input S75 TE PS are reported on the company total level and therefore no sub dimensions are needed To enter financial information into a form follow these steps 1 Load the form for period and company 2 If sub dimensions are used in the form do one of the following e Input forms For forms of type Input click the Add Column and select a sub dimension from the drop down list in the dialog window Click OK and a column will be added to the input form Add column Do selection Figure 3 1 9 Adding a column to an input form e OS and Text forms For OS and text forms click Insert Row button and a new row will be added to the form Sales specification Product Business Buying Counter Counter Discount Code Unit Customer company Product Sales LOC LEISURE CUST_UG ATHENS MULTIMEDIA Figur
40. Application Management STS TEM STS 7 15 2 Page header and other The Page header and other settings allow set up report page header set closing rules in drill down reports keep alive signal interval period to hold offline lists and service user password The window contains following functionality Function Logotype configuration Page header Userlogin expires Closing rules in Drill Down Keep alive Signal Hold offline lists Serviceuser alternative password Description Set up the position of the Logotype in drill down reports Press the Preview Logo button to preview the report header Disables the possibility for users to decide if a Page header should be visible in drill down reports If the check box here is ticked the Header disabled check box will be ticked in the menu AARO Page header see example below Pape header Prepared Date Document Mo AAO UZET 2010 02 16 Approved ee Figure 7 15 4 Page header The page header is used in print outs for example for drill down reports Enter number of days until a new password need to be changed Tick the check box Closing in progress to enable the functionality Enter maximum number of criteria selectable on the same axis in drill down reports Too many criteria selected could limit performance A signal is sent to the server to prevent the connection to close down Useful for VPN connections Press the Deactivate button to stop the
41. Consolidation method PE Opening Minority method Average 4 Qyerride category lt NONE gt Closing Product BIKES Ownership information BRISTOL owns Region Share Classification Number of shares Nominal value share Nominal valuecin OO0s bo Book value ii o Woke 1 Ownership Past Equity Excess value Equity Equity Equity 2012 02 03 12 58 AARO AARO ve Figure 3 4 8 Company ownership information Fill out the relevant values for Field Description Currency Reporting currency for the company Translation Rate method type e Current Current rate method e Temporal monetary non monetary method Tax Company tax percentage This is used for the split of untaxed reserves in deferred tax and equity Can also be used for other calculations where company tax percentage should be part of the equation Consolidation The only possible choice is PE purchase method method AARO SYSTEMS AB 80 ay he 7 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a a AA a Data Entry Legal S75 TE MS Field Description Minority If the ownership of a company is less than 100 a method minority method should be chosen e Normal minority interest is automatically booked as a share of the net income and liability to the minority owner based on the ownership percentage e Split will split the company in two parts account per account based on the ownership percentage e Manual there will be no
42. Data Entry Input Comment Form 0911A HELSINKI a External document lt no document Save Fetch Exit Attached File lt neo file i a SEES J e g Bi7 U e Penod G7 74 Foam ES ALL fe ABD SIAAY fede TET This needs investigation Figure 3 1 16 Entering comments 2 Enter relevant text 3 To add a file or external document to the comment right click the External document or Attached file link Follow the prompts to add an external document or attach a file Ix External document lt no document Attached File lt n lt r Figure 3 1 17 Adding a file to the comment 4 To fetch a comment from another period click Fetch In the Fetch Comment for Period dialog select a source period and fetch options and click OK AARO SYSTEMS AB AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Input A ian cl Fetch Comment for Period Period Fetch Data With Figures Fetch Current Account 3990 Current Selection Account Business Unik Cancel Figure 3 1 18 Fetching comment from another period 5 Press Save and close the Comment Form window The text and attachments will now be stored in the input form A paperclip icon appears in a cell with an added comment Once the mandatory comment has been saved the red cell becomes green Balance Sheet 01A TOTAL 33 603 33 603 336 ee 15229 15 228 44 359 44 358 Figure 3 1 19 Comment added to a cell 3
43. DefaultEquityReport Legal_Equity The equity report is displayed in menu Data Entry Legal tab Equity Enter the name of the Drill Down report that is default Ppt Sctivate Falderc in the meni RennrteiMrilldauin ONICRHihath Figure 7 19 1 Edit Settings menu Below follows the standard settings used by AARO Setting Description AcctStdActivated Accounting standard item added as default when adding new report in Reports Drill Down AcctStdDefaultValue The default accounting standard value AcctStdGroupNumber Level group number as seen in the menu Edit Dimension Group Accounting Standard tab Properties AllowAuto Activates automatic upgrade of the client files Managed in menu Application Management File management AllowLogin Activates the possibility to limit user access to AARO Only user stated in setting AllowedUser is allowed access Default value is Y no limitations AllowedText The login window text when AllowLogin is activated AllowedUser Enter user identifier for the user allowed to log in when AllowLogin setting is activated AppLongName Text visible in the application window header AARO SYSTEMS AB 436 STS T Setting AppShortName Autologoff COMPLETE CompleteLimit ConsColIncluded ConsInputLegal DefaultCurr DefaultEquityReport DrilldownSystem EnableDrillThru GWBSCode GWCo GWISCode GWLegalType InputDecimals JvIDCounter LegalEquityLevel LoginExpiredText
44. Documents Thursday __ Legal Report Friday Document explorer Saturday Sunday 2011 09 26 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday 2011 10 03 Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2011 10 10 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2011 09 21 13 23 AARO aaro Figure 2 4 1 The News view on the AARO start page 2 4 3 Enter news text 1 Right click the News area and press Edit News Hews Figure 2 4 2 Adding news 2 Enter text in the text area press Add if text already exists and then press OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 31 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AARO start page News New Business Controller appointed in area Nordic Paragraph Add Cancel Figure 2 4 3 Edit News window 3 Text has been added in the News view See below News New Business Controller appointed in area Nordic Figure 2 4 4 Added news AARO SYSTEMS AB 32 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL i oe AA K Data Entry Input 3 3 1 3 1 1 S75 TE PS Data Entry This chapter describes how to work with the Data Entry menu items Input The Input window is used for manual entry of data as well as for importing data from an external source not described here Information is reported in different packages for example yearly quarterly and monthly Each of these packages contains the applicable forms such as balance Sheet income statement and possibly addi
45. EQUITY Specificatic BS_ALL Balance Sh 3019 Net sales extemal 5 IS_ALL Income Stat 3060 Net sales internal CLOTHES 3080 Discounts COSMETICS 3 EL IC 3099 Net sales total EL FINANCE 3510 Invoiced costs external FOOD 3560 Invoiced costs internal HOUSEHOLD 3599 Invoiced costs LEISURE 3920 MEDIA SHARESSUBS Shai AUDITCOSTS Audit LEASOPER Leasing INTERIMASS Prepa 4010 Cost of goods sold external INTERIMLIA Accrue 4060 Cost of goods sold internal LEAS YEAR Lease 4080 Discounts received EO Extra Urdinary In 4099 Costs of goods sold Ma PENR ACS Padane lt gt 4910 Change in inventories Commissions license fees and royalties 3990 Other operating income 3999 Total income 2012 02 23 11 33 AARO AARO Figure 3 1 1 Input window At the top of the workspace the reporting period and company are selected from the drop down lists and the comparison period if required The tree structure in the left pane displays the forms combined into packages that the user is allowed to report on for a specific period Forms in the package are displayed by double clicking the package or clicking the sign The columns in the workspace reflect the reporting level defined for the current form A form reported on company level has only one entering column and a total column while a form reported on a dimension may consist of several entering columns depending on how many items the
46. Edit Report Layouts Create a report layout Edit a report layout Rename a report layout Delete a report layout Edit Drilldown Folders Manage drill down folders AARO SYSTEMS AB 281 281 282 282 284 284 284 285 289 290 291 292 292 293 293 293 297 297 298 298 299 300 300 302 306 313 314 314 314 315 316 319 319 322 335 341 342 342 358 362 363 364 365 367 367 369 370 371 372 372 Vil jm ie ee ee ge a ee a ee A Pree OCON OU BRWN FE Ne 5 es a Os ee UT UT UT UT UT UT UI UI UI UT e OcdnNO UB WN Be NN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN E i p p un E E _ AA 2 V gt S75 TE PS Create a drill down folder Add reports to a folder Delete a drill down folder or report Rename a drill down folder Set up user responsibilities Edit Drilldown Container Manage a drill down container Organize Parameter Folders Manage Period folders Manage Input Period folders Manage Dimension folders Manage Account folders User Administration User information and database rights User information tab Database rights tab Add a user Delete user Prepare a user Remove a prepared user Edit a user Regenerate users Reports Show Log Setup password rules Application Management File management Page header and other Responsibilities Relative period Consolidation Accounting type Currency Translation Proforma type Validations Menu Management Edit Currency translations Gen
47. ExchCode TransCode LocMult GroupMult Percentage DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL YS Utilities Edit Eliminations A E MSTS Description Indicates on which account the elimination is booked Indicates which account is eliminated Indicates on which account the translation difference originating from match forms will be booked Indicates on which account the translation difference which is a result of the fact that different exchange rates are used for B S and I S will be booked 1 The value in local currency is fetched with unchanged sign 1 The value in local currency is fetched with the opposite sign 0 No value is fetched in local currency 1 The value in consolidated currency is fetched with unchanged sign 1 The value in consolidated currency is fetched with the opposite sign 0 No value is fetched in consolidated currency Indicates what percentage of the account that is eliminated e g 50 or 100 AARO SYSTEMS AB 435 t ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Ti a me al AAS Utilities Edit Settings 7 19 STS TEM STS Edit Settings The menu item Utilities Edit Settings contains various global settings for the system A setting can e g be used for switching on functionality or giving a parameter a fixed value For each setting it is possible to select a value Sometimes the value can be text and sometimes a numerical value For some settings the selectable values a
48. FORM NOT OPEN FOR THIS PERIOD Date Type of shares Number of shares Amount Share Total amount ginning of Year 0 00 C Previous period descriptions ginning of Period 2007 12 02 ka Ordinary v 2 2 00 200 000 00 Z Description RIGA TB sv_Hoip 13090 Holding En 13091 Market value Percentage of Ordinary shares 200 000 00 d of period 100 000 50 ownership Yo Figure 3 6 1 Shares window 3 6 2 Description of fields in the Shares window The Shares window contains the following fields Field Code Date Type of shares Number of shares Amount Share Total amount Description Select account in drop down list See list of accounts below Enter date of acquisition disposal etc This field has three options Ordinary N P V and ANDELAR For the last two the Number of shares and Amount Share fields are read only the only fields updated are Total amount and Carrying value Enter number of shares Enter nominal value per share Depending on type of shares this value will be manually entered or calculated automatically AARO SYSTEMS AB 103 t he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A A e hs a mm an Data Entry Shares SYSTEMS Field Description Carrying value Book value Description Tick checkbox to enter a description Previous period Tick the checkbox to show previous period descriptions descriptions Displays descriptions added on previous periods
49. Formula result Fruit vegtables Figure 6 2 10 ABSGetName Type Dimension whose description is to be retrieved e g company group or the name of a dimension such as e g Product or Business Unit make sure to spell this exactly as defined in the database including any spaces and upper lower case AARO SYSTEMS AB 184 t ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Kk ae PATS Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve SYSTEMS Code Name or code e g of a company group or other dimension whose description is to be retrieved 6 2 12 ABSGetRate ABSGetRate displays the exchange rate for a specified currency for a given period and rate type For reference an example of an ABSGetRate function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath Ab Seth ate Period 0801 4 Fe osoa 94 4755 Formula result 9 4735 Figure 6 2 11 ABSGetRate Period Period for which data is to be retrieved Currency Currency code RateType Ope opening Ave average or Clo closing 6 2 13 ABSRetrieveLegal The ABSRetrieveLegal function displays values for a selected legal group and other criteria For reference an example of an ABSRetrieveLegal function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath AARO SYSTEMS AB 185 t Ki y E AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL E TEE a AALS Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve SYSTEMS ABSRetrieveLegal
50. If the data contains errors an error message will be shown and erroneous data will be highlighted in yellow Press OK to close the warning message Warning T Validation errors were Found Nothing has been sent Figure 3 3 15 Validation errors found AARO SYSTEMS AB 71 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Import AARO Integrator Bjel x 1 Fetch Convert 3 Validate amp Send Converted data Standard Input Forms 3 rows Comp Per Business ape AMO Validation err HELSINKI 1109A FOOD 5210 0 0000 123 0000 Unknown period HELSINKI 11094 FOOD 5110 0 0000 234 0000 Unknown period HELSINKI 11094 MEDIA 5110 0 0000 345 0000 Unknown period em Save as text file Copy to clipboard Replace text Replace old data by Period Company and Send only if all rows are correct Send nothing merely validate Account code Input Form Send correct rows despite any validation errors in other rows Press Finish to Validate and send this data 2011 10 03 15 10 TEST120 Figure 3 3 16 Viewing errors 8 The error can be corrected in the window or in the original file and loaded again After the corrections have been made the Finish button can be pressed again If the figures are correct the following message will be shown Information i All rows were successfully sent Figure 3 3 17 Successfully sent message 9 The
51. Journal settings tab settings are enabled Sort by Tick if the report should be sorted by rule or company Tick the checkbox if there Should be a page break between different rules companies Detail level Select at which level the reconciliation should be done company total or more detailed level e g by cost centre This depends on which level the accounts are reported Default Rule s default level Use the detail level which is defined in the rule Maximum detail Lowest level where both accounts in the rule are reported Company total The figures summarized to the company total level before reconciliation Other Specified at the selected dimension AARO SYSTEMS AB 128 t ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL tf re HA 5 Validations Reconciliations S75 TEMS n Journal settings tab Settings Journal settings Journal settings The Journal settings tab settings becomes Journal Type enabled if the Include Journals checkbox on the Settings tab is ticked Opening i Recurrent Choose journals of which Journal Type should be included into reconciliation All journal types or just a few may be included System Figure 4 2 5 Selecting journals for a reconciliation report AARO SYSTEMS AB 129 ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL oT a HA 5 Validations Process Status 4 3 4 3 1 S75 TE PS Process Status This section refers to the menu item Validations Process Status
52. My Network k Places Files of type all Microsoft Office Excel Files xl xds xlt htm w z Figure 6 4 4 ABSXL xIl An AARO Menu will now be visible in Excel next to the Help menu 3 Choose Log On from the AARO menu in Microsoft Excel Log on to AARO from within Microsoft Excel This enables the use of AARO menu items and drill down options within Microsoft Excel Figure 6 4 5 AARO Logon from Excel 4 To create a new Excel drill down report go to AARO Drilldown Report gt New Report The Report Order pop up window appears See the following section on selecting criteria in the Report Order window AARO SYSTEMS AB 220 E a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA D Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports STS Te MS a Log n Log Off ABS Retrieve ABS Send p send Journals j Paste from AARO b AARO Input Form Consolidation settings AARO About Figure 6 4 6 Creating a new drill down report in Excel 6 4 4 Criteria for a drill down report When creating a drill down report 1 Define output criteria for e Fixed data data for the report output AARO SYSTEMS AB 221 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports A Report order Sele eport information Heading Balance Sheet Datasource AARG Standard datasource Default page F Grid Report type of Regular Drill down Matrix Fixed Eos Columns ixed Criteria 1 Curren
53. Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Figure 7 8 2 List of all companies The company list contains the following information Field Co CoName SeqNo CorporateNo RegisteredOffice SecurityLevel CoType Description CoType Type Company Selected Company Groups Submarkets 4 NORDIC 2 SCANDINAVI 1 WESTEUROPE 3 Company code Maximum ten characters This is the only mandatory field in the list Company name full name Sequence number in a drop down list If all companies have sequence number zero alphabetical order will be applied Corporate number Enter the company s registration number Registered office Enter the city where the company is registered Security level Default is Normal This functionality makes it possible to limit the visibility of companies to users with certain rights See 7 14 2 9 SecurityLevel Company type Default is Normal Enter System for companies that are used by the system for e g eliminations If a company in the list is selected the field to the far right displays what groups the companies belong to in the group structure This is simply grouping of companies for operational purposes not legal groups Legal groups are described in another chapter in this manual AARO SYSTEMS AB 320 t Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Kk a HA D Utilities Edit Dimensions Sy Company Dimension Gro
54. Period 07124 he 07124 Code 3080 3080 Company ARLANDA Fk ARLANDA Group MainGroup SS MainGroup ownedco l amountType CI JournalType wot Formula result 2374 Figure 6 2 12 ABSRetrieveLegal Period Period from which data is to be retrieved Code Account for which data is to be retrieved Curr AcT Trn Currency currency for the report figures AcT accounting type Trn currency translation code The way information is entered here will depend on how your AARO system has been configured If information is left blank default figures will be returned Example to retrieve figures in EUR which were translated using the currency translation Last Year enter EUR Last Year in this field Company Company code for which data is to be retrieved If left empty the group s total figure is retrieved Group Legal group from which data is to be retrieved If left empty the default value is assumed LegalType Legal type displaying requested figures Some examples include but are not limited to Input JV LOC JV SEK TransDiff UR DM IM Split EqShare PE PEInv PECta Goodwill PEREDIST ElimApar EL_IC REVERSAL CA If left empty the total for all legal types is assumed AARO SYSTEMS AB 186 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A i BA K Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve S75 TEMS FromCo Reporting company i e the company that the figure originates from F
55. Save ast Print f Reports Hie a Links Home EE Application management ogi File management aig Page header and othe ogg Responsibilities Consolidation types Calc Queue Code ConsQueue Period IntOrExt Field1 ListOrsetting IMPORT INPUT _FIs a Relative period IMPORT MATCH_FIts TEEF LEGAL LEGAL a Consolidation af Accountingtype OFER OFER F CurrencyTranslation SUMM SUMM TOTAL TOTAL Legalaroup ay validations ogg CRH Settings H E Menu management Log files Filename Filedate GMT Zip Filesize Save bo File er 3a Figure 7 15 14 Consolidation page The value SPC in the field IntOrExt indicates that additional options will be available in the dialog defined in the fields Field1 Field2 and Field3 7 15 6 Accounting type Accounting types are useful if numbers need to be adjusted for different accounting standards e g US GAAP or IFRS Accounting ypes AcckT ype Default YN TAS2006 E Mormal w USGAAP E Figure 7 15 15 Accounting types page Sum up accounting types by creating groups in menu Utilities Edit Dimensions AARO SYSTEMS AB 412 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL a ha ot Utilities Application Management 7 15 7 Currency Translation A Application Management ed ACES Load Save Save ast Print f Reports Tet Delete Links Home ssa Application management CurrencyTranslation valid currencytypes amp File management CurrTransCode CurrTransName Curr
56. So Description E Figure 3 4 27 View selected accounts The amount type can be changed to Closing report 05b in order to specify the closing balances rather than the period change values 3 4 21 Miscellaneous reports e 06 Check PE Excess Value e 07 Not CTA accounts to check e 08 Balance sheet by Company e 09 Balance sheet by FromComp e 10 Balance sheet by LegalType e 11 Equity by company e 12 Equity by FromCompany e 13 Equity by Legal Type by Company e 14 Equity by Legal Type e 15 Equity change AARO SYSTEMS AB 97 3 5 3 B B TEM a 7 S Company information AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Company information The menu command for entering company information is Data Entry Company Information Enter specific company information here such as telephone numbers and e mail addresses for key employees plus bank accounts and other company information A Company Information f ADJ ADJ_COPENH ADJ_UPPSA ARLANDA ATHENS ATLANTA COPENHAGEN EL EL_IC GOTHENBURG HELSINKI INTRESSE INTRESSE2 KALIX LEEDS LONDON NICE PARENT PARIS SUCCESSIVT S _HOLD TEST_INTR UPPSALA ip amp Load Save 3 Save as E A SA wa i IR Ie as gt i z g Print es ew f Delete Cons Row Row Insert Delete Owner Owned LEEDS Full company name Corporate number Street ZIP Code Country Telephone E mail address Audit Firm Tele
57. Sunday Figure 2 2 3 Adding an event to the calendar The Manage events window appears 2 Press the to enter delete an event AARO SYSTEMS AB 19 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AARO start page Ca endar Event information anew Ler 2 Text Action Period Package i SS Pa AF ee a Figure 2 2 4 Creating an event 3 Select the event Action as described in the following sections 2 2 3 1 Enter a text event 1 Select the Action Text Manage events Ea POT 2008 11 17 Monday Event Event information Controller meeting Text Controller meeting Action Period Package ox creat IEKA Pc et Jaaa eal Figure 2 2 5 Text event 2 Press OK to display the text in the calendar AARO SYSTEMS AB 20 t g DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fas Oe AA 5 AARO start page Calendar STS TEMS Workflow Calendar Date Show log Calendar 2008 11 17 Monday Tuesday wednesday Thursday Frida Saturday Sunday Figure 2 2 6 Text event in the calendar 2 2 3 2 Enter a MATCH event 1 Select Action MATCH period and reporting package Manage events Date 2008 11 16 Tuesday Event Inkercompany reporting Event information Text Intercompany reporting Action Period Package MATCH 0806A se MaTcH wt Figure 2 2 7 MATCH event 2 Press OK to display the text and link in the Calendar AARO SYS
58. These values should be translated to group currency based on a historic rate unknown to the system For this reason the entries must also be booked in manually in group currency Accounts 20xx04 has the translation type None indicating that they will not be translated to group currency automatically AARO SYSTEMS AB 92 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL has re AA Data Entry Legal 3 4 13 3 4 14 3 4 15 3 4 16 HA a fee document lt no document gt A 4 i Attached file zno file gt i i A elete Copy Expand Journal Id Orig investment Period User ID ID Currency Status Date Last user t 0712A AARO Orig investment SEK Save 2012 02 01 1 29 04 Ph AARO E Opening L amac f f es Correction Journal Type Accounting Type Proforma type Description H A System Original investment E Gi Normal Pre ared B Prepared Time i i i i i SEK bokning p P Approved By Approved Time Attested By Attested Time Audited By Audited Time Journals Filter AARO 2012 02 01 1 29 04 Ph Adjustment Co FromCo Code Amount LegalGroup LegalType AdjustmentLevel InvType Product E Recurrent Input GOTHENBURG GOTHENBURG 209104 2251 00 Company Normal 5 My Journals HELSINKI HELSINKI 208104 5000 00 Company Normal All Journals HELSINKI HELSINKI 209104 5 000 00 Company Normal PARENT PARENT 208104 5 000 00 Company Normal PARENT PARENT 209104 4 598
59. Woe Description CLOTHES Clothes A Sub Dimension Subdime Description COSMETICS Cosmetics Eliminations Eliminations Figure 7 8 8 Drag and drop sub dimension 7 Press Save 7 8 2 3 Rename a dimension member To rename a dimension member follow these steps 1 Select the dimension in the tree and select the Details tab 2 Select the dimension member to be renamed and click the Rename button 3 In the Information window click OK to continue 4 Enter the new name and click OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 324 pe ie t ee DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fas oa a Utilities Edit Dimensions S TEMS lt Nn 7 8 2 4 Delete a dimension member To delete a dimension member from a dimension follow these steps 1 Select a dimension in the tree and select the Details tab 2 Select the dimension member to be deleted and press the Delete Row button Press OK to continue A warning message about table connections appears Warning T You are about to delete data that might hawe related data in other tables Do you want to continue and check against relevant tables Recomended Figure 7 8 9 Warning about dimension member relations 3 To delete the dimension member without checking connected tables press No To check whether the dimension member has relations click Yes 4 Ifthe dimension member is used the message with the related table name appears To continue click Yes Warning BM
60. Year Year relation type Rate Period Value is not set ee Figure 7 16 19 Relative period setup for the Rolling 12 months first calculation row Select Relative Period Amount Period Value is not set Pernod index Indes relation type Pernod type Time seres Time type Year Year relation type Rate Period Value is not set ee ee a Figure 7 16 20 Relative period setup for the Rolling 12 months second calculation row 7 16 3 7Example staggered The Staggered calculation model is sometimes demanded because it correctly considers varying currency rates over the year The Income Statement is calculated by aggregating each month s isolated result multiplied by the average rate for that particular month Weight Period Filter 2s Ares Rate Type Rate Calculation Type eraon elative pa T Period Relation Year Relation Time Type Time Series Multiplier Iteration Type Malet eno Weight 0 Average AMOUNT NORMAL 1 TO_FIR ST 1 TO_FIRST m Amount index 1 YTE Monthly il Rate index 1 YTD Monthly Figure 7 16 21 Staggered AARO SYSTEMS AB 428 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Currency translations Select Relative Period Amount Period Value is not set Pernod index Indes relation type Period type Time senes Time type Year Year relation type Rate Period Value is not set Pernod index Indes relation type Pernod type Time series Time typ
61. an opening account receiving the Summ account value It is set up when the Summ account should affect an opening balance e Summ account the accounts to be added together and a multiplier indicating a factor for each account to be multiplied by before being added to the sum account Note 1 A Summ account may also be used for input if the terms are not activated in the period Note 2 A Summ account is calculated by the consolidation and the result is stored in the database Accounts used for summation of other accounts The following account definition should be specified e Report Sum account the accounts to be added and a multiplier indicating a factor for each account to be multiplied by before being added to the sum account Note A ReportSumm account is calculated when running the report it is included in The result is not stored in the database Accounts used for calculation of an average value based on another account The following account definition should be specified e Account the account that the calculation should be based on base account e Average type free text average type The calculation definition for each average type is defined in Edit Periods Properties tab Average section for each period Each calculation point i e period is listed as AvePeriod and the relevant AverageType is listed per calculation point The equation is value on the base account for AvePeriod1 val
62. completely Column fixed layout Local Add Insert Row Cell validation Valid values validation Column dialog red cell if on right click dialog invalid menu Reporting Loc Loc and or Loc Loc Loc currency TransCurr TransAmount Special Counter 10 extra string 3 extra string features companies values with values that Bins match no global can have report significance global Internal explanation c elimination an be used as criteria in drill down Use in Ordinary Ordinary Special Special Ordinary Drilldown handling handling text matrix layout layout Input Yes No No No No Comments Recon Yes Yes for Yes Yes Yes designated bins The following sections describe each form type s characteristic features in detail AARO SYSTEMS AB 345 pe t Kr DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL oe am am A Utilities Edit Input STS TEM STS Nn 7 9 1 6Input forms The simplest and most common type of form is the Input form Forms of this standard are sometimes called ordinary input forms to distinguish them from other more specialized types of forms Input forms are well suited for typical report style forms such as the Income Statement Balance Sheet and various kinds of sub specifications An ordinary input form has the following characteristic features e Account layout on rows i e each row comprises one account The rows are fixed e Dimensions are set up in columns a varying number and handled through Add Col
63. fetch security definitions for Please contact AARO support if more information is required about this functionality A user identifier is made up of a combination of all its roles 7 14 3 2Database Rights tab and read write roles Each user role in the database rights tab allows either read or write access for the set of parameters defined Each role signifies a specific responsibility or set of responsibilities for a user e Write roles allow users to input data For example a user may input data for some specific companies in Input Match and Journals menus Users with write roles can also view the same data they have access to in Data Entry in drill down reports e Read roles allow users to view data For example a simple read only role may allow a user to view a few companies this will allow the user to see restricted company information in Input Match Journals and Drill Down menus This setup may be used for example by someone who only needs to read review data in drill down reports but will not be working with data entry 7 14 3 3 AND OR principles in user roles The underlying principles involves in setting up a user role are e If there is more than one dimension in a user role the access is restricted so as to only allow access to dimension X AND dimension Y in combination with each other For example if you restrict users to company 1000 and business unit Film in the same role the user
64. may other options be selected see below for more information on match forms 8 Under Acct Type typically leave the default selection unchanged In certain circumstances a non standard accounting type for the form might be an alternative Selecting an accounting type other than the system s default will here result in a journal of type Adjustment and the selected accounting type e g IFRS or USGAAP will be created automatically each time values are saved from this input form in the Data Entry Input screen 9 Tick the checkbox Use as Output Report if this form layout is to be usable as an output report layout it will then show up in the Edit Report Layout screen with the note This layout is maintained via Edit Input It will function as an ordinary report layout in the drill down report tool 10 Tick Comment Disabled if users should not to be able to leave input comments through this form 11 Select the detail level for this input form move the selected dimension s from Available fields to the Input fields by using the right arrow gt button The detail level must always include period and company for match forms also counter company Additional dimensions are optional Available fields Input Fields Stow Unit gt co aa a 4 Business Unit EEN lt 4 Figure 7 9 4 Selection of dimensions for a form 12 Save the information and continue to the following tab Layout or Tables The content of this tab
65. operator or e Annualfactor if ticked the annual factor from Edit Periods Properties tab is applied to the account value It is used when one of the values accounts needs to be annualized before the calculation Note A Ratio account is calculated when running the report it is included in The result is not stored in the database Accounts to be used for calculation of ratios The following account definition should be specified e Account two base accounts the ratio is calculated on e Operator operator or applied to base accounts e Comparison Period if ticked the value for the base account is taken from the comparison period AARO SYSTEMS AB 304 Field Calculated CFAve Cashflow DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA x Utilities Edit Accounts MS Description set up in Edit Periods Properties tab The comparison period should be ticked if the ratio to calculate is the discrepancy for typically one account Note A ConsRatio account is calculated by the consolidation and the result is stored in the database Accounts used for summation of the value from one account in X number of periods The following account definition should be specified e Account the account that the summation is based on The calculation definition is set per period in the Edit Periods Properties tab Period relation area The Calculated account is specified in the Code column and each period t
66. when pasting using the Paste button the data to be pasted must be the complete rates table and must contain the currency code in the furthermost left column If you need to paste an individual exchange rate value double click a AARO SYSTEMS AB 281 l Kr AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a ie N Utilities Edit Periods 7 5 6 7 5 7 pe ie S lt Nn TEMS cell so that it s dark blue copy the data using Ctrl C and paste the data directly from the clipboard using the shortcut Ctrl V To delete a currency from the table right click the currency code in the left column and select Delete currency Complete tab In the Complete tab it is possible to link two packages in order for these to be reconciled when completing a form which belongs to the first package The default setting is for only one package to be reconciled for the period during completion The complete tab consists of a table with following fields Package ExtraPackage Package to be reconciled together The extra package to be reconciled with an extra package together with the first package When two packages are linked a cross package reconciliation rule is applied when reconciling one of the packages See the following example a Recon Form Code Mult CounterForm CounterCode CounterMult CounterValue Condition Limit Reconciliation level Mandatory Calc Group IS_ALL 3010 1 SALE_SPEC 3010 1 Lowest hy Figure 7 5 2 Cross package reconcilia
67. 0 Or select a category Select a Function ABSGetCompanyPate ABS GetMinarities Abo telhame ABotetRate AB SRetrievelegal HEoRetrievelper ABS data retrieve v Statistical Lookup amp Reference Database Text Logical Information User Defined Engineering Cube ABS data send ABSGetAccountTe Ho helo available 465 data retrieve OES xtras Help on this Function Figure 6 2 2 Selecting AARO data retrieve formulas 6 2 3 Entering formulas directly If you are a more experienced Excel user and or working with existing formulas it is possible to enter the required AARO retrieve equation directly in the formula bar for example ABSRetrieveOperFlex 5555 0712A ARLANDA 3010 Business Unit FOOD 6 2 4 Formula results Before entering data using Excel retrieve functions it is worthwhile noting that when entering function arguments the formula result highlighted below contains useful information Function Arguments ABS Seb Account Text Code 3010 Net sales external Mo help available Code Formula resulk Met sales external Help on this Function Figure 6 2 3 Formula result AARO SYSTEMS AB 181 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL has oa AAI Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve SYSTEMS Some examples of formula results might be e Formula result 0 formula is not completed e Formula result 1 formula is ready to retrieve a string of information according to te
68. 00 Company Normal S _HOLD S _HOLD 208104 3 000 00 Company Normal S _HOLD S _HOLD 209104 2 500 00 Company Normal Debit Credit Difference 2 461 00 300 905 12 298 444 12 Figure 3 4 21 Entering equity data in the group currency Legal reconciliation When data is entered in the past equity register as well as in Input and the Journal menus some analyses and reconciliations are recommended in order to make sure that the group accounting is fully in order The following tools and reports may be helpful From company and legal types From company is a very useful tool when analysing the legal accounting All eliminations made in the consolidation process i e elimination of past equity addition of excess values to the group figures etc are typically booked to the company EL and in some cases EL_IC In order to analyse the actual company that has contributed with the elimination the EL company can be drilled down by the From Company criterion and the eliminations will then be separated per company To further analyse each company s contributed eliminations the from company can be drilled down by legal type and the different types of eliminations will then be separated into individual columns Check reports The start up package AARO default configuration is delivered with a number of prepared reports but these can easily be extended with more reports to facilitate analyses and reconciliation The start up package re
69. 1 10 Input comments in drill down reports To view input comments in drill down reports follow these steps 1 A comment in a drill down report can be displayed by clicking Show comments from the Settings button AARO SYSTEMS AB 43 t g AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL he ee N Data Entry Input S TEMS emj aj u 2 e Copy Delete Rename Transpose Report np x Periac Company HELSINKI HELSINKI lt B gt 4 Do Report settings Show lines Show page breaks Show comments BC Add Sum 1020 Concessions etc W 333 Figure 3 1 20 Activating comments in drill down reports 2 A comment for a certain input cell can be opened by double clicking the cell 3 In the print preview mode any comments are indicated by a footnote and placed at the end of the report For more information see 5 1 25 Add comments to report 3 1 11 Reconcile reports from Input or Reconciliation Note reconciliation reports are available from two different menu items Input and Reconciliations This is because some companies choose to have restricted user roles so that some users who extract reconciliation reports may not have access to input data 3 1 12 Reconciliation report from Input A reconciliation report displays the reconciled data entered for a period in the Input window Only one period is displayed at a time and if all financial data is entered correctly the reconciliation report w
70. 2008 11 21 w Show log Calendar Documents 2008 11 17 Monday Controller meeting fe Legal documents Tuesday ntercompany reporting F E Document explorer Wednesday Thursday aoe reporting Monthly reporting Period 08064 Package MONTHLY Frida Saturday Sunday Figure 2 2 11 INPUT event link in Calendar 3 Press the event link to open the selected period and reporting package in Data Entry Input AARO SYSTEMS AB 25 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AARO start page Ca endar A ian ol AARO Input A AARO Data Entry Validations Reports Utilities Window Help j a m TEJ Load f Sawe Save as at Print Ri Compare with Period Cw ba 08064 S Y ARANDA wT a ANNUAL PE A MONTHLY Figure 2 2 12 INPUT window with the selected period and reporting package AARO SYSTEMS AB 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AARO start page Documents e FNN Y S75 TEMS Documents General description The Documents can be used for storing reporting instructions and other documents that should be accessible to the organization There are two folders set up in the Documents section Legal documents and Document explorer In the Legal documents folder a sub folder can be set up for optional companies in the organization The user rights will determine the extent to which the user has access to the company folders All company folders will contain the same set of sub folde
71. 3 Arrange the periods in the folders by using drag and drop 4 To delete a folder right click the folder and select Delete item folder 5 Click Save AARO SYSTEMS AB 380 y a DN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL am an ANS Utilities Organize Parameter Folders STS TE MSS The Period folders are visible in the Select Period window in Reports Drill Down Select Period Selection Selected items Normal 0901A Period Description All Periods 2008 Actual 08014 Jan 2008 08024 Feb 2008 Budget 0801B Budget Jan 2008 0802B Budget Feb 2008 2009 Jan 2009 ei i i 4 zji AI Yong f Ol Calculated Item gt Selective Item gt i Description Show code Show description OLOM eels Figure 7 13 2 The Select Period window in Reports Drill Down 7 13 2 Manage Input Period folders The Input Period folders functionality is used when data is to be entered for several periods at the same time e g when budget numbers are entered please note that this functionality can be used with input forms only 1 In the tree to the left select the Input Period folders item under the Period folders folder 2 Add a folder or sub folder by right clicking the Input Period folders pane or an existing folder and selecting Add folder Then name the folder e g BUDGET_08 AARO SYSTEMS AB 381 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Organize Parameter Folders alia Parameter Fo
72. 3 In the Group drop down list select the currency in which the values will be represented This drop down list contains the main group currency and the legal group currency if they are different 4 In the Decimals field select the number of decimals visible in the form 5 By default only summery information is shown on the Past Equity tab To see journals included into the balances click the Expand button 3 4 9 2Add a past equity entry To create a Period change entry on the Past Equity tab follow these steps 1 Load the past equity form for subsidiary 2 Press Add column button The Edit PE dialog appears Edit PE Edit FE New ID Amount Field PED ate 2011 01 31 Comment Original Period Product Figure 3 4 10 Edit PE dialog The Edit PE dialog contains the following fields Field Description New ID Past equity entry identifier AARO SYSTEMS AB 83 l ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL eias A Data Entry Legal S TEMS lt B 4 D Field Description Amount Field Select LOC In the Past Equity tab all values entered should be in the subsidiary s local currency with one exception described below PEDate Enter the date for the acquisition Comment Free text commentary lt Operational If past equity eliminations are to be posted operationally dimension gt the relevant operational dimension value is selected here i e Period 3 Press OK and a new column will appear in t
73. 4 170 W PARENT Training Parent company 156 951 2 2644 113693 t SY_HOLD Sweden Holding AB 180 293 309250 128 957 ATHENS Athens 5 4 598 10 263 9 665 EL Elimination company 0 0 lt gt ir 03 Investments in Subs Figure 3 4 24 Investments in subsidiaries A check that the parent companies all companies that own subsidiaries in a legal group reporting regarding investments in subsidiaries i e account 1310 comply with the corresponding amount in the past equity register Should there be differences a dialog between the HQ and the parent company is required In order to facilitate the reconciliation the past equity data can further be broken down in the next report For the corresponding check regarding associated companies the accounts can easily be changed to 1330 and 1330PE 04 Special Investment in subsidiaries This report specifies the investment made by the parent company according to the past equity register AARO SYSTEMS AB 95 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Legal ie PE1310P 1 ATLANTA Atlanta Inc 175 386 s GOTHENBURG Gothenburg 153 250 dl KALIX KALIX AB 2083 NICE Nice 10000 PARIS Paris 9 000 ARLANDA Sthlm Arlanda 156000 COPENHAGEN Copenhagen 10 856 HELSINKI Helsinki 10 000 SV HOLD Sweden Holding AB 5 000 ATHENS Athens 5 4 62402 GrandTotal 593 947 2 p 04 Spec Investm in Subs Figure 3 4 25 Spec Investment in subsidiaries
74. 7 8 5 Dimensions All dimensions are created in this view Each dimension is created as a folder containing dimension members The dimension members of one dimension can have the dimension members of another dimension company from company accounting type proforma type or legal type as sub dimensions Sub dimension structures are tied to a specific period The links from one dimension to another can be copied between periods in the menu Utilities Edit Periods A dimension that has sub dimensions will be calculated as the sum of the sub dimensions and it is not possible to enter data directly on that dimension If AARO SYSTEMS AB l ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ae BAIN Utilities Edit Dimensions S75 TE PS figures are entered on the sub dimension level then it is not possible to enter data directly on that dimension If figures are entered at the dimension level then they can be edited at this level This is the normal set up The level for input is optional for an input form Select a dimension member in the left pane to display eventual sub dimensions belonging to that dimension member d Company Period El Dimension E Business Orea m TE EL VOGUE Description EL Ic CLOTHES Clothes ENTER COSMETICS Cosmetics FINANCE HOME E3 Business Unit E3 Customer E Market Product E TESTMIZDIM H Group E Currency Figure 7 8 6 Dimension members 7 8 2 1 Create a dimension dimension members
75. A Journals Perio 07124 ARLANDA 4 ADJ Adjustment company gt Filter ial 4DJ_ COPENH Adjustm Copenhagen blir intressebolag i G Adiuct HADJ _UPPSA Adj Uppsala LANDA Sthim Arlanda H Period Athens 5 4 E Company ATLANTA Atlanta Inc E From Company COPENHAGEN Copenhagen z 3 B Account EL Elimination company Currency ei I Elimination company 2 Adjustment Le GOTHENBURG Gothenburg 4 z A Investment Ty HELSINKI Helsinki 2 Legal Group INTRESSE Intressebolag B Legal Type INTRESSE2 A Userld KALIX KALIX AB LEEDS Sub company AB LONDON PTY Figure 3 7 10 Select filter value 4 Double click the relevant folder to display journals The journals in respective folders in the left pane will contain rows corresponding to the selected filters 3 7 10 Filter journal rows To filter journal rows click on the header at the top of a column AARO SYSTEMS AB 116 a3 7 A AARQ AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL 5 m Ma AA Data Entry Journals 57 5 1 2 Pes Period User ID Currency Status Date 07128 AARO Orig investment oo Orig investment SEK Save 2012 02 25 12 47 18 2012 02 25 12 47 18 ma Type Accounting Type Proforma type Description Prepared By Prepared Time Approved By Approved Tirne Attested By Attested Time code Amount Legal roup LeaalT all Custom 208104 100 000 00 036
76. AARO Normal input accounts summation accounts ratios average calculations DSO calculations etc Accounting type is an entity that can optionally be used to tag input figures with Data for a period can then be presented in two or more accounting types e g IFRS and USGAAP with different figures AARO SYSTEMS AB 12 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A i AA General AARO system overview STS T presented for different accounting types 1 1 3 2 Customisable entities Customisable entities can differ between AARO installations Dimensions Groups Optional entities e g Business Unit Product Market Customer These dimensions can be used in data reporting as well as output reports Dimensions can be defined to sum up other dimensions e g the Product dimension can sum up the Business Unit dimension which in turn can sum up the Business Area dimension In this way a dimension hierarchy is created Each value in the sub dimension must belong to exactly one value in the dimension above e g a certain product must belong to exactly one business unit The number of dimensions available is limited by the AARO license Optional entities for summing Groups can be used in output reports only Groups always add together dimensions or other groups e g there can be a group Region that sums up the Market dimension or a group Product Group that sums up the Product dimension Furthermore there may
77. AB Issued by Thawte Code Signing CA G2 alid from 2011 10 12 to 2012 10 14 Figure 6 1 3 Installing the certificate The Certificate Import Wizard window appears 4 Click Next and then select Place all certificates in the following store and click the Browse button AARO SYSTEMS AB 173 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel Certificate Import Wizard Certificate Store Certificate stores are system areas where certificates are kept Windows can automaticaly select a certificate store or you can specify a location For Automatically select the certificate store based on the type of certificate Place all certificates in the Following store Certificate store Figure 6 1 4 Selecting the certificate store 5 Select the Trusted Publishers folder and click OK Select Certificate Store Select the certificate store you wank to use Trusted Root Certification Authorities Enterprise Trust Intermediate Certification Authorities Trusted Publishers Untrusted Certificates A Third P ark Rank Certification fuithierikies a i Show physical stores Figure 6 1 5 Selecting the Trusted Publishers folder 6 Click Next and then Finish AARO SYSTEMS AB 174 A ian cl 6 1 2 DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL PATS Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel Certificate Import Wizard C
78. Balance Sheet 15_ALL Income Statement Business Unit STAFFNUMBE Average number of employees lt All gt Y BOARD_MEMB Number of Board members and Key officers CF_ALL CASH FLOW BSACQ BS For acquisitions NO INPU SALES Sales Specification Protection Look and Feel Settings Cancel Figure 6 5 2 Settings for an AARO input form in Excel Pressing the Protection Look and Feel Settings button gives an option for changing AARO Excel input form settings For more information on this please refer to the 7 19 Edit Settings section of this user manual The Excel input form will then be opened and available for data entry white cells are open for data entry AARO SYSTEMS AB 237 6 5 4 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel input forms Company Accounting Type ARLANDA Normal BEB Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL DO NOT MODIFY Sthlm Arlanda SEK CLOTHES COSMETICS FOOD HOUSEHOLD LEISURE MEDIA rar pe BERR EE EES oo x 11 817 7 633 11 817 7 633 20 280 79 46 3 619 2 366 3 619 _ 2 366 6 287 24 54 720 70 267 24 345 ae HER Tt j BT Figure 6 5 3 AARO Excel input form Export data to AARO To export data into the AARO application choose the menu item AARO gt AARO Input Form gt Save Log n Log Off ABS Retrieve ABS Send Send Journals Paste from AARO AARO Drilldown Report P Input Form s Consolidation Load Settings
79. Click the Complete button The form completed notification appears at the top Contact list The contact list is used to register contact information concerning the companies To view the contact list follow these steps 1 Select a company in the tree and click the Contact button enter 2 In the Edit contacts window select the relevant company or dimension if applicable and press Edit 3 Enter the contact information and press OK to save AARO SYSTEMS AB 5 7 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Match Edit Company information Company information Company Company description ARLANDA Sthlm Arlanda Corporate number Registered office Phone 556601 0101 Stackholm 0046 123 45 67 Contact information Receivable Contact Sven Svensson Receivable Phone 08 123456 ete eh ae 05 654321 _cancet_ Figure 3 2 8 Editing company contact information If a counter company is selected in the tree the contact information is available in the view mode only 3 2 10 Print contact list report The following steps detail how to generate a Contact List report from the menu item Data Entry Match 1 Select a period and a package 2 Select a company or all companies My companies in the left hand pane 3 Click the Reports button and select Contact List IR Reports 7 Match report Contact List E Figure 3 2 9 Running the Contact List report 4 A dialog window will b
80. Details button AARO SYSTEMS AB 170 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel A in ol ABSXL xll Properties General version Digital Signatures Summary Signature list Name of signer E mail address Timestamp Haro Systems 46 Not available Monday February 0 N Apply Figure 6 1 1 ABSXL xIl file properties Digital signatures The Digital Signature Details window appears 2 Click the View Certificate button AARO SYSTEMS AB 171 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel Digital Signature Details General Advanced Digital Signature Information E This digital signature is OK Signer information Mame Garo Systems AB E mail Not available signing time Monday February 06 2012 1 48 01 PM E Yie Countersignalures Name of signer E mail address Timestamp VeriSign Time 5t Nok available Monday February 0 Figure 6 1 2 Digital Signatures Details window The Certificate window appears 3 Click Install Certificate AARO SYSTEMS AB 172 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel Certificate General Details Certification Path peer Certificate Information This certificate is intended for the following purpose s Ensures software came Fram software publisher Probects software From alteration after publication Issued to Aaro Systems
81. Disabled if users should not to be able to leave input comments through forms in this package 9 Tick Figures Disabled if users should not to be able to edit figures through forms in this package this is useful if a package is to be made a place for commenting only 10 The detail level has no significance for packages it is only visible here for INPUT packages as a remnant from earlier versions of AARO 11 Save the information by clicking the Save button 7 9 2 4Collect forms into packages A package is meaningful only if it contains forms There are two ways to assemble forms into packages First method Drag and drop 1 Select the form to be included in the package 2 Drag it into the selected package A Confirm message appears when the form is being dropped onto the package Click OK AUDITCOST BOARD_MEI BS_ALL AC TEST Figure 7 9 22 Adding a form to a package by drag and drop 3 Repeat this for all forms that are to be included in the package Second method Table Editing Dragging might prove difficult if there are a multitude of forms and packages as the packages may not be visible at the top of the tree The following method may then be preferable 1 Select the item called PackageForms at the bottom of the tree A simple table of packages and forms is shown AARO SYSTEMS AB 360 2 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL aman RAS Utilities Edit Input S75 TE M51 an Edit the list o
82. Documents WE quity consolidation method AE quity quity Figure 3 4 4 Group information 5 Select Equity consolidation method and click Save 3 4 4 Delete a legal group Delete a legal group by selecting the group in the tree structure and pressing the Delete button 3 4 5 Add a company subsidiary A company subsidiary is added to a legal group in the specified period only An already existing company can be added in the period or a new company can be created and added to a legal group Follow these steps 1 Select a period in the Period drop down list 2 Select the parent company in the legal tree click the New button and select Company 3 Enter the code of the company or select it from the list of already existing companies If the company does not exist in the database it will now be created AARO SYSTEMS AB 77 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Legal Add Company Add company Company LEEDS k Figure 3 4 5 Add company dialog 4 Ifa new company is created enter some basic data Add new company Company Company description LEEDS Sub company AB Corporate number Registered office 333 4444 Leeds Security level Normal Company type jNormal vi Figure 3 4 6 Add new company dialog Field Description Company Free text company description description Corporate number Corporate company number Registered office Registered compa
83. Ean m m ANS Utilities User Administration STS TEMSTS 4 When the LoginExpires data has been set up you will be able run the Print auto deactivated users report AR Confidential Cv m TEMS LastLogin report Report date 2010 11 05 11 23 26 Login expires Daysi sii Userld User fullname Last login _ROFFE_AFPF Bernt TEST 20100603 14 32 25 _ROFFE_SRV Bernt TEST 20100603 13 33 01 AARO ZYS 20100325 14 46 16 AAROTEST test writerole 2 ABS User 20100621 10 2 744 ANKA 20100617 144333 AUDIT Audit test 20100226 11 46 50 AUDITOR Auditor user 20091125 00 25 35 BERIT 20100525 10 23 19 EF ADM 201003227 13 05 08 EFONLY 20100322 14 24 42 EFUSER 20100322 15 0710 ELEKTACO 20100616 12 00 15 INGYVAR 20100526 21 10 25 JANI 20100224 10 00 59 Figure 7 14 17 Print preview for auto deactivated users 7 14 11Show Log If the Log button is pressed the latest changes in the system affecting the selected user will be shown a ajo B Prepare Prep as Refresh Log Figure 7 14 18 The Log button 7 14 12Setup password rules The applicable password rules are set in the background table SETTING_PROPERTY_VALUES Below a example for role no 1 Eritity Property Code Password Active ule Figure 7 14 19 Background table for password rules Repeat this for all rules that should be activated one exception is rule no 5 which demands an extra row in SETTING_PROPERTY_VALUES example below Eritity Property Vode String alue
84. Feb 2008 Selected periods 08026 Budget Feb 2008 07124 Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL 0802BAC Feb 2008 Budget Acc 08014 Jan 2008 0803_I March 2008 Isolated 08038 Budget March 2008 J 08034 March 2008 08054 May 2008 KS KS CS SES KS KS CS KS ES O803BAC March 2008 Budget Acc 0804_I Apr 2008 Isolated 08044 April 2008 Ly LJ 08046 Budget Apr 2008 O804BAC Apr 2008 Budget Acc 0805_I May 2008 Isolated 08056 Budget May 2008 O805B4C May 2008 Budget Acc 0806_I June 2008 Isolated 06064 June 2008 08066 Budget June 2008 O806BAC June 2008 Budget Acc os07_I July 2008 Isolated 0807A July 2008 0807B8 Budget July 2008 0807BAC July 2008 Budget Acc 0808_I 4ug 2008 Isolated 06084 Aug 2008 08086 Budget 4ug 2008 Cancel H Figure 7 6 11 Template execution After the run the result can be viewed in the relevant tabs in the Edit Period menu AARO SYSTEMS AB 299 t ee AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL se HA N Utilities Edit Accounts 7 7 7 7 1 S75 TEMS Edit Accounts This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities Edit Accounts in AARO Accounts are created and edited in this window All existing accounts are displayed in the left pane Accounts make the basis for the construction of input and output forms The Edit Accounts window consists of a tree structure in the left pane and a work area consisting of two tabs to the right the Properties tab and the Help tab By expanding the tree structure for
85. Follow these steps to create a dimension 1 Select the Dimension folder in the left pane 2 Press the New button New Dimension Dimension Name Busines Area Figure 7 8 7 New Dimension dialog 3 Enter Dimension Name and press OK The dimension name may contain the following characters A Z 0 9 and _ 4 To create a dimension member go into the Details tab of a dimension then select a row and press the Insert Row button or using the down arrow on the keyboard Enter data and press Save AARO SYSTEMS AB 323 ay re y A AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL OE a N Utilities Edit Dimensions S TEMS lt B ope 7 8 2 2Add sub dimensions to a dimension member Do the following to add sub dimensions to a dimension member 1 Select the dimension in the tree and select the Properties tab 2 In the Sub dimension field select a sub dimension and click Save Lists should be reloaded to take effect in the current session 3 Select a dimension member in the tree under the dimension 4 Select Period for which sub dimension linking will be performed 5 Press the Sub Dim button The Sub Dimension pop up window appears with the list of sub dimension members 6 Select sub dimensions by using drag and drop Period oviza wv T E3 d Company Dimension Business Area EL EL_Ic ENTER FINANCE HOME VOGUE E3 Business Unit E3 Customer E3 Market Product E TESTMIXDIM 2 Group E Currency
86. Go to the Open tab and press Open Following dialog will appear AARO SYSTEMS AB 291 Parameters Open Package Package SE lnputFunction All R esponsible AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Periods Form CompanyGroup All v All CompanyType Al oe i Company al Cancel AccountingStandard All Figure 7 5 15 Open button Parameters dialog In this dialog it is possible to open all forms for a package at the same time It is also possible to select a group of companies Press Save and all relevant rows are created in the Open table Close works in the same way but with reversed functionality In the close dialog there is an extra choice Close all which closes everything 7 9 15 Set current period To set the current month week and year press the Current button A dialog will appear where information can be updated Set current period Year Periodindex 2009 Figure 7 5 16 Set current period dialog This information is used for the relative period functionality Please refer to Utilities Application Management Relative Period area for more details 7 5 16 Print Print Preview active tab To print the information on the active tab press the Print button and then Preview to open the report in the print preview mode or Printer to send the report to the printer AARO SYSTEMS AB 292 a E DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a ie HA Utilities
87. Information GWID GW PE Change ID PE23 FE Code FE1070 Change Aaa Acq Date 2012 02 03 End Date 2012 02 03 Depreciation Information Transaction type ul AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Legal LocAmount v Original Period 0712A PE Code Desc Goodwill Comment Add Aow Delete Row CodeDescription Customer TESTMIXDIM Product E Figure 3 4 15 Adding an excess value entry The fields are as follows Field GWID PE change ID PECode Change Acq Date End Date LocAmount Description Excess values entry identifier Link the GWID to a certain PE entry typically there could be more than one PE entry for one acquisition Select the relevant asset to link the excess value to Enter the value of the excess value Enter the date for the acquisition and the date when the asset should be fully depreciated this will determine the amount depreciated each month If no automatic depreciation is to be done for this specific GWID the end date can be set to Acq date 1 day If no automatic depreciation is to be calculated for a certain asset type i e Goodwill this can be set up per period in the Edit Period window Select LOC on the Excess value tab all values entered Should be in the subsidiary s local currency AARO SYSTEMS AB 87 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AALS Data Entry Legal SYSTEMS x Field Description Comment Free text comment Depreciation In th
88. Input tables Legal tables Match tables Organisation tables Period tables Report tables Setting tables User information ADatabase rights 2010 11 19 13 47 Ref AARO Figure 7 14 2 User information tab in Advanced Mode The following sections describe User information tab fields 7 14 2 1Advanced Mode Tick the check box Advanced Mode to gain access to all options in the menu The options for User role s Other special right s and Background table s will now be visible in the work area 7 14 2 2Deactivate user If the Deactivate user check box is ticked the user will be deactivated and cannot log on until the check box is cleared 7 14 2 3Username This is the user identifier that is used when logging into the database The username has a maximum length of 10 and minimum 4 alphabetic or numerical characters with no spaces 7 14 2 4Full name Full name of the user AARO SYSTEMS AB 386 ay re y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Te a m D Utilities User Administration STS TEM STS 7 14 2 5Start application The start application is the application which launches AARO for a selected user on their PC All users should have ABSNAV EXE as their start application except for the consolidation user s who should have ABSCONSOLIDATOR EXE 7 14 2 6E mail address The user s e mail address this is only informative and not used anywhere in the system 7 14 2 7Menu p
89. Layout Report layouts existing in the database Other Dimensions and groups existing in the database Benchmarking Cash and benchmarking data 6 6 3 Paste period setup Period validation setup and period rates can be pasted to Excel from the AARO application The user must be logged on to the AARO database To paste period validation setup or rates do as follows 1 In Excel select a cell where the data will be pasted 2 Select the menu item AARO gt Paste from AARO gt Period Setup 3 Select period company if required the information source and data to be pasted and press Paste AARO SYSTEMS AB 246 t he y a DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ib away eae f Kh aa a PALS s Excel connectivity Additional AARO Excel options Paste Period setup from ABS Seis Period Info source f Dimension C Dimensioni Company C Rates PERIOD LEVEL PERIOD COLEVEL PERIOD RATES Product Business Unit Business Area Customer Market TESTMISDIM The info will be pasted into the active sheet z From the active cell down and to the right Paste ance ME This operation cannot be undone Figure 6 6 3 Pasting period setup from AARO The following information sources are available Option Description Dimension Validation gt Dimension validations tab settings will be pasted for the selected period Dimension Validation gt Company Dimension validations tab Company settings will be pasted for the selected period
90. Legal SYSTEMS Field Description Description Enter a description for the legal group 50 characters A Z 1 9 and e g The Aaro Group Currency Select the group currency 3 If the company entered does not exist you will be asked whether you want to create a new parent company The system will require some basic company data Add new company Compan Company description BRISTOL Parent Co 46 Corporate number Registered office Phone Security level Company type Normal yt Figure 3 4 3 Creating a company Complete the following fields Field Description Company Free text company description description Corporate number Corporate company number Registered office Registered company office address Phone Company contact phone number Security level Company security level in AARO Enter at least a default value i e Normal Company type Company type in AARO The default company type is Normal 4 Press OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 76 a3 4 INN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL 5 Ke AAR Data Entry Legal S75 TE PS The group is now created and the parent company code will be displayed to the left as a top node in the tree structure ol Pim Print i Reports Mew i Delete Cons i i i Links Home Owned BRISTOL a BRISTOL si HOLD Group ENGLAND England division Equity consolidation method R TE PARENT Currency Documents
91. Load Save Save as Print Reports i Prepare Prep as Refresh Log C Advanced Mode Ek o X lao Links Home B Normal users _ALLDDEDIT _JUSTUSER _RESPCO _RESPGROUP _VIEWOTHER AARO AAROCALC BERIT ELEYI KLARA LARS LINDA PATRIK Prepared users Add role Viewright ORead Write Rights Period Company Form Account O Legal group AdjustmentLevel Product Business Unit Business 4rea User AARO Aaro user C No restrictions for this role Company Cluse wildcards Exclude items Customer Market TESTMIXDIM Acct Standard Proforma O Legal Types Customer Type Product Type Submarkets Approver Created by AARO Approver Ref User information Database rights 2010 10 28 14 03 Ref AARO Figure 7 14 4 The Database rights tab As a guideline some general principles to bear in mind are e Keep things as simple as possible when you are working with user roles The more complicated a user setup is the more difficult it is to keep under control e Understand which forms the user needs access to and what the user needs to review in the Drill Down report tool As every customer can have a unique set of circumstances and unique employee roles we cannot provide information to cover all customer requirements within this user manual However the underlying principles are detaile
92. LoginExpires DA Y MS1S AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Settings Description Text visible in the first menu selection Logs off user after stated time in minutes If nothing is entered 120 min is default 0 Function is inactivated IntValue Activates the Complete functionality Enter the maximum difference that is acceptable for COMPLETE If set to Y company consolidations are run Otherwise set to N Starts legal consolidation automatically when figures for a company are changed Y N Default group currency The equity report is displayed in menu Data Entry Legal tab Equity Enter the name of the drill down report that is default Activates folders in the menu Reports Drill Down DD CRH or both Activates Drillthrough BS account used for excess value depreciations affects operational consolidation only Company used for excess value depreciations affects operational consolidation only IS account used for excess value depreciations affects operational consolidation only Legal type used for excess value depreciations affects operational consolidation only Number of decimals used in the Input menu Automatic numbering of journals Level no used for linking acquisition to operational dimension in legal equity Level1 Level2 etc Text shown when a user has not logged in number of days stated in LoginExpires Locks the application if a user has not logged in stated num
93. More than one item may be chosen for rows and columns parameters The first parameter will be the first sort order the second the second sort order and so on Parameters may be moved between Rows Columns and Fixed panels by dragging them to the new requested location si 6 To execute the new report press the Run Report button Report Note The Userld parameter shows users who created journals It should be used together with the Journal Id Journal Totals or Journal Type parameter Save a report If you want to save your report for future use perform the following steps AARO SYSTEMS AB 149 INN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAAI Reports Drill down reports SYSTEMS _ i m 1 Press Save 5e The Save report dialog will appear Save report Folders Folders C Company Reports a Group Reports H __ Legal Reports FE Notes C Operational Reports C Personal Reports CJ Other Personal Reports Report Income Statement Group Legal Heading Income Statement Group Legal Check the Fields that should be treated as parameters Fixed Currency Fixed Legal Group _ Rows Report Layou Mi Cokie Period Save Periods as Relative Include report format settings p j i hter bey Eqit Relative Info Create Folder Figure 5 1 17 Saving a drill down report 2 Select the folder to save the report in To create a subfolder press the Create Folder button User rights det
94. P z E ot SEAR t Renee New Copy Delete Insert D Load ave f Save as rint Reports period period period Row f 2 i i i sr 8 Current Open Close ve 09074 A Properties Open Active Rates Complete Open for Ri 09076 Bia amp _ lt sige Description Annual Factor X 0908 I December 2009 1 0908 R Opening balance from Comparison Period 09084 10812A a yY IY 09086 Previous Period toge version 09086864C 0911A y Y 0 ja ee Responsible Average Translation sles AARO Average v 909A Long description 09096 O909B4C 0910_BR 0910 I O910_R 09104 ES 0910640 Figure 7 5 7 Publish features on the Properties tab 3 Go to the Publish tab Enter the account code s which you would like to allow access to and enter the ResponsCode created in the previous step AARO Edit Periods AARO DataEntry Validations Reports Utilities Window Help m Gad p i gyi iy 5 zw a Le i oP ott Er Insert a jo a0 4 nisc f A N Load Save f Sae ast Print period period period Row Row Copy Paste Clear Duplicate Reports 24 l Current Open Close APR E 0907A A Properties Open Active Rates Complete Open for Revert Packages Organisation Publish i 09078 gt r a O907BAC asnnnsCnde 0903_BR 0903_I Figur
95. Periods S75 TE PS A in c 7 5 4 Edit Periods This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities Edit Periods in AARO Period is one of AARO s standard entities and is used both for actuality budget forecast actual and term Dec2007 Q12008 Base data such as organizations and rates are stored once for each period To simplify maintenance it is possible to copy information between periods It is also possible to keep specific period as masters for rates and organizations The typical procedure when preparing a new period for reporting is to copy the setup from previous period and to do all necessary adjustments A lot of time is saved with this approach The Edit Periods window consists of a tree structure in the left pane displaying all existing periods and a working space to the right consisting of different tabs A Edit Periods Sele Eee EE a m 5 zan Sth Ot mi A af y3 Ae sons RI Rea Copy D 1 ea Delete a fo aS i bites Ni if i Save as Print Reports period period period Row Row Copy Paste Clear f Duplicate Find Links Home _ s i Period 07124 Ane Tenn Eee Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL DO Save Current Open Close Lia All Periods Properties Open Active Rates Complete Open for Revert Packages Organisation Publish 0712A ley ne TPE FT TLE TTT ihrer Description Annual factor 0801_I oe 08014 Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINA 1 08014_C
96. Reports Drill down reports Selection Selected items Mormal SEK Top All valid For Calculated Them gt Selective Item Description Report Total Show code _ Grand Total Show description Long description Sortorder Sequence number ee Description a Figure 5 1 11 Selecting currency values for a drill down report AARO SYSTEMS AB 146 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Drill down reports Select Market fist ail ble iter Selection Market Description Normal FINLAND Finland SWEDEN Sweden UNDEFVALUE USA All valid for Calculated Item gt Selective Item gt Ea p aa Report Total v Show code C Grand Total Show description Long description Sortorder Sequence number O Code O Description Figure 5 1 12 Multiple values selection for a parameter For fixed criteria only values can be selected not other settings In order to update the changed report press the Run Report Button 5 1 5 Create a report To create a report from scratch follow these steps E 1 Press the New button Mew 2 You might get the select data source dialog The AARO database is always accessible but it is also possible to link AARO to other sources of information such as a Data Warehouse ERP system or others In this case select a data source to retrieve a report from AARO SYSTEMS AB 147 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Drill down reports A in ol
97. STS TEMS E Templates si Packages Forms Properties Open All ee 7 P ties G Open roperties Open All Enabled Default Complete F Active Open l Input package F Open revert complete l Complete Figure 7 6 6 Template properties checked for Open 7 Select the Packages tab This tab lists all input packages and included forms created in the Edit Input menu 8 Select the wanted combination of input package and Open template by selecting the Open template in the combo box next to the package 9 To exclude one or more forms from the template expand the package and select the forms to be excluded amp Templates Packages Forms Properties Open All i Open Package Open Open All ANNUAL Open all Complete ANNUAL exceptionis ae UDITCOSTS BOARD_MEMB SALE SPEC H MATCH v MONTHLY Open all ov MONTHLY exceptionis STAFFNUMBE SHARESSUBS v SALARIES V PLEDG_ASS V LEASOPER V LEAS _YEAR 15_ALL g Figure 7 6 7 Template setup for packages 10 To handle other functions used in the Open tab such as LEGALEDIT and DELETE the Forms tab is used The forms used in the Forms tab are set up in the background table SETTING_PROPERTY_VALUES AARO SYSTEMS AB 296 a3 3 7 a DVN vo AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL P e a 5 Utilities Period Setup 7 6 3 7 6 4 AWA om STS 1 2 MS Setting tables A Entity Property Code SETTING_CONFIG TimeType Valid MTD SETTING_LOOKUP TimeT ype Valid QTD SETTING_PROPERTY_VALUE
98. This functionality is set up adjusted directly in a background table please contact AARO Systems if you need support with this configuration Opening balances in Shares Opening values can be added in a historic period on an account When the first period in the coming year is consolidated the closing balance on account 13090 will be rolled forward as the opening balance on accounts 13001 and 13002 Journals cannot be made on shares accounts as journals do not have owned company as entry field and the shares values are saved to a table of its own Drill down report example Use drill down reports to retrieve shares register information Go to the menu Reports Drill Down Select parameters according to the figure below Account A 3090 13090E 13090 0712A Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL 08014 Jan 2008 13090 Hol 13090E In 130905 In 13090 Hol 13090E In 130905 In PARENT Training Parent company ATLANTA Atlanta Inc 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 Figure 3 6 5 A drill down report example for shares accounts Print the shares report Press the Print button to Print or Preview a report for shares The report Shows period company owned company and the account details AARO SYSTEMS AB 107 t ee AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs M AA Data Entry Journals 3 7 S75 TEMS Journals Journals can be used when figures in the closing need to be changed by users other than the ones responsib
99. UB HELSINKI 5010 FOOD 123 11094 HELSINKI 5110 FOOD Aad 11094 HELSINKI 5110 CLOTHES 345 Figure 3 3 8 Set up specification properties 8 To specify column headers manually right click a column header and select a dimension name for it from the list of available dimensions The empty alternative moves the column header back to the list This might be necessary if the first file row does not contain column headers that match AARO dimensions AARO SYSTEMS AB 67 a3 7 A DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL i m ee AAT Data Entry Import S75 TE PS Pernod Lo eye Pernod Bolag konto Amount 11054 HELSINKI 11034 HELSINKI 5110 11054 HELSINKI 5110 Loc Product Business Unit Figure 3 3 9 Adding header to the Import specification The following additional menu items are available from the right click column header pop up menu e Add fix column add a fixed parameter to all lines for example a period name for the import specification e Multiplier select this option to multiply or divide the amount column by a specified number The number must be prefixed by or e g enter 1000 to divide the amount column by 1000 e User defined use this option to specify a column name of your choice for example Business Area 9 If the data needs to be converted complete the Convert tab For example if the business unit CLOTHES should be changed to MEDIA and account 5010 should be changed to account 5210 the Conve
100. Unit FOOc Fa Dime a Dima Dirt Dims e pat fet fe Dim Formula result 6555 Figure 6 3 23 An ABSSendOperFlex function The following parameters are valid in the function Value Period Co Code Additional Dimension Dim1 Dim2 etc Value for which data will be sent Period for which data is sent Company for which data is sent identified by company code Account for which data is sent Dimi Dim20 these are defined by the dimension name such as Market or Business Unit exact names vary depending on the dimensions setup in each AARO installation The format for input is Dimension name dimension value In the example above the dimension separator and dimension values were given as Business Unit FOOD In the same way as other parameters dimensions and dimension values may also be taken from individual cell reference such as a cell reference of 148 6 3 17 Viewing data from ABSSendOperFlex in AARO ABSSendOperFlex data can be viewed in the AARO application using menu item Data Entry gt Input and choosing an appropriate form In the example given above data was viewed in the form IS_ALL for the product FOOD A screenshot has been included for reference here AARO SYSTEMS AB 210 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel send i e E W eet eSa i FOR Ee e I i YT IR Pom i imi dal ien eee OA Bowes Add t Del
101. a varying number These are handled through Insert Row and Delete Row buttons e Choice between TransAmount TransCurr and or Loc for reporting e Reporting detail level is specified by bins rather than directly by dimensions please find section on match bins below In the following screenshot an example of a match form appears The name of the form in this example is IC_ASSETS its heading is Intercompany Assets and its layout contains accounts 1320 and 1560 and possibly more accounts the right edge of the form is not visible in this screenshot It uses figure fields Loc amp TransAmount thus three columns for each account TransCurr TransAmount and Loc and its reporting detail is period company counter company own business unit counter business unit where Own BU and CounterBU are two match bins in this particular AARO installation This is the reporting of company ARLANDA and various intercompany transactions with its counterparts COPENHAGEN GOTHENBURG and HELSINKI can be seen in the screenshot A Mach Sec ey f Io er 0 ia i TAI ai i Bee gi pre Tiga MT Di Ti Load Save Save as Print f Reports ow Row Load Fetch Complete Contact Links Home ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL DO Period Package Dimension Group Company group 07128 4 Y MATCH YER vii v j Intercompany Assets My companies Own BU Counter BU 1320 1560 a ARLANDA LT fin group Acc rec grou
102. according to the filtered selection criteria 2 Clear the Include box es for anyone who should not receive mail Enter the Subject and Message and press Send Send Mail Subject Enter subject Enter text hase en Message Include Co Total Package Form E mail Rec CC Phone Comment ARLANDA MATCH m rich company com Rec 345 678 ARLANDA Total i smith company com EG 123 345 Figure 4 3 5 Sending mail to process status contacts 4 3 6 Revert Revert is used when a company needs to make new entries in the selected period Select a row in the grid and click the Revert button aaau eS ees Load i Sawe Saye as Print Reports riplete Rewert Copyall Mail Period Dimension Group Company group 6124 Status 2 Package Company Company description 2 Userid gt Completed at i All my companies Status Completed ARLANDA ATHENS ANNIJAL PARENT Training Parent company AGRO 2009 05 18 15 00 06 pian Completed ANNUAL SY HOLO Sweden Holding AB ARO 2009 05 18 15 00 06 EEEH Completed MATCH PARENT Training Parent company AARC 2009 05 18 15 00 06 Fad GOTHFNMAI IR G Figure 4 3 6 Reverting a package A package cannot be reverted by default The package should listed as open for revert in the menu Utilities Edit Periods Open for Revert tab before it can be reverted AARO SYSTEMS AB 135 t Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th aa a AA D Validatio
103. ae an Hame H lsink_innport Spec type Company Global Figure 3 3 5 Saving import specification 5 If Company was selected in the previous step select the company for which the specification should be added Select Company Company HELSINKI l Cancel Figure 3 3 6 Selecting company for import 6 The new specification is then displayed in the tree structure as a sub entry to the selected company or GlobalSpec AARO SYSTEMS AB l he y E DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL thas os Data Entry Import GlobalSpec Companys pec ADJ ADJ COPENH AD UPPSA ARLANDA ATHENS ATLANTA COFENHAGEN EL EL_IC GOTHENBURG HELSINKI Helsinki import INTRESSE pe ce mp v a lt an i Es an Figure 3 3 7 Added Import specification 7 Define specification properties on the Properties tab Specify how the text file is separated and delimited The program automatically searches for combinations that are compatible but occasionally it is necessary to enter the information manually In this example the separator is set to and the Rows are set to skip the first line as it is a header line that does not contain any data Properties Consert Columns Roms Account Separated by char Row delimiter CRVLF s Input O Fired fieldength 5 f4l Skip rows ial O Match Test delimited by w Decimal separator Dot J Comma Colurmmnames in first row SIETYP
104. against business units Film and Books For reference for the example above is shown here first we look at some examples of forms the user works with in Edit Input A AARO Edit Input DER or X FN BARO DataEntry validations Reports Utilities Window Help wi GiB BlLOl A Ble Si ilil al AA i i posrami i sert add f Delete f p eA E ave Saeas Print f Reports New Delete Rename aa His ore Sre Tro Pelete Copy Links Home A CF_ALL_1 A Properties Layout Help on Form CF_ALL_24 A CF_ALL_2B Heading A COMMENTS Income Statement A CONT_LIAB E EO EQUITY Input Match Matrix O Text O Commens Oos A EXTRA_ACC A IC_ASSETS Figure Field IC_LIAB Loc A IC_REVENU A INTERIMAS XINTERIMLIA 15_ALL Use as Output Report LEAS_YEAR C Comment Disabled LEASOPER A PLEDG_ASS Available Fields Input fields A SALARIES Product gt Period j SALE SPEC Business Unit Co SALES Business 4rea o Customer i SHARESSUE Market A STAFFNUME TESTMIXDIM EXCESS VA Past Equity 1 Recon OS Matchrules Match mapping OS mapping Org_Condition g PackageForms z Source Acct Type Normal v lt i 2010 11 05 13 42 Ref AARO Figure 7 14 6 Example of a form in Edit Input for User Administration In this example the user works within the MEDIA business area To do this the user needs to en
105. also be a group Product Family that sums up the Product Group group Groups are organized in a similar way to dimensions The difference is that with groups the same dimension value can sum up several different group values above e g a product can belong to many product groups or a market can belong to many Regions e g the market SCOTLAND may belong to all of the regions UK WESTERN EUROPE EUROPE and EMEA There is in practice no limit to the number of groups that can be created although certain modules in the system have a maximum limit of 30 AARO SYSTEMS AB 13 ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL tin ee HA B General Validation 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 S75 TE PS Validation Validation in AARO is the concept of making sure that only valid input data is stored in the database Invalid input data such as reporting on unknown product codes or unknown country codes occasionally a result of misspellings no longer used customer codes no longer existent business areas e g following a reorganization or product codes not valid in combination with a particular reporting company Should be removed There is no single menu item or screen named validation This term is rather a concept that is dealt with in many parts of the system and governed by several different settings This chapter will describe the validation concept Some validation rules are fixed built in while others are c
106. an input form There are two alternatives to print input forms by sending them to a printer or Saving in a file in the xls rtf or txt format e Print current form To print the currently loaded form 1 Click the Print button 2 Select Preview to open the form in the PDF format select Printer to send the form to the printer or select File to save the form in a file e Print several forms from the package To print all or several forms from the package 1 Right click the package and select Print Forms aoe Refresh Figure 3 1 25 Print package forms 2 Select all or several forms to be printed and click OK Report selection form Report selection Report BS INTANG Intangible fixed assets BS TANG Tangible Fixed assets EQUITY Specification of Equity BS ALL Balance Sheet IS ALL Income Statement SHARESSUBS Shares in subsidiaries AUBITCOSTS Audit costs LEGSOPER Leasing operational TNTERIMLIG Accrued expenses and deferre LEGS YESR Lease cost per Year EO Extra Ordinary Income and Expenses PLEDG 455 Pledged assets CONT ITAR Contingent liahilities x Figure 3 1 26 Select forms to print 3 1 15 Print Contact List report To view and print company contact information entered in Utilities Edit Dimensions Company details follow these steps AARO SYSTEMS AB 47 ie t g AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fh 4s A Data Entry Input S75 T E PES Nn 1 Click the Reports button and sele
107. are reported with and with a JV multiplier 1 this will give x hence debit e Assets are reported with and with a JV multiplier AARO SYSTEMS AB 301 Field DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAAI Utilities Edit Accounts SYSTEMS Description 1 this will give x hence debit e Liabilities are reported with and with a JV multiplier 1 this will give x hence credit Note The JV multiplier does not affect the actual storage of the registered amount at all only the credit and debit indication in the Journal menu JV SEK Indicates Y Yes or N No if it should be possible to create a journal in group currency on the account JV Loc Indicates Y Yes or N No if it should be possible to create a journal in local currency on the account 7 7 1 2 Legal Oper radio button The radio buttons specify which part of the system the accounts are used in Legal only Operational only or Legal amp Operational specify that the account is used in these parts i e will be processed by either Legal or Oper consolidations and after that stored in the legal or operational figure table Past Equity specifies that the account is used only in Legal Past Equity tab Shares specifies that the account is used only in the Shares menu When Operational or Legal amp Operational is chosen a subcategory for Operational
108. as Print Reports generate Filter Syne Home E fe fg Prepare erg jors CO regenerate All tables when to regenerate R MANSEN O Selected tables C Schedule regenerate _JUSTUSER i _RESPCO Time _RESPGROUP _ IEWOTHER AAROCALC Calc user BERIT Auditor user ELEY1 Regenerator admin KLARA Admin user AdjustmentLevel user Company user Publish user 2010 10 28 14 08 Ref AARO Figure 7 14 8 Add user The Add user dialog is displayed Add user User information Extra information Username Menu profile Group membership Full name PF Password P Retype password Input Function IWFunction J Start application ABSMAY ESE ka Define additional properties Figure 7 14 9 Add user dialog 3 Enter a user identifier and the name of the user in the USername and Full name fields 4 Enter a password in the Password field and retype it in the Retype password field 5 Select a suitable Menu profile and a Group membership The group membership used for a standard user is ABS_User AARO SYSTEMS AB 397 ay ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Th a mo ani AAS Utilities User Administration 7 14 5 7 14 6 STS TEMSTS 6 If relevant select an Input function JVFunction and Starting application For normal users the starting application should be ABSNav exe 7 Click OK when all of the necessary information h
109. chapter describes the start page that appears when starting the AARO application General description The AARO start page contains all the menus in the system as well as the features Calendar Documents and News Use the Calendar for highlighting important reporting deadlines and inserting links to the relevant reporting packages in the system Store reporting instructions in the Document folders accessible for users and display important organizational news in the News window Workflow Calendar Date 2008 11 21 v C Show log Calendar Documents 2008 11 17 Monday Legal documents Tuesday Document explorer Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 11 24 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 12 01 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 12 08 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 12 15 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Sahirday 2012 03 02 09 41 AARO aaro Figure 2 1 1 AARO start page AARO SYSTEMS AB 17 ay he a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a a B AARO start page Calendar S TEMS lt B ope 2 2 Calendar 2 2 1 General description The calendar can be used to highlight important deadlines events and link deadlines to relevant reporting packages in the system 2 2 2 Calendar view The Date field is used to select the date for the calendar Pressing
110. code 100800 to 1080 the resulting code after all rules are applied will be 1080 Note The use of user defined columns makes it easier to define rules with more than two parameters Create a file to import The file should be delivered prepared from the back end system or be converted in the import window as the codes for periods accounting companies and forms often differ between the two systems During the import process all codes will be validated and if any code is incorrect an error message will be displayed The format of the file can appear in any text format such as txt skv csv Each field has to be delimited by a delimiter for example semicolon ARLANDA Y303A LOC NEWSPAPER 3060 0 0000 235 0000 ARLANDA Y303A LOC NEWSPAPER SUSU 0 0000 35 0000 ARLANDA Y303A LOC MEWSPAPER 4010 0 0000 269 0000 ARLANDA Y303A LOC MULTIMEDIA 4010 0 0000 187 0000 Create a specification Follow the steps below when creating a new import specification 1 Press Import from the Data Entry menu 2 Select a company in the tree structure or GlobalSpec Press the New button to add a new specification The Select Text file dialog box is displayed 3 Select the file to be imported in the local directory or LAN and press Open 4 Enter a name for the new specification specify type Company or Global and press OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 65 a3 y a DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL P ee Data Entry Import D D mp Y a lt a i
111. diff SEK 5PastEc Refresh 5b Past E 6 Check 7 Not CT ER arrnount New a Figure 7 11 9 Delete report 7 11 5 Rename a drill down folder To rename a folder do as follows 1 Select and right click a folder 2 Select Rename Folder and enter the new name in the dialog window 7 11 6 Set up user responsibilities User responsibilities are set per user in the menu Utilities Administrative Tool The names of the drill down responsibilities are edited in the menu Utilities Application Management Responsibilities AARO SYSTEMS AB 376 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Drilldown Folders A User Administration Sele be mb ied a a z gA MAA p 5 alo a Q aa fg Normal users o AARO AAROCALC BH AUDITOR So Username Menu profile Application group REPORTSQFT V All users fk WEBLISER AARO __ Consolidator a E Prepared users Full name Group membership Start application SecurityLevel ABSNAY EXE F M Normal d A User information C Deactivate user E mail address Input Function JY Function Change Password DrillDown Input Published Responsibilities Responsibilities Responsibilities lt COMPANY V YES GROUP WEBREPORTS Database rights Figure 7 11 10 User Administration DrillDown Responsibilities AARO SYSTEMS AB 377 aay ee DVN te AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL tetas Oe rv 3 Utilities Edit Drilldown Container STS TEMS 7 12 Edit Drilld
112. down reports 140 5 1 1 Predefined reports 140 5 1 2 Drill down by 142 5 1 3 Expand by 144 5 1 4 Edit a report 144 5 1 5 Create a report 147 5 1 6 Save a report 149 5 1 7 Save report with new name 151 5 1 8 Save periods as relative 151 5 1 9 Delete a report 153 5 1 10 Rename a sheet 153 5 1 11 Delete report sheets 153 5 1 12 Top N functionality 154 5 1 13 Calculated items 156 5 1 14 Calculated periods 157 5 1 15 Calculated currency translation 158 5 1 16 Transpose rows and columns 159 5 1 17 Delete or hide columns and rows 159 5 1 18 Change report settings 160 5 1 19 Change cell format 160 5 1 20 Display statistics 161 5 1 21 Sort column in a report 162 5 1 22 Copy report data 162 5 1 23 Excel Connectivity 163 5 1 24 Live copy to Excel 163 5 1 25 Add comments to report 164 5 1 26 Print report 165 5 2 Comments 167 5 2 1 Comments window 167 5 2 2 Print comments 167 6 Excel connectivity 170 6 1 Using AARO with Excel 170 6 1 1 Installing a digital certificate for AARO Excel 170 6 1 2 Excel macro security settings 175 6 1 3 Open the AARO Excel Add In 177 6 1 4 Log on 179 6 1 5 Log off 179 6 2 AARO Excel retrieve 180 6 2 1 ABS 180 6 2 2 Selecting Excel retrieve formulas 180 6 2 3 Entering formulas directly 181 6 2 4 Formula results 181 6 2 5 Cell references and direct data entry in Excel 182 6 2 6 Formats for Excel functions 182 6 2 7 Description of Excel retrieve functions 183 6 2 8 ABSGetAccountText 183 AARO SYSTEMS AB 20 N
113. download of offline lists to the client Serviceuser is used to fetch password rules when user is not yet logged on to the system Default password is aaroserviceuser Change the password for the service user here AARO SYSTEMS AB 407 t Kg DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Ean Se m m ANS SYSTEMS S Utilities Application Management 7 15 3 Responsibilities The Responsibilities sub menu contains options to restrict user access in drill down reports and other areas of AARO user responsibilities journal functions and input functions A Application Management A yt er at e Y 5 we KB Co WNT SB KAI oat f Save f Save as Print f Reports Ban i Links f Home 5 Application manageme a Responsibilities Function Input function File management amp Responsibility Drilldown JWFunction Prepare Save Attested 6 amp 9 Page header and Fe esponsbities al yoy oy Al a Relative period extra N N N Se Consolidation amp Accountingtype ae CurrencyTranslati Se ProformaType et validations a CRH Settings B Figure 7 15 5 Responcibilites page 7 15 3 1Drilldown responsibilities Drill down responsibilities are used to specify which report folders a user may access in the menu Reports Drill Down Drill down responsibilities are tied to users and to report folders In this menu the responsibilities are created Please read more about the functionality in the 7 14 2 14 Drill
114. during regeneration may experience erroneous behaviour from the system In that case the solution is simply to log out and then log into AARO again 7 14 10Reports When you select on the Normal users folder in the left pane of User Administration there are two reports available from the Reports button e Print User Information e Print auto deactivated users These reports are explained in more detail below AARO SYSTEMS AB 400 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL faa a tes Utilities User Administration Reports generate Filter Syne Print User Information Print auto deactivated users Users to regenerate i AARC Aaro user AARC ALC Calc user BERIT Auditor user by dy ELEY Regenerator admin KLARA Admin user LARS djustmentLewel user LINDA Company User PATRIK Publish user AAROTALC BERIT q Dy ELEYI q KLARA LARS LINDA FATRIK E Prepared users Figure 7 14 13 User Administration reports 7 14 10 1Print user information To print a breakdown of user information select the users you require information for using ctrl click if necessary and select whether you would like the output to a Preview printer or as a File Print userinfo User selection AARO AARDAL Output Preview printer File Oooo Figure 7 14 14 Print user information select users You can also generate a report for a specific user by selecting the user in the l
115. e enclosed in quote characters For example if this parameter is set to the field should look like field contents Only files with names matching the pattern will be read Pattern should be a valid Java regular expression To read all files from the directory leave it blank The directory where not successfully read files are located by the integrator after import Location of the Excel files to be read by the integrator AARO SYSTEMS AB 261 ay he y 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Te aa a S Utilities Integrator configuration S TEMS lt P gt 4 D Parameter Value Read Directory The directory where successfully read files are located by the integrator after import MoveFiles If set to false files won t get moved to the Read directory after they are successfully read 7 3 1 6XML file data source configuration To import data from an XML file use the XML file source This data source is similar to the previous one since they both deal with text files Parameter Value RecordElementName Name of the record level xml element AmountElementName Name of the xml element containing amount ErrorDir The directory where not successfully read files are located by the integrator after import IncomingDir Location of XML files to be read by the integrator ReadDir The directory where successfully read files are located by the integrator after import An example of an xml fragment with comments
116. exchange rates for the period Defines which packages should be reconciled when a period is completed Consists of information about which dimension items that are valid Tab is activated in the menu Utilities Application Management Validations Used to allow users with different input functions to revert forms so that information may be edited Activates input packages for the period If some packages have been added in this tab then only those are visible in the period If no packages are added then all packages are visible Consists of three other tabs COMPANIES GROUPS and OB ORGANISATION which defines the legal and operational structure for the period Links an account to a user identifier If this option is enabled the user identifier will only have access to the specific account s listed e g in drill down reports etc The following buttons can be found Field Load Save Save As Print Reports New period Copy period Description Retrieve information from the selected period Save all information in the working space to the database Inactive Display a menu with options Preview will display the data in a report Print will print it File inactive Inactive Add a new period to the tree structure Start with filling in information on the Properties tab and saving it before continuing with the other tabs Copy information from another period to the current perio
117. figure will be reported in AARO SYSTEMS AB 355 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input S TE M amp S lt P gt 4 this column or a dimension value or an additional text string this is identical to text forms e Each OS form can have up to 3 such additional text strings text forms can have up to 10 each of them up to 10 characters in length text forms allow up to 170 Note however that the SQL Server may impose a lower limit on the total number of characters in a row e It must be agreed upon that there is a shared meaning for all OS forms in respect of those 3 additional text strings it is not possible for an individual OS form to be assigned its own significance as opposed to text forms where the additional text strings do not have a shared meaning This content must be defined in the background table SETTING _PROPERTY_VALUES with up to 3 rows similar to these Property Code StringY alue Stringy alue2 Intalue Float alue Mapping OSF Co StringYalue1 OS Co Mapping OSF Levell String alue2 OS Level Mapping OSF Level2 String alue3 OS Level Figure 7 9 14 SETTING_PROPERTY_VALUES background table It is not necessary to use all 3 string values in each OS form a form can also use only 1 or 2 of these e Any number of rows can be added to an OS form in Data Entry Input by using the Insert Row and Delete Row buttons e A Lookup Value List of valid values is available on the right click menu for di
118. for upload The files in selected folder are displayed in a list in the area below Local files can be filtered by extension using the Filter 2 To add files to the Upload queue select the requested files in the list and press the button Add files to queue 3 Press the button Add files to database to add the files in the Upload queue to the database Existing files in the database can be viewed in the list to the far right in the menu 4 Tick the check box Client global update enabled to allow download of files to clients 7 15 1 2Manage Application groups How to manage application groups 1 Select a file in the list Existing files on database or Upload queue and press the Edit Entry button 2 Use the buttons Add Delete to create delete an Application group 3 Tick the check box to attach an application to an Application group 4 Set up the Upgrade information 5 Tick the corresponding check box for a user in the menu User Administration to make it possible for that user to run the application Edit entry File information Upgrade information Filename MARO REPORTS La Check at update Filepath visible as Start application Mot available From database Upgrade type MAJOR v Version CRC Filesize bytes 0 0 0 0 5711386e 225 352 Application group y te Sere File information Consolidator Figure 7 15 3 Edit entry AARO SYSTEMS AB 406 ay re y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Tas a m m AS Utilities
119. forms as follows 1 Set up validations Go to Application Management Select Application Management Validation in the tree at the left pane Application Management Ai ee 7 1 He oad Save ast Print feports Insert i Delete _ lt _ _ 4888 Application management Se File management Dimensions listed below will start the Automatic Update of Period validations Wizard when adding a new dimension ID in Edit Dimensions a Page header and othe meats Company Dimension validations Form Dimension validations Dimension validations ae Responsibilities a B E ae 2 Reletve perod EE amp Consolidation Product Product SALE_SPEC Business Unit Tt Accounting types Business Area Business Unit IS_ALL Ss Currency types a Proforma types a validations Bt Journal settings a CRH settings Menu management Figure 7 15 21 Validations settings In the right pane you can see 3 check boxes which turn on different validation types If the check box is ticked you need to specify the settings for a given validation type choose the dimension s for which the validation s Should be applied 2 List valid values At this stage the valid dimension values must be specified for each period These are specified in the menu item Edit Periods Validation tab and further detailed in the sub tabs Company Dimension validations Form Dimension validations and Dimension validations
120. lt row gt lt company gt ARLANDA lt company gt lt period gt June lt period gt lt year gt 2009 lt year gt lt account gt 3010 lt account gt lt sloc 1000 00 lt 10c lt row gt In the fragment above row is the record level element so RecordElementName parameter should be set to row AmountElementName should be set to loc In the Dimension Technical names table all other elements below the record level elements should be mapped to the corresponding external dimensions using xml element names as technical names e g Ext Company mapped to company etc 7 3 1 7 Creating and editing a data source To create a data source right click Data Sources in the left frame and select New Item AARO SYSTEMS AB 262 t ee DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs ie PRAT Utilities Integrator configuration SYSTEMS 7 3 2 E Import Sources ce CaaS Ounces J ES Import Speci i Tez Data o Delete bem Rule Test Cases Figure 7 3 5 Creating a data source To edit an existing data source click the data source you wish to edit in the left frame under Data Sources Import Specification An import specification is a set of rules that together contains the logic for converting data A rule must always be a member of one and only one import specification When importing data one import specification is used for the conversion process Hence a user can use different import specifications to get different results A
121. m stanley company com Rec MATCH Mona m rich company com Rec Figure 3 5 2 Company information report 3 5 3 Company Information tabs The following sections describe Company Information tabs 3 5 3 1 Basic info tab The Basic info tab contains information including company name and address Auditor name and contact information and field for optional comments AARO SYSTEMS AB 99 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Company information gasisee 4DI ADJ_COPENH ADI_UPPSA Full company name Sub company AB Owner Owned LEEDS ARLANDA ATHENS Corporate number 333 4444 ATLANTA COPENHAGEN Street Some street str EL ZIP Code 12345 City Leeds EL_IC z GOTHENBURG Country UK HELSINKI INTRESSE Telephone 123 456 Fax 123 456 INTRESSE2 l m i KALIX E mail address info jco com LEEDS LONDON NICE ae Audit Fim John amp Co es SUCCESSIVT Telephone 333 444 S _HOLD a TEST_INTR Fax 333 555 E mail address iohn bbb com UPPSALA Auditor Given name John Family name Johnson Activity Audit Comment Some comments can be entered here Status Progress VAT number 111222333444 Incorporation date 2010 10 20 Figure 3 5 3 Basic info tab 3 5 3 2 Contacts tab The Contacts tab contains a table used for entering contact information of key em
122. menu item gt Data Entry gt Input Tip the Paste from AARO function can be very helpful for pasting header AARO SYSTEMS AB 204 pe t 4 DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a a A 5 Excel connectivity AARO Excel send 6 3 11 6 3 12 Si Nn TEMS information into an Excel worksheet this provides a helpful template for Excel data entry Here is an example where input layout SHARESSUBS was pasted into cell B2 In the example below easy data entry was facilitated for the formula contained in cell A6 AAROSendText 0803A ARLANDA SHARESSUBS er S B c D E G H J 1 2 SHARESSUBS SHARESSUBS SHARESSUBS SHARESSUBS SHARESSUBS SHARESSUBS SHARESSUBS SHARESSUBS 3 13101T 13102T 13103T 1310T 13104T 4 Company Company Registered Share of Share of No of Book Value on 5 Registration office equity votes shares value stack 6 No exchange F 1ARLANDA 123456 Stockholm 55 70 700 10000000 25000000 8 Figure 6 3 17 AAROSendText template and data Viewing data from AAROSendText in AARO For reference when text form data has been successfully sent to AARO it can be viewed in the AARO application using menu item Data Entry gt Input and choosing the relevant form the same form as referenced in the Excel function for AAROSendText Here is a screenshot of how the information looks in a SHARESSUBS text form in AARO Period Company ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda 08034 Y AR
123. of CTAAcqOBCanc and CTADeprOBCanc CTAChange Translation differences net actual period Sum of CTAAcqChange and CTADeprOChange CTACB Translation differences net closing balance Sum of CTAAcgCB and CTADeprCB 1 1 The value in consolidated currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in consolidated currency 1 1 The value in local currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in local currency Y Amount is booked on OwnedCo N or blank Amount is booked on the LegalCo value It is only possible to enter a value if CompanyLevel N Then a company code must be entered AARO SYSTEMS AB 310 ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Er an HA K Utilities Edit Accounts S Field LegalType AcctType 7 7 3 4PE Field LogicVersion PECode PEAmountType MultiplierGroup MultiplierLoc PEType ReplaceOrNot Category LegalCo MS Description Indicates on what Legal type the booking will be made Indicates on what accounting type the booking will be made Description Parallel logic versions can be created so that different logic can be used in the same period This can be used if you for example want to work with fixed assets specifications in the quarters but not in the months in between It can als
124. of users e To give the possibility for a specific category of users to make forms uncomplete for a period in the menu Validation Process Status Different categories of users are given different input functions In this menu the input functions are created Please read more about the functionality in the 7 14 2 10 Input function section Add an input function 1 Left click in the Input function pane 2 Press the Insert Row button or use the down arrow on the keyboard to insert a row 3 Enter a name for the input function and press Save Input Function Al HQ NONE Figure 7 15 11 Enter input function name Input functions are tied to one or more forms for a period in the menu Utilities Edit Periods tabs Open 1 and Open UnComplete 2 Please note that if the input function All is tied to a form in the above tabs this means that the form is open for all users and that all users can make that form uncomplete irrespective of what input function the user has been given 7 15 4 Relative period Values inserted in this window are selectable in the Dynamic Period area in menu Utilities Edit Periods The information is needed in drill down reports AARO SYSTEMS AB 410 S B Nn D TEMSTIS AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Application Management when reports are automatically populated with relevant periods relative periods Application Management t o ha Save ast Print 688 Application m
125. on it The fetch module is a connector to be used for accessing the data external source There are different fetch modules for different types of data sources SQL table text file Excel file etc Depending on selection here there are few additional parameters to be set The technical name of the amount dimension see next chapter AARO SYSTEMS AB 257 ay he y 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Te aa a S Utilities Integrator configuration AWA zz SYSTEMS Parameter Description Transaction The technical name of the transaction amount dimension Amount see next chapter Dimension Dimension A list of mappings between technical name and a name Technical usable within the AARO integrator see next chapter Names 7 3 1 2Dimension definitions All data sources must have a dimension concept In case of the SQL table data source dimensions are normally represented as columns in a table A definition must be made of all dimensions that should be available for the AARO integrator All external dimensions that should be exposed should be listed with their technical names The technical name is the name of the dimension in the external data source In the SQL table data source it is most likely column names For every technical name there should also be a dimension name The dimension name is the name that the dimension will be referred to within the AARO integrator Exceptions to this are the amount and transaction amou
126. or dimensions levels Documents News a Legal documents New Business E i Document explorer Add document Add folder Add dimension folder b Feriod Company PEET Product Business Unit w Allow users to create documents Business Area w Always show this item Customer Reload documents Market Figure 2 3 10 Adding a dimension folder 2 3 4 4 Allow users to create documents Ticking this option will make it possible for users to create documents in a selected folder 2 3 4 5 Always show this item All users can view the folder if this option is ticked Should this option not be ticked it will deny users access to the folder The settings per user are made in the menu Utilities Edit Document Explorer Rights 2 3 4 6 User rights for documents Access to documents in the Document explorer area is determined by settings applied in User Administration For more information please see 7 14 User Administration AARO SYSTEMS AB 30 y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL q ee l AA S AARO start page News 2 4 News Es an 2 4 1 General description The News area can be used for displaying e g organizational news to the reporting entities 2 4 2 News view Demo Data Entry Validations Reports Utilities Window Help Workflow Calendar Date 2011 09 21 v Showlog Calendar Documents News 2011 09 19 Monday A Legal documents News items for this months reporting Tuesday COPENHAGEN Wednesday I
127. own dimensions and all associated counter dimensions they can only report on valid dimensions according to their user role 3 2 3 Load a match form To load a match form for reporting follow these steps 1 Select Data Entry Match in the main menu 2 Select a reporting period and match package in the drop down lists Period and Package Also Dimension Group and Company group can be selected to filter companies visible in the tree Period Package Dimension Group Company group Of 14 Y MATCH w Submarkets EUROPE w Figure 3 2 2 Match form parameter selection 3 Select a reporting company in the tree and a tab with form required 4 To load an entry created for one counter company expand the company name in the tree and click the counter company name E My companies s OwnBU Counter BL S060 4060 a360 a460 EE ARLANDA al Sales int Cost goods Oth int grow Int exp grou Counter company Loc Loc Loc Loc GOTHENBURS ATLANTA Atlanta Inc LEISURE LEISURE DE HELSINKI Total 7 ATHENS Figure 3 2 3 Match form loaded for one counter company 3 2 4 Report intercompany transactions To enter intercompany transactions follow these steps 1 Load a match form for period and company 2 Click Insert Row and select a counter company and Bin values in the drop down lists Click OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 51 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Match Add Row Counter Company ATHENS Bin Gwn BU COSMETICS ounter BL FOOD
128. period The reason for this is to make it more difficult to ruin an important period by copying information to it by mistake The security row should be entered as below wi th form DELETE Properties Open Active Rates Complete Open for Revert Packages Organisation Publish Company InputFunction Input AcctType Responsible Keep Figure 7 5 13 Enter DELETE when information is to be copied AARO SYSTEMS AB 290 t ee DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ee KAI Utilities Edit Periods S75 TE PS 3 Click the Copy period button and the Copy Period dialog window will appear Select from which period data is to be copied and select the different information categories to copy 4 Select parameters to copy Note that the check boxes Recurrent Journals and PE GOODWILL legal info are normally not selected when copying information to a period that represents the beginning of a new year Copy Period Copy information From period v Multicopy Table Copy Legal info Parameters to copy Recurrent L_ Figures Journals _ 3 bookings Copy period change Legal in PE Goodwill Operational org Period _ Publish Rates validations Figure 7 5 14 Copy Period dialog 5 Press OK 7 5 14 Multi open close To open close forms for reporting is occasionally time consuming work There are two buttons Open and Close designed to reduce the work involved
129. result the factor is 2 If the IS reflects 3 months accumulated result the factor is 4 and SO on Comparison period is used for deviation analyses See accounts of type ConsRatio It is possible to define different sets of elimination logic If this is done a choice of which set to use has to be made otherwise always enter 0 in this field Defines different ways to translate the income statement from local to group currency The algorithms are Average the amount in local currency is multiplied with the average exchange rate for the period GAAP the amount in local currency from the previous period see previous period field is subtracted from the reported local amount The remaining Loc amount is translated to group currency using the average rate and added to the group amount from previous period see previous period field There are some other variants that may be activated Ask AARO support for further details Free text description of the period Turns on the publish functionality for the period For more information please refer to the Publish Tab section AARO SYSTEMS AB 276 ay he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL TE AAN L es i oh a NIN 5 Utilities Edit Periods S MS 7 5 2 2Dynamic Period area In the Dynamic Period area information about actuality reporting interval etc is edited The information is needed in drill down reports when reports are automatically populated with relev
130. text form is defined by editing two tables INPUT_FORMSET and INPUT_SPECSET There is currently no user friendly screen available for this The following example shows a set up of a text form AARO SYSTEMS AB 354 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL ee hs Utilities Edit Input ED CFAA Properties Tables Help on Form E com a IE con Formula Validatewith B EO FloatValuel EOS710 N 15 EO Income EO8710 B EQUI EO FloatValue2 E08750 N 15 Y EO Expense E08750 E EXTR EO Levell LEVEL1 Y 10 Product Ed ICA EO Stringy alue1 N 30 Description is E ICLI ED ICRI ER INTER pmm 5 5 gt INPUT_SPECSET INPUT_FORMSET j D B sac Properties Tables Help on Form E CF_ALL a gt ER COMMENTS Form Property SeqNo StringYalue Floatyalue IntYalue ER CONT LIAB EO ColumnField01 0 Levell E EO i EO ColumnField02 0 StringValuel EB EQUITY EO ColumnField03 0 Float aluel EB ExTRA_AcC EO ColumnFieldos 0 Float aluez E Ic_aAssets IC_LIAB IC_REYENU INTERIMAS TRITED TMI T gt INPUT_SPECSET INPUT_FORMSET 43258 Figure 7 9 13 Text form layout Formula can be used to create a calculated column To do this enter e g the formula FloatValue1 FloatValue2 Rows with a specified formula do not need an account code and should it be filled in it would be disregarded The formula calculated value is not stored in the database but a Summ or Ratio account c
131. the left pane to display all journals rows in that folder journal b Select the option Expand Grouping c Drag and drop optional column headers to the top of the grid E g Company and Legal Type The sum of the journals will be displayed on a row under the headers AARO SYSTEMS AB 118 A ian cl 5 m Load Save j Save as Print Reports AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA D Data Entry Journals Prepare Prep as Row Row lt no file gt RA R i AE ASI eo a oF a l H External document lt no document Sj mi JA l IR e a e eli cv C E E gaa eres E Za f J f 4 i Iaw f Delete Copy Expand _ sign Attached file Links Home Journal Id Orig investment 19 Rows v Show description oumas Filter Period User ID ID Currency Status Last user D Opening 107124 AARO Orig investment SEK Save Expand all AARO E amp Correction Journal Type Accounting Type Proforma type Description E Sy System Original investment Normal s A z z AF556 071 Prepared By Prepared Time Approved By Approved Time AttestedBy Attested Time Audited By Audited Time ISEK bokr AARO 2012 02 01 1 29 04 Ph Orig investi E Adjustment E3 Recurrent Input E My Journals E F All Journals G AAF667 2012 A iw Co FromCo CodeDesc ImpactCode J Multiplier LegalGroup L
132. the right in the Consolidation information section the relevant category minority percentage direct or indirect and currency rates for the company and period will be added automatically based on the details added to the left The fields are completed automatically after period and group consolidation 3 4 9 Past Equity tab On this screen the past equity acquired equity is entered for each subsidiary This information is used in the past equity elimination which is a vital part of AARO SYSTEMS AB 81 be ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a RAK Data Entry Legal S75 TE MS 4 Do the consolidation in AARO and is automatically booked to the balance Sheet equity in accounting A EFFEN AAEN INTENTA KAA l Print Reports New Delete Cons Find oft f Delete Expand Links Home ane Owner BRISTOL o g Owned LEEDS BRISTOL Opening Opening PE23LOC Change Closing Closing LEEDS LOC EUR 2012 02 03 EUR LOC EUR HS s _HOLD E PARENT PE1310P Investment Amount in Parent Currency PE1330P Investment Ass Comp in Parent Currency RATE Investment Currency Rate PE1310L Investment Amount in Local Currency PE1310R Investment Reserve PE1330L Investment Associated Companies PE1310B BOOK AMOUNT PE208104 Share Capital Org change PE208112 Share Capital New Issue PE208204 Share Capital Not registred change PE208212 Share Capital Not registered New issue PE208504 Revalutation reserve Org
133. the top used in OPER LEGAL logic only 3 4 12 Complete reporting The company s local figures need to be reported in input in order to geta complete picture of the company s contribution to the group equity and balance sheet The company s equity specification balance sheet and income statement need to be reported The opening balances in the equity specification are reported in the account 20xx04 Organisational change in each relevant section of the equity A Input mS el je a Oe ee f Save ast Print Reports i A Column Fetch Complete Bow Links Home Company Compare with ora EDS Specification of Equity o I ANNUAL OF 124 1 BS_INTANG Intangi 7 BS TANG Tangible EQUITY Speciticati J BS ALL Balance Sh IS_ALL Income Stat 208112 New share tesueNon cash issue 7 SHARESSUBS Shar AUDITCOSTS Audit 209114 Writeups Share issue 7 LEASOPER Leasing 206124 Write downe Share issue SINTERIMASS Prepa 2081 Share capital 7 INTERIMLIA Accrue j LEAS_YEAR Lease 208201 OB Unregistered share capital EO Extra Urdinary In 208204 Organizational change Unregistered share capital PLEDG_ASS Pledge CONT_LIAB Contine 208224 write downs J STAFFNUMBE Aver B0ARD_MEMB Mur 209473 Other lti gt 2082 Unregistered share capital LEEDS Sub company AB Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL EUR 208212 New share iesue Non cash issue Figure 3 4 20 Entering company equity information
134. total 185 75 260 BS BS ALL Balance Sheet Sa e a IBS SALES Sales Specificat 3510 Invoiced costs external Figure 3 1 2 Income statement Sales Specification MONTHLY CUST_O1 a CUST_ 05 TOTAL SALARIES Salaries and COSMETICS COSMETICS HOUSEHOLD IPS 1S_ALL Income Stateme EE INTERIMLIA Accrued e leqin wet UES INTERIMASS Prepaid e Span TES EQUITY Specification o TE COMMENTS onanerts i BS_TANG Tangible fixe AES BS_INTANG Intangible Figure 3 1 3 Sales specification 3 1 4 Short guide to the financial reporting process 3 1 5 The following sections describe in details main steps of the financial reporting process in AARO Load an input form To load an input form for reporting follow these steps 1 Select Data Entry Input in the main menu 2 Select a reporting period and company in the drop down lists Period and Company Period Company 07124 w Y ARLANDA Y Figure 3 1 4 Period and company selection fields 3 To filter periods and companies available for selection click the filter icon W AARO SYSTEMS AB 35 pe t ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a A 5 Data Entry Input S75 TEMS Nn 4 Expand an input package in the tree by clicking the sign or double clicking the package Select an input form in the package and click Load Alternatively the form name can be double clicked The form is loaded in the work area White cells are enabled for editing
135. within the current year 3 6 3 Set up an account structure for the Shares window Below follows an example of how the shares account structure can be set up All shares accounts are set up in the menu Utilities Edit Accounts Similar for all shares accounts is that the Shares radio button is selected in the Legal Oper area Shares accounts are also assigned a code type in the CodeType field when applicable See a screenshot below A Edit Accounts SEES Home Account 13001 Holding Beginning of Year ae t Delete i Save as Print Reports ew Delete Fow Filter i 128031 Rec A Properties Help 126049 2 Account heading E 12604 Closi as 22 Account Description Legal Oper 1290 Other 1299 TOTAI 13001 Holding Beginning of Year O Legal amp Operational 13001 Hold Short name Account type 13002 Holdi Normal 13010 Stocl O Legal only 13020 Stocl f Closing F Closing z Past Equity PERE Decimal ipl ipl 13040 Char Decima si Mu tipler Jv Multiplier J SEK J Loc 13050 Write 0 0 v N z n v 13060 Acq 13072 Cont Translation Minority Goodwill OPE O Taxes O Bookings Opening Adjust 13076 Cont 13090 Holdi 13090E Inv Shares 130905 Inv Total Legal Oper 13091 Mark f S 13095 Perc 1310 Partici OpeningCode 1310_TOTA _ gt Operational only Translation Report Translation Account definition b EB
136. 016 08034 08036 TOTAL MainGroup AARO Waiting TOTAL 2 Norm 08016 08044 08046 TOTAL MainGroup AARO Waiting TOTAL 2 Norm 08044 08044 08044 TOTAL MainGroup AARO Waiting TOTAL 2 Norm 08016 08054 08056 TOTAL MainGroup AARO Waiting TOTAL 2 Norm 08054 08054 08054 TOTAL MainGroup AARO Waiting TOTAL 2 Norm naniR nana nANaAR TATAI Maintsrenin AARM taiFinn TATAI 2 Nerm oe Failed amp Warnings Today Period RatesFrom OrgFrom SaveAs Typ CalcGroup Obj Form UserlId Status Prio CurrTrans Entered 08064 08064 08064 08064 INPUT_FIG 1 AARO Warning 2 Normal 2011 10 07 10 11 23 AM 4 iil ol Figure 7 1 1 Consolidation window The Consolidation window consists of the following sections Section Description 1 Filter used to filter the consolidation queue by properties 2 Consolidation area 3 den consolidations and consolidations completed with warnings today AARO SYSTEMS AB 248 7 1 1 Consolidation types 7 1 2 DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AD 5 Utilities Consolidation MS The following consolidation types are performed in AARO Type SUM TOTAL OPER LEGAL Description Updates the account structure in input forms and drill down reports It must be performed after any changes made in accounts in the menu Utilities Edit Accounts The Sum consolidation is given priority 0 in the consolidation queue which means that it will always be run before all other consolidations Recalculates legal and o
137. 04 29 000 00 209104 1 000 00 COPENHAGEN _ GOTHENBURG HELSINKI _ PARENT s _HOLD Figure 3 7 11 Apply a filter The filter for journal rows is used to limit the rows visible in the work area To filter journal rows 1 Load a journal 2 Press the arrow on the column header and select values The selection can for example be restricted to a certain company 3 Selections made are displayed as text at the bottom of the work area Press the LX button to remove all selections Tick the check box to remove the selections temporarily Select T to remove or change part of the selected criteria x Co ARLANDA and Code 208104 BI Figure 3 7 12 Selections 3 7 11 Expand button The Expand button has the following features e Legal spec makes it possible to enter values for legal group and legal type in a journal AARO SYSTEMS AB 117 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AALS Data Entry Journals w me Ta 3 mE ow External document lt no document gt 3 as 5m 5 i R xs i AS E i ay Taser ie eee file lt no file gt ie eee D 4 A Load Save Save as Print Reports Prepare Prep as New f Edit Row a Ex i eaan E e E UE hes f Home Perio B Journal Id Orig investment 0712A Show description Journals Filter Period User ID ID Currency Status Last user z Opening 07124 AARO Orig in
138. 061 101065 101071 101081 101089 Opening ace acquisition values This years gross investments Acquisitions Sold Scrapped Reclassification Internal transfers Exchange difference Opening accumulated depreciation Depreciation For the year Acquisitions Sold Scrapped Reclassification Internal transfers Exchange difference 10109001 10109015 10109018 10109019 10109021 10109049 10109061 10109551 10109565 Opening accumulated write ups cguisitions write ups For the year Reversed write ups Sold Scrapped Exchange difference Depreciation For the year Opening accumulated write downs Acquisitions AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Accounts Extra details Is part of Summ Other account Average Cashflow Report lawout Input Form Legal types Basic info Translation t Minority Goodwill FE Taxes Account details Impact an openin Cashflow based upon Opening Average Ratio CF ove haced pinon Preview i Cancel ty nino 1 Zaldi Zer send Figure 7 7 5 Select accounts for the report 2 In the Account selection section select accounts to be included into the report Use the Filter button to filter the accounts available in the Account selection section 3 In the Extra details section select account details to be included into the report 4 To open the report in the PDF format click Preview 5 To save the report in the Excel format click To file
139. 1 regardless of currency used for volumes i e number of employees None will incur any translation and is used for accounts where the local currency amount should be translated based on a rate that is not known to the system The group currency amount should consequently be booked with a journal Quotient is rarely used and then only in connection with Temporal MiM translation Indicates what currency rate will be used when running a report in Reports Drill Down Most often the same as Translation but can e g be used to recalculate accounts where Translation is set to None This field is used to specify the figures in the output reports drill down and should be displayed with decimals or not please find further documentation regarding specifying number of decimals in the Data Entry Input menu The multiplier field is used to specify a factor with which the stored value on the account will be multiplied before being presented in output reports drill down The JV Mmultiplier field is used to specify a factor 1 or 1 An amount booked in the Journals menu will depending on the sign or of the booking and the JV multiplier be registered as either debit or credit at the bottom of the Journal menu screen The logic for this can typically be described as this e Revenues are reported with and with a JV multiplier 1 this will give x hence credit e Expenses
140. 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel send Function Arguments ARO SendText Mo help available Form Formula result 1 Help on this Function Figure 6 3 5 Viewing ABS data send function result Some examples of formula results might be e Formula result 0 formula is not completed e Formula result 1 formula is ready to send a string of information according to template criteria e Formula result 4869 or any other number This refers to a specific number which will be sent from an Excel send function to a corresponding field in AARO Note no validation has taken place in AARO at the stage checks such as whether an account number is valid or a period is do not take place until the user has sent the data from Excel to AARO Cell references and direct data entry in Excel In Excel send formulas it is possible to use either direct Excel data entry input data going directly into a function field or refer to a cell reference which contains the relevant information For example here is some data that has been entered directly using the direct Excel data entry method Period 0603 4 08034A Figure 6 3 6 Direct Entry of Parameter information However a cell reference containing the relevant information returns exactly the same result Period Fiery Figure 6 3 7 Using a Cell reference for Parameter information Where Cell B1 was entered as follows AARO SY
141. 11 0 USER MANUAL eS AS Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports an example below The Show Description checkbox was left clear Select Period Selection Selected items B Es Prp IU Calculated Item gt Selective Item gt Description V Show code Figure 6 4 15 Choose period AARO SYSTEMS AB 227 6 4 6 Selected items JSD Figure 6 4 17 Choose legal group The AARO report will then be entered onto the active worksheet the user can then manipulate and format the data in Excel as desired Right mouse button functions One of the key features of working with AARO in combination with Excel is the AARO SYSTEMS AB AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports 228 6 4 7 iy a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL PAIN Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports ability to work with the right mouse button to call up dynamic functions Depending on which cell is selected when the right mouse button is clicked many different features may be accessed such as edit settings delete run a report change report criteria and choose drill down criteria The example below shows how it is easy to change the report currency by pressing the right mouse button on the cell containing currency information in the report header In the report example below clicking right mouse on cell A3 enables the user to change currency Cc D 1 08
142. 2 03 12 58 AARO AaRO Figure 3 4 1 Legal window AARO SYSTEMS AB ay E AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a AALS Data Entry Legal 3 4 3 S75 TE PS The Legal window consists of two panes The left pane contains the legal tree consisting of legal groups and included companies The right pane contains information related to the selected legal group or company The information is divided into tabs Tab Description Ownership General legal group or company information Past Equity Past equity entered for a subsidiary Excess value Excess value details Equity Company equity information presented as a report Create a legal group To create a legal group follow these steps 1 Select a period in the Period drop down list 2 Press the New button select Group and enter the details for the group Add Group Add group Legal Group ENGLAND Parent Company LEEDS Description Parent Co 46 Currency EUR C era Figure 3 4 2 Creating a legal group Complete the following fields Field Description Legal Group Enter the desired code for the legal group i e Aaro Group or Main Group 10 characters A Z 1 9 and _ Parent Enter the code of the parent company or select it Company from the list of already existing companies If the company does not exist in the database it will now be created AARO SYSTEMS AB 75 t ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs OMA PAIS Data Entry
143. 3 Test user 14 Test user 15 Test user 16 Test user 17 Test user 16 All tables When to regenerate O Selected tables Es Ia Normal users fe Prepared users Schedule regenerate Time swiaipm TESTUSER13 TESTUSER 14 TESTUSERIS TESTUSER 16 TESTUSER1 TESTUSER1 amp Tee Ts ioe as Figure 7 14 1 User Administration In the left pane there are two folders e Normal users users that are activated in the system e Prepared users these are not activated in the system and may be used as templates The area under the heading Users to regenerate is a regeneration tool which will be described further on in the section Regenerate Users Users visible in the tree and the Users to regenerate area can be filtered by pressing the Filter button select parameters to filter the users User information and database rights Open the normal users or prepared users folder and select an individual user in the left pane Users are defined here within two tabs e User information user details are entered here e Database rights data restrictions are set up here AARO SYSTEMS AB 385 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities User Administration teed FNN To STSTEMSI an The User information and Database rights tabs are described in detail below 7 14 2 User information tab The following screen is displayed when a user is selected in the left pane of Use
144. 30 5 0 2010 11 29 9 0 2010 11 30 5 0 2010 11 29 9 0 2010 11 15 7 2 2010 11 29 9 0 AARO Reports xla aaro ear AaroSize ini ABS exe ABS ini ABSConsolidator exe ABSNay 1 _ABSNav exe Filedate Filter All files O Filter Filesize 1 040 bytes 242 688 bytes 3 368 988 bytes 1 832 bytes 5 346 368 bytes 2 317 bytes 6 065 728 bytes 488 bytes _23 176 768 bytes Y Add file s to queue Al EEK Ta Links Home Upload queue Filename Date Time Zip Type Check Start AARO Reports xla 2010 11 29 9 06 0 Yes MAJOR Yes Yes ABS exe 2010 11 29 9 06 0 Yes MAJOR Yes No Edit entry Add Files to database Delete from queue Existing files on database Filedate GMT Check Start AARO REPORTS XLA 2010 11 05 5 03 0 ABS EXE 2010 11 26 6 10 2 ABSCONSOLIDATOR EXE 2010 11 26 6 10 2 ABSNAY EXE 2010 11 26 6 10 2 ABSXL XLL 2010 11 26 6 10 2 CONSWATCHER EXE 2010 11 26 6 10 2 REGENSERVER EXE 2010 11 26 6 10 3 Update MAIOR MAIOR MAJOR MAJOR MAJOR MAJOR MAJOR Filename Edit Entry Save to file Delete file from server Figure 7 15 2 File Management 7 15 1 1Upload files to the database How to add new files update the application files AARO SYSTEMS AB 405 ay ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL a MAM amp aby Ea Utilities Application Management 1 Select a folder in the Local files area that contains requested files
145. 4 002 SV_HOLD Sweden Holding AB 0 ATHENS Athens 5 4 L EL Elimination company 12 063 L ESLa 02 Balance Sheet diff SEK f Figure 3 4 23 Balance sheet difference in group currency If imbalance is at hand first check the balance in local currency before checking for journals in group currency that may be unbalanced AARO SYSTEMS AB l T Sh AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hk ie Data Entry Legal 3 4 18 3 4 19 pe pe S lt Nn TEMS To further track an imbalance in group currency the difference can be drilled down by the Legal Type criterion The total of the legal types Input JV Loc JV SEK TransDiff should total zero unless the input values journals or possibly currency values are incorrect Should the EL company be unbalanced this company may be drilled down by the From Company criterion as described above which in turn if itself imbalanced may be drilled down by the Legal Type criterion The legal type Input JV Loc JV SEK TransDiff should here again total zero unless the input values journals or possibly currency rates are faulty The legal types PE and Goodwill should also total zero unless something is incorrect in the past equity register its values or the logic between the register and the accounting All other legal types should be balanced 03 Investments in subsidiaries A Sa 11310 Parti 1310PE In All selected PARIS Paris 5 830 10 000
146. 4ROSERVICES ASROSERVICES ASROSERVICES Sort by Username Refresh Integval Blocked No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No v Show system processes _ Beep at DEADLOCK DB Name LONGTEST110 LONGTEST110 CPYBETA4110 cPV110 TEST110 LONGTEST91 LONGTESTS0 TEST120 LONGTEST100 CPVBETA110 LONGTEST101 LONGTEST120 DEMO120 CPVBETA110 LONGTEST110 DEMO120 TEST120 LONGTEST100 LONGTEST101 cPV110 LONGTEST90 LONGTEST91 Command AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND SELECT INTO AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND AWAITING COMMAND Status sleeping sleeping runnable sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping sleeping AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Database Monitor Links Home Time Blocked 385500 10 1195650 0 627440 95900 119770 756220 616200 0 512720 1970 1679840 4300 50 10570 2120 10590 37280 4550 11470 12100 Figure 7 17 1 The Database Monitor window Explanations to the list displayed Field Username Application
147. 5 Group members 7 8 3 1 Create a group group members Follow these steps to create a group group member 1 Select the Group folder in the left pane 2 Press the New button 3 Enter Group Name and press OK The Create as unique checkbox enables the options for group to be created as unique i e so that each group member needs to contain unique sub dimensions Group Name Customer Type Create as unique Figure 7 8 26 Create a group 4 Create group members in the Details tab by pressing the Insert Row button or using the down arrow on the keyboard Enter group member identifiers and descriptions and press Save 7 8 3 2Add sub dimensions to a group member Follow these steps to add sub dimensions to a group member AARO SYSTEMS AB 336 ay he y k DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL tas a AAR Utilities Edit Dimensions SYSTEMS 1 Select a group in the tree 2 On the Properties tab select the Sub dimension radio button and choose the relevant item from the drop down list Click Save 3 Select a group member in the tree in the left pane under the group name 4 Press the Sub Dim button The Sub Dimension pop up window appears with the list of available sub dimension members 5 Select sub dimensions by using drag and drop 6 Press Save E d Company H Dimension Group 2 Acct Standard RETAIL Description B Customer Type CUST_O1 Customer 0l RETAIL CUST_OS Customer 03 SUPER CUST_O4 Customer 04 TE WHOL Le
148. 7 GOLD ORIGINAL DO SEK i Intercompany Assets E My companies OwnBU Counter BU 1320 1560 1660 1766 1796 rs ARLANDA LT fin group Acc rec grouj Curr rec grp Accrued inte Accrued ince He ATHENS Counter company Loc Loc Loc Loc Loc t ATLANTA ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda HOLISEHOLD FOOD i BRISTOL 4 Total y COPENHAGEN EL EL_IC ie GOTHENBURG BS HELSINKI KALIX LEEDS I Lonpon me Hl IC_ASSETS A1C_LIAB AIC_REVENUE IC_REVENUE wT I Figure 6 3 20 Match form in AARO Data Entry gt Match 6 3 14 ABSSendOper The ABSSendOper function is used for sending data that is reported through input or matrix forms into the AARO database and is an alternative process to manually entering data in AARO data entry input screens Here is an example of an ABSSendOper function AARO SYSTEMS AB 207 l y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hn a o 5 mAV Excel connectivity AARO Excel send A655end0per value 4809 4869 codeo0 Product FASTFOOD FASTFOOD Business Unit FOOD FOOD Business Areg TESTMISOIM Customer Market F LLI II E tH ll F F F Formula result 4569 Figure 6 3 21 An ABSSendOper function The formula result in this example is 4869 the other parameters in the function route the value to the appropriate period account company product and business unit An explanation for the fields available in an ABSSendOper funct
149. 7 1 4 Sort and filter the consolidation queue By default the consolidation queue is sorted by period To filter or sort the consolidation queue by different parameters follow these steps e To sort the queue in the consolidation order tick the check box Show in consolidation order Show in consolidation order Figure 7 1 7 Show in consolidation order e To sort the queue by a column click the column header e To filter the consolidation queue by property set up the property filter and click Refresh AARO SYSTEMS AB 252 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Ta as HA N Utilities Consolidation 7 1 5 7 1 6 S75 TEMS Property Description Period Reporting period Type Type of consolidation e g SUMM TOTAL Obj Filter by object e g select blank indicating All or select a company Userlid User who initiated the consolidation Status Status of the consolidation e g Done Waiting etc Example of property filter settings Period _ Type Obj UserId Status 0712A Y Total ATLANTA w laaro w waiting Figure 7 1 8 Filter the consolidation queue by property e To filter the queue by date in the date filter tick the appropriate check box and select period interval for when the consolidation was Entered Scheduled Started Finished or a combination of the options Click Refresh to apply the filter V Entered V Scheduled v Started Finished From 2010 09 27 2010 09 27 v 2010 09 27
150. 75 TE MS Field MinorityCode MinorityType LegalType Co CompanyLevel AcctType MultiplierGroup MultiplierLoc 7 7 3 3 Goodwill Field LogicVersion PECode PEAmountType Description Indicates on what account the calculation is based Possible choices are Indirect Direct Minority and OperMin Indicates on what legal type the minority elimination will be booked E g DM IM Alternative company if CompanyLevel N Y Booking is made on company level N or blank Company must be specified in the Co field Indicates on what accounting type the booking will be made 1 1 The value in consolidated currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in consolidated currency 1 1 The value in local currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in local currency Description Logic versions can be created so that different logic can be used in the same period This functionality can be used if you for example want to work with fixed assets specifications in the quarters but not in the months in between The functionality can also be used if the logic is changed and you do not want to affect previous periods Logic versions are set up in the menu Utilities Application Management Acquisition code account to be eliminated S
151. 80 56780 Period 08044 08040 Code 3010 Fk 3010 Company ATLANTA a ATLANTA Product FASTFOOD S FASTFOOD Business Unit Customer CUIST 03 CUST_O3 Welt O O 05 Co HELSINKI Fes HELSINKI stent OOOO O o o O5 Level2 e E wo SS Formula result 56780 Figure 6 3 25 An ABSSendOS function Value Value for which data will be sent Period Period for which data is sent Code Account for which data is sent Company Company for which data is sent identified by company code Dimension Dimension for which data is sent if the form is to be e g Product reported on a dimension level an appropriate value may be entered here The dimension defined here will depend on the setup of the form and upon which forms the system administrator has activated for the current period in the AARO application Additional Additional dimensions for which data is sent if the form is to Dimensions be reported on a dimension level an appropriate value may e g Business be entered here Unit etc The additional dimensions defined here will depend on the setup of the form and upon which forms the system administrator has activated for the current period in the AARO application Customer Customer code given as CUST_03 in this example AARO SYSTEMS AB 212 l Kr AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a AAT Excel connectivity AARO Excel send 6 3 19 S75 TE MS OS Co Buying company enter the compa
152. 8112 New share issue Non cash issue 208114 Write ups Share issue 208124 Write downs Share issue 208180 CB Share capital excl CTA 208189 Redistribution Share capital 208191 OB Translation adjustment Share capital 208192 CTA Current period Share capital 208193 CTA Organisational change Share capital 208190 CB Translation adjustment Share capital 2081 Share capital INARIMN1 AR Linvanickared chara csnitsl lt j Gunership Past Equity Excess value E quity Figure 3 4 19 Equity tab The columns in this report are typically based on the so called legal types described below 3 4 11 1Legal types Legal types can be seen as classifications of transactions to determine the origins of a certain transaction Type Description Input The company s unconsolidated reporting JV Loc Journal bookings in local currency JV SEK Journal bookings in group currency TransDiff Translation differences UR Untaxed reserves DM Direct minority IM Indirect minority Split The split when that minority method is applied AARO SYSTEMS AB 91 t Kr AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hss PRAT Data Entry Legal A g SYSTEMS Type Description PE Past equity eliminations Goodwill Excess values PECta Translation differences in relation to the parent investment EqShare P L and capital regarding associated companies PEREDIST Suggested distribution within the equity to obtain elimination from
153. A Figure 7 9 10 Matrix form layout 7 9 1 9Comments forms Comments forms exist for the sole purpose of entering text comments of different lengths They do not allow reporting of numbers thus there are no accounts involved in the definition of a comments form The whole comment form is instead a blank area where the reporting user can type or paste any text information as well as arranging it using basic word processing features The only important setting of a comments form is the reporting detail level If the detail level is set to period company the comment is about a company as a whole for the period in question If instead the level is set to e g period company business unit the comment is about a particular business unit within a company for a fixed period NB Comment forms should not be confused with input comments the feature for commenting individual figure cells in ordinary input forms In the following screenshot please find an example of a comments form the name of which also happens to be COMMENTS where comments about the company ATLANTA are being reported for 0803A AARO SYSTEMS AB 352 A ae Save as Print _Load f Save Period 08034 Company y Y ATLANTA a FS ANNUAL BS_INTANG Intangi BS_TANG Tangible a EQUITY Specificatic BS_ALL Balance Sh UES IS_ALL Income Stat ee SHARESSUBS Shar AUDITCOSTS Audit LEASOPER Leasing ee INTERIMASS Prepa ee INTERIMLIA Ac
154. A Links aoe 07124 Dec 929 402 688 311 1 741 680 1 037 187 870 560 1 245 757 76 754 6613 370 332 219 1 433 416 14 682 345 Figure 5 1 3 Drill down report example Drill down by If a certain number is of interest and more details required drill down by can be used Right click a cell row or column A menu will appear from which Drilldown By is selected after which a choice of parameter is made In our example we are interested in the total income account 3999 and would like to drill it down by company AARO SYSTEMS AB 142 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA D Reports Drill down reports aa pees E PTF a L e IU Lalit oup moh mi Period tl acs f EESTI SR Ce From Company 3999 Total income 10 506 ae Account APIO DY 4999 Costs of materials 8 138 l iae Journal Id ys eles Journal Totals rat Comment TOP Gees pork i 2 368 3 Delete Comment sale Type 5999 Operating expenses 9463 Delete Row s Legal Type gt X fi 6999 Other external operating expenses 17775 Delete Column s acter Laie 7699 Personnel costs 1 088 Hide Rows EAA OA PAE Annen ernst Investment Type Hide Columnis Proforma Type sili Past Equity Id 760P Operating profit 1 4440 up Cell Format Excess alue Id 7899 Depreciation Er p AEREE Reporting Currency 8399 Fina
155. AR FASTFOOD FILM FRUIT _VEG MENS MULTIMEDIA NEWSPAPER PERFUME SOFAS SOFTDRINKS SPORTSHOES TOYS UNDEF WINE BEER WINTSPORT Description Show code Description Bath Bikes Books Bread Childrens Fashion Fast Food Film Fruit amp vegtables Mens wear Multimedia Newspapers Perfume Sofas Softdrinks Sportshoes Toys UNDEFY ALUE Wine amp Beer wintersport AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Drill down reports Selection Top count 3 Yalue to select by Actual value Absolute value Negated value gt Sortorder Ascending Descending Bind Top N to the column value Company ATLANTA v All valid for Calculated Report Total Grand Total Show description j Long description Sortorder Sequence number Code Description era Figure 5 1 24 Top N settings Top N setting fields are as follows Field Description Amount of top rows columns which should be displayed Top count Value to select by Radio button that determines how the report values should be compared using Actual Absolute or Negated values Radio button that determines whether the report should be sorted in the ascending or descending order Sortorder Bind Top N to the column value row value Select which column row should be used for comparison AARO SYSTEMS AB 155 pe AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAAI Repor
156. Balance Sheet by Company Period Legal Group 0712A MainGroup CAD ENE E FEE E r THENBURG PARENT Training 5 Canit AARO Drilldown Report b DKK E 46 9J 4 6 1020 Conca amp Cut ania 7 1030 Paten 3 Copy LOC 21 369 6 1040 Licen Fet Paste NOK 60 1 074 9 1050 Trade Paste Special SEK A E i 10 1060 Tena eN USD 4 Figure 6 4 18 Changing currency using the right click menu In the same way as currency selections were chosen in the example above clicking the right mouse button on cells B3 and C3 gives options to change period and legal group respectively Drill down options Pressing the right mouse button on rows columns or cells in Excel drill down reports allows the user to generate greater report detail as required and drill down into report information This example shows a column being drilled down by reporting currency Investment Type 1 08 Balance Sheet by Company Proforma Type Period Legal Group i 0712A Maingroaup 2 Currency EUR Wserld ee eae ey yee Group Adjustment Identity 1010 Capitalised exp Product 1020 Concessions etd AARO Drilldown Report b Business Unit Figure 6 4 19 Drilling down column by reporting currency When a report has been drilled down for refined criteria the drilldown report opens in a new Excel worksheet AARO SYSTEMS AB 229 pe fe t Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL as re D Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports Nn
157. C Type pooo Type Loo type e Prepared By Prepared Time Soproved By Approved Time Attested By AARG 2012 02 26 5 52 43 Ph Co Fromo Code Amaunt Active N S5SUM 3010 00 ARLANDA ARLANDA 209102 3 010 00 Figure 3 7 8 Journal copied to the next period Delete journal To delete a journal from the system follow these steps 1 Load the journal 2 Click Edit 3 Delete all rows by clicking the Delete Row button 4 Click Save Filter journals By using drag and drop different filters can be applied to restrict which journals should be displayed in the folders in the left pane To filter journals 1 Select the Filter tab in the left pane AARO SYSTEMS AB 114 ay a DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ee A AA Data Entry Journals S75 TE PS 2 Drag and drop one or more parameters from the list to the header oe Journals fi m RI wi a Save Save Save as r S A Prepare Pre Journals Filter Group Adjustme Period User ID C a Period Journal Type Accounting Companty iI 5 Erom Company Prepared By Prepared 1 Account m Currency Adjustment Level Investment Type Legal Group Legal Type UserlId d Co Debit 0 00 Figure 3 7 9 Drag and drop filter 3 Select a value in the selected filter parameter AARO SYSTEMS AB 115 t a EN INN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA D Data Entry Journals STS T
158. C_ASSETS 3920 Commi 40109001 Opening accumulated write ups IC_LIAB IC_REVENU INTERIMAS INTERIMLIA 15_ALL SALE SPEC 4010 Cost a E zE 4060 Cost o Cost goods ext SAI FS atl 4080 Discou Discounts recei 3960 Realiz 940109015 Acquisitions 3961 Unreal 10109018 write ups for the year 3990 Other 3999 Total i Figure 7 9 6 Layout of an input form 4 Select the requested account s from the list and use drag and drop to move them to their position in the layout tab multiple accounts may be selected at once by Ctrl clicking or Shift clicking in the Chart of Accounts It is possible to change the mutual order among the accounts in the form layout by dragging them around A simple text row or empty row can also be inserted into the form s layout by dragging in a HEADER or TEXT element from the Chart of Accounts window 5 To delete a row from the layout either right click and select Delete Row s or press the delete button on the keyboard 6 Finally save the work using the Save button Please note if a sum account is selected in the layout its terms i e the accounts that form part of the sum will be displayed with green plus signs in front of them This has no impact on the form editing it is merely a visual clue summation rules are set up in the Edit Accounts screen 7 9 1 7 Match forms intercompany specifications Intercompany transactions can be reported on Match forms Match
159. E 1 NONE LIMITED Amount index 1 YTE Monthly Figure 7 16 16 Calculated result for one isolated month Select Relative Period Amount Period Value is not set Pernod index Indes relation type Period type Time senes Time type Year Year relation type 1 RELATIVE v Actual Monthly YTD a RELATIVE v Rate Period Value is not set Figure 7 16 17 Relative period setup for the isolated month calculation 7 16 3 6Example rolling 12 months In the example below the accumulated result for the last twelve months is calculated The first row adds current month s accumulated result The second row adds the accumulated result from period twelve last year and the third row deducts the accumulated result in the period twelve months back from current weight Period Filter Rate Type Rate Calculation Type Multiplier Iteration Type E weight 0 F Average LOC_BY_REPCURA Iteration Relative Index Period Pernod Relation ear Relation Time Type Time Seres 1 NONE E 1 NOME m Amount indes 12 year YTE Monthly M 1 NONE ee Amoun year YTE Monthly Figure 7 16 18 Rolling 12 months AARO SYSTEMS AB 427 A ian ol Select Relative Period AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Currency translations Amount Period Value is not set Pernod index Indes relation type Pernod type Time senes Time type
160. E E E A Figure 3 6 2 Creating a shares account The code type determines the characteristics of the account The following code types are available Code type Description OpeningCode Used for calculating opening balance beginning of year Account is always visible in the Shares window PerOpenCode Used for calculating opening balance beginning of period Account is always visible in the Shares window AARO SYSTEMS AB 104 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A m i AA K Data Entry Shares STS 7 Code type ReadOnlyCode MarketCode OwnershipCode MS Description Account used for registering changes in the period Account is selectable in the drop down list in the Shares window Used for entering market value Account is always visible in the Shares window Used for entering percentage of ownership Account is always visible in the Shares window The following accounts are used in Shares 13001 13002 13010 13020 13030 13040 13050 13060 13072 13076 13090 13090E 13090S 13091 13095 Holding beginning of year Holding beginning of period Stock issue Stock dividend Stock split Change in par value Write up write down Acquisition disposal Contribution by stockholders Contribution stock option plan Holding end of period Sum of accts 13002 13076 Investments in associated companies Investments in subsidiaries Market value Percentage of ow
161. ETAIL Sub dimension Dimension Customer Type SUPER Other group Level Group number 4 WHOL Customer v Legal Types a Product Type 2 E Proforma E Cu Submarkets rrency ew Used in User admin Group is not unique Figure 7 8 34 Properties tab In the Sub dimension Other group drop down list a sub dimension or a sub group can be selected AARO SYSTEMS AB 340 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Av ee AA K Utilities Edit Dimensions 7 8 4 S75 TEMS The check box Used in User admin indicates if it should be possible to apply user rights in the selected group see menu Utilities User Administration tab Database rights The Level Group number is merely a number allocated when the group was created Currency The Currency folder contains all currencies used by the system Add a currency 1 Select the Currency folder in the left pane 2 Select a row in the list press Insert Row or use the down arrow on the keyboard to add arrow 3 Enter data and press Save The currency list contains the following information Field Description Currency Currency code CurrencyName Currency full name ReportsDefault Enter Y N depending on if the currency should be selectable when running a report in Reports Drill Down or not AARO SYSTEMS AB 341 A ie ul 7 9 7 9 1 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input B FNN x D STS TE MSS Edit Input Thi
162. Element2 fi SimplifyE xpressions i Est Element3 Element3 a extT ableN ame consolidation_balance Fy Eu Eemani EnaA _ IgnoreinSq JExt FiscalPeriod FiscalPeriod L dsJndiName java jdbc coda id Ext FiscalYear FiscalY ear a ReplaceNulls il Ext TransactionCurrency TransactionCurrency Add Data Source Context Add Figure 7 3 3 SQL table data source configuration example Parameter Value extTableName Name of the table in the source database dsJndiName JNDI name of the database JNDI is a standard way to describe a database location in Java See http java sun com products jndi IgnoreInSgql Includes a comma separated list of external dimensions you want to be excluded from the WHERE clause of the generated SQL statement Normally you don t have to enter anything use only if you have problems with the generated SQL AARO SYSTEMS AB 259 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fas Or AA D Utilities Integrator configuration S75 TE MS Parameter Value ReplaceNulls Set to true if you want NULL values be replaced with empty strings in the external data This parameter is needed only if you need some special conversions for NULL values because conversion rules currently do not support NULL values so the only way to handle them is to replace them with empty strings Normally you don t need this parameter leave it blank or set to false SimplifyExpressions Set to true if you want to add several external accounts to one AARO accou
163. Enter file name select the destination folder and click Save 7 7 9 Sum diagram The sum diagram represents the summation hierarchy for the selected Summ account To view the diagram follow these steps 1 In the account tree select an account for which you want to view the diagram 2 Right click the account and select Sum Diagram The sum diagram appears in a separate window AARO SYSTEMS AB 316 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Accounts Bajt Pe 4GF Vi Hi y Y Y 3099 3599 a420 3990 wt Figure 7 7 6 Sum diagram example 3 To search for an account on the diagram right click the diagram area and select Search Enter the searched account code and click Search 4taP View All Figure 7 7 7 Search the diagram for an account The diagram is scrolled to the searched account 4 To view the parent account for some account on the diagram select the account right click and select View Parents AARO SYSTEMS AB 317 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hae AA 2 Utilities Edit Accounts Search View Al Figure 7 7 8 View the parent account 5 To return to the full diagram right click the diagram and select View All 6 It is also possible to save the diagram to a file Save or Save as and send it to the printer Print 7 To close the diagram click Close AARO SYSTEMS AB 318 t ee AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL tas a HA D Utilities Edit Dimensio
164. Factor MultiplierGroup MS Description Enter the legal type on which the booking shall be made Indicates on what accounting type the booking will be made Description Indicates on which account the calculation should be based Enter the factor with which the TaxCode should be multiplied TAX the tax rate entered for a company e g 28 Entered value can also be e g 100 TAX or 100 1 1 The value in consolidated currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in consolidated currency MultiplierLoc 1 1 The value in local currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in local currency CompanyLevel Y Company level N Company must be specified in LegalCo LegalCo Specified if CompanyLevel N above LegalType Enter the legal type for which the booking shall be made Enter UR for Untaxed Reserves AcctType Indicates on what accounting type the booking will be made 7 7 3 6Shares Field Description CodeType MarketCode code used for market value OpeningCode code used for holding beginning of year OwnershipCode code used for percentage of ownership PerOpenCode code used for holding beginning of period ReadOnlyCode code used for holding end of period AARO SYSTEMS AB 312 7 7 3 7 Bookings 7 7 3 8 Opening Adju
165. HAGEN Quarterly reporting instructions Pocumentex Reload documents Figure 2 3 5 Add a document to the company sub folder 2 Browse for the document and press OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 27 l y A AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Ths a AALS AARO start page Documents 57 35 1 2 MS Documents News gt Legal documents New Business Cont S i COPENHAGEN E Quarterly reporting instrucbons Quarterly specifications gt Monthly reporting instructions g Other documents W Cocument exporer Add document in Monthly reporting instruction E Corp Monthy reporting instructors Document tte Monthly reporting instructions File C Documents and Settings biom Mina Goxument Monthy isaal Figure 2 3 6 Browse for the document and press OK 3 The document is added in the folder Documents S Legal documents I 63 COPENHAGEN Be Quarterly reporting instructions o Quarterly specifications E Monthly reporting instructions vonthly reporting instructions Other documents E3 Document explorer Figure 2 3 7 The document is added in the folder 2 3 3 4 Delete a document To delete a document do the following 1 Go to the menu Data Entry Legal 2 Select the company and right click the document in the Documents area 3 Press Delete document AARO SYSTEMS AB 28 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AARO start page Documents Beji On aj Links Home Owner PARENT Owned COPENHAGEN
166. IS sv HoD Company information PARENT l Documents ATHENS TERAN snide eo Add document HELSINKI cathode Delete document SV_HOLD Registered office Figure 2 3 8 Deleting a document 2 3 3 5 Access to legal documents Access to legal documents is determined by the settings applied in User Administration For more information please see 7 14 User Administration 2 3 4 Manage the Document explorer folder Folders are managed by right clicking the Document explorer folder or sub folders Select from the following options Documents Cantact infarmatan Genartnna imite Add document Add folder h Add dimension folder Delete folder w Allow users to create documents w Always show this item Reload documents Figure 2 3 9 Managing the Docuement explorer folder 2 3 4 1 Add delete a document To add delete a document in a folder right click the folder and select Add document Delete document This functionality is restricted to normal users most commonly 2 3 4 2 Add delete a folder To add delete a sub folder to a normal folder right click a folder and select Add folder Delete folder AARO SYSTEMS AB 29 ay te AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL has re A AARO start page Documents S TEMS lt B ope 2 3 4 3 Add a dimension folder Dimension folders are accessible only for those who have user rights for that particular dimension A dimension can be period company
167. If the form is closed for reporting in the period the following notification is shown on the top panel FORM NOT OPEN FOR THIS PERIOD Figure 3 1 5 Closed form notification 5 To load the form on the sub dimension level i e business unit or customer expand the form in the tree select the sub dimension value and click Load Period Company Compare with oema a ATHENS DAW Income Statement ine IB ANNUAL BS_INTANG Intangible BS_TANG Tangible fixe EQUITY Specification o as BS_ALL Balance Sheet 3770 Net sales external 1063 1 063 me 3060 Net sales internal ETIEN 3080 Discounts 500 500 EL IC 3099 Met sales total FBS AB EL FINANCE S510 9 Invoiced costs external FOOD 3560 invoiced costs internal HOUSEHOLD 3599 Invoiced costs LEISURE 3920 Commissions license fees and royalties MEDIA SHARESSUBS Shares i Fa ALIMITOOCTO Moik aa 3990 Other operating income 3999 Total income AES AES Figure 3 1 6 Income Statement form loaded for business unit CLOTHES 6 Select a comparison period in the Compare with field if you want to compare the input data with an earlier period Reload the form The total figure from the comparison period will subsequently be shown in a yellowish read only column beside the total column AARO SYSTEMS AB 36 3 1 6 3 1 7 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AALS Data Entry Input SYSTEMS x Period Company Compare with jiza Y HELSINKI aT 08014 w
168. JAll Periods OTop N 08014 08024 07124_J6 07124_J6 08014 COM Input DD Comments 08016 Budget Jan 2008 0S01BAC Jan 2008 Budget Acc 0801_I Jan 2008 Isolated Feb 2008 08026 Budget Feb 2008 0802B4C Feb 2008 Budget Acc 0802 _I Feb 2008 Isolated 08034 March 2008 08036 Budget March 2008 Calculated 05035640C March 2008 Budget 4 Item gt 0803_I March 2008 Isolated 0804A April 2008 Selective Item gt 085046 Budget Apr 2008 0804B4AC Apr 2008 Budget Acc v SOF lt gt Description Show code Show description ng description Figure 5 1 2 Drill down report parameter Period Make your selection s and press OK When all selections are done the figures will be retrieved and the report shown as below AARO SYSTEMS AB 141 5 1 2 i Lies Edit J Folders _ Company Reports a Group Reports E Balance Sheet Group EA Income Statement Gi Legal Reports _ Operational Reports Personal Reports assets 1099 Immaterial assets 1199 Land and buildings 1299 Tangible fixed assets 1399 Financial Fixed assets 1499 Inventories and prod work in progress 1599 Accounts receivable 1699 Other current receivables 1799 Prepaid expenses and accrued income 1899 Short term investments 1999 Cash and bank 1TA TOTAL ASSETS Balance Sheet Group Legal AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Drill down reports DER D T
169. L has data in related table ORG LEVELDETAILS AAR IF you continue data will be lost and errors may occure Continue anyway Figure 7 8 10 Warning about dimension member usage in the related table 5 Click Save 6 Click Refresh on the dimension in the left pane to see the changes in the tree NB The relation of a dimension member to another dimension is not deleted from the database 7 8 2 5Delete a dimension A dimension can be deleted if its members are not linked to another dimension To delete a dimension follow these steps 1 Select a dimension to be deleted in the tree AARO SYSTEMS AB 325 t ee DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL tas i HA D Utilities Edit Dimensions S75 TEMS 2 Right click the dimension name and select Remove dimension Click Ok to continue 3 If dimension members have relations the warning message appears and the dimension cannot be deleted In this case dimension member relations should be removed first Warning There is data in the organisation table ORG LEVELDETAILS Please contact vour system administrator For more help i The selected dimension qroup Business Unit cannot be deleted Figure 7 8 11 Warning about dimension relation 4 If dimension members are not linked but exist the warning about dimension member existence appears Warning T There is data in a related table ORG LEVEL do you want to delete all Figure 7 8 12 Warning about dimension m
170. LANDA Y ene ATE Shares in subsidiaries E ANNUAL Company Company Registered Share of Share of Ho of Book Value on He BS INTANG Intangible tired assets 6S TANG Tangible fixed assets i EQUITY Specification of Equity ie BS ALL Balance Sheet IS_ALL Income Statement SHARESSUBS Shares in subsidi AUDITCOSTS Audit costs Registration office No Z Z exchange 123456 Stockholm 55 fall O00 IOO00000 25000000 10 000 000 25 000 000 equity votes shares value ARLANDA Figure 6 3 18 Text form in Data Entry gt Input Note the order of the data entry fields in AARO from left to right is exactly the same as those entered in Excel for a text form ABSSendMatch ABSSendMatch is used for data reported for intercompany match reports and is used to send match Intercompany figures to AARO ABSSendMatch Excel formulas contain more parameters than earlier examples specified in this user manual an example of an ABSSendMatch function is outlined below with detailed explanations of the parameters underneath AARO SYSTEMS AB 205 A ie cl AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAT Excel connectivity AARO Excel send SYSTEMS ABSSendMakch TransCurr EUR OOOO j Trans mount 12000 12000 Locvalue 122500 l 122500 Period a7 12a S 0712A code 13200 1320 Company or ledger HELSINKI HELSINKI sng png ps png C Formula result 127500 Figure 6 3 19 An ABSSendMatch function TransC
171. LATIVE relative to iterated period used e RELATIVE_CURRENT relative to the current period set in Edit Periods Period type Actual Budget Forecast etc Time series Monthly Weekly etc Time type YTD MTD QTD etc Year E g 2009 Year relation type See Index relation type 7 16 3 4Example calculate actual numbers to previous year s rates or budget rates This example is useful if comparisons are to be made between the years without considerations to currency exchange rates In the example below the rates are fetched from a period one year before the current period set in Edit Periods Weight Period Filter Rate Type Rate Calculation Type Sere Hasit Period Relation ear Relation Time Type Time Series Multiplier lteration Type i i Weight 1 i Average LOC_BY_REPCURR 1 1 NONE Amount YTD gt Rate year 1 YTD Figure 7 16 15 Calculate actual numbers to previous year s rates 7 16 3 5Example isolated month In the example below the result for one isolated month is calculated If calculation is run for January the December figures will not be deducted NONE_LIMITED AARO SYSTEMS AB 426 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Currency translations Nn lt B Da mp v z Nn pnk Nn Period Filter Rate Type Rate Calculation Type Multiplier lteration Type Iteration Relative Beriad Relation Year Relation Time Type Time Series Index Feriod LOC_BY_REPCURR 1 MON
172. Legal spec Journal Id Orig investment ea Ja 5 description Journals Filter Period User ID ae Status Last user Opening 0712A AARO BE investment Save AARO E Correction pea Type Accounting Type Proforma type Description E System Normal v Normal v Normal wv Original investment E Normal AFSS6 071 Prepared By Prepared Time Approved By Approved Time AttestedBy Attested Time Audited By Audited Time JWSEK bokr AARO 2012 02 01 1 29 04 Ph Orig investi FromCo CodeDesc ImpactCode J Multiplier Form Amount LegalGroup LegalTypdtes Adjustment a fi t PARENT PARENT 208104 Organisational change Share capital 208101 5000 MainGroup Goodwill eel PARENT PARENT 209104 Input 4598 MainGroup Goodwill Organisational change Retained profit 209101 l E My Journals S _HOLD SV _HOLD 208104 Organisational change Share capital 208101 3000 LEGGROUP CTA_CHG F All Journals S _HOLD S _HOLD 209104 Organisational change Retained profit 209101 2500 LEGGROUP CTA_CHG v AAF667 2012 gt Debit Credit Difference pe L 2 461 00 300 905 12 298 444 12 Figure 3 7 14 Show description e Grouping makes it possible to group and sum the journals in the grid by selected column headings drag and drop This functionality is useful when entered journals need to be reconciled a Double click relevant folder journal in
173. OM Comparison Period 08018 Y 0801B4C 0802_I 08024 08026 0802B C 0803_I 08034 08036 O803BAC Relative Period Consolidation Period type Logic Actual Normal v nes Default Rates From 0712A wal Default Organization From 07124 v Consolidation prio Opening balance from Y Monthly Logic version Timeseries type Yio YTD Sih Year 2007 Timeseries Previous Period Responsible Average Translation AARO Average v Normal Period index 12 Long description Excess Yalue Average 0804 _I 0804A 080456 08580454C 0805_I 08054 08058 os05Bac 0806_I 08064 PRS annsm AverageType AvePeriod i First Date 2007 01 01 C Use publish features on this period Period relation Last Date 2007 12 31 Code Translation Percale Multiplier I Ty GW depreciation Figure 7 5 1 Edit Periods window The tabs of the Edit Periods window Field Properties Open Active Description Defines the parameters of the period Opens and closes forms for the period All forms reported for the period must be activated here AARO SYSTEMS AB 273 ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Er an HA K Utilities Edit Periods S Field Rates Complete Validation Open for Revert Packages Organisation Publish 7 5 1 Toolbar buttons MS Description Currency
174. Operating profit 460466 41102 Z093 Deprecation gera tees 4GP Gross 5799050 486196 963425 1455885 8399 Financial income 54257 4 566 8499 Financial expenses I 323065 26 804 5999 Oper 1969 789 164370 326505 477421 E i 13 6999 Othe 2029081 168945 335190 505884 8799 Extraordinary income and expenses 7699 Pers 1339714 111779 221560 334517 8899 Appropriations w 0 0 _ _88PBT Profit before taxes C 1992047 178636 1760P Opel 460466 41102 80170 138063 8910 Tax expense for the year 332 139 gt 8940 Deferred tax 2628240 216665 3321 8950 Minority 450013 37318 bj i a as Income Statement Group Legal Figure 5 1 39 Live copy of a drill down report to Excel Live in this context indicates that it is now possible to continue to work with the figures e g change fixed limitations drill down into the figures etc For further details see 6 4 Excel drill down reports 5 1 25 Add comments to report To add a comment to a report cell follow these steps 1 To add a comment to a report cell right click the cell and select Add Comment Enter comment text and click Save 05014 J oe oe a e 1 8 ee ee m r O 7 ocrilldown E k 23d i Edit Comment Delete Comment Figure 5 1 40 Adding comment to a report cell The comment icon will appear in the cell 05014 J i 629 397 Figure 5 1 41 Co
175. Password Prohibited U THE NOT ALLOWED PART Figure 7 14 20 Rule no 5 in background table for password rules The rule numbers are listed below AARO SYSTEMS AB 403 2 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL faa a ets Utilities User Administration At least 8 characters long Contains both characters and numbers Does not contain part of username 3 characters Does not contain part of old password 3 characters Part of password is not listed as prohibited Old and new password differ New and retyped password are identical Begins with a non numeric character Contains illegal character s English uppercase characters A through Z English lowercase characters a through z Base 10 digits 0 through 9 Non alphabetic characters for example amp Rule no 7 and 8 are always applicable and if a minimum of rules is required one of these can be entered in SETTING PROPERTY_VALUES due to the fact that the system require at least one password rule AARO SYSTEMS AB 404 STS T 7 15 Application Management B AAR MS1S AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Application Management The Utilities Application Management menu item contains various functionalities used for the administration of AARO A Application Management A i E G E na D 5 i Fad t E IRJ P Load Reports Ro Delete i 1 Row l 4 r f Save Saweas Print
176. Period Setup S75 TEMS mp Y 7 6 Period Setup Period Setup controls automation of some period settings such as Open and Active tabs The functionality is available under the menu item Utilities Period Setup 7 6 1 General description The general purpose of this functionality is to automate the handling of the following period related settings usually handled manually in Edit Periods Open Active Package Complete and Open for Revert tabs The user needs to have the Manage templates special right in order to administrate this functionality 7 6 2 Open tab To automate completion of the Open tab in the Edit Periods menu the Open template needs to be created 1 Create an Open template by right clicking the Open folder and select Add open Period Setup mE m m aR La CIR Links Home Nothing loaded t Save ast Print f Reports Templates Delete open Rename Figure 7 6 1 Adding an Open template 2 Enter a template name and click OK The template appears in the tree under the Open folder The template table appears on the screen Table fields correspond to fields on the Edit Period Open tab AARO SYSTEMS AB 293 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Period Setup Ses L f i i Home Open Open All loaded Open Co InputFunction InputIy AccountingStandard Templates i pn Biim Edit Periods i Period 0712A Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL DO Hf Properties O
177. R MANUAL Jama To Utilities Organize Parameter Folders 5 Rename a group by right clicking the group and selecting Rename group A Edit Drilldown Container DO Links Home Actual container Hs Basic Account Other Accounting Type 2 19 Legal Acct Standard g Adjustment Level IE ee ee i Amount Type ER aE A Eran free Delete group Business Unit Business Unit Counter BU Expand at startup Business Unit Own BU Company Rename group Counter Company Currency CurrTranslation Customer Customer Type Equity Co s 100 Equity TOTAL Co s 100 From Company Group Adjustment ID Group Adjustment Identity Group Adjustment Totals Investment Type Journal Type Legal Group Legal Type Figure 7 12 2 Edit Drill Down Container window AARO SYSTEMS AB 379 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Organize Parameter Folders A in c 7 13 ie B STS TEM STS Nn Organize Parameter Folders In the Utilities Organize Parameter Folders menu item periods dimensions and accounts can be selected and arranged into folders in a flexible tree structure Period folders Dimension folders and Account folders are used by the Select Period Select Dimension and Select Account windows in Reports Drill Down while Input Period folders are used in the menu Data Entry Input when entries are to be made for several periods simultaneously 7 13 1 Manage Period folders The Period fo
178. RO 11 0 USER MANUAL A he l HA K Excel connectivity Excel input forms 6 5 16 SYSTEMS Reconciliation within Excel operates in a similar way to reconciliation from the AARO application The only significant exception is that companies and legal groups are chosen from within the settings of an AARO Excel input form when working with reconciliations in the AARO application companies and legal groups are chosen in the left pane For more details on the AARO reconciliations function please refer to the 4 2 Reconciliations section of user manual Save an input form in AARO Choosing the Save menu item exports data from the AARO Excel input form and saves it into the AARO application If the information has been successfully exported a confirmation message will appear For more detail about the Save function see 6 5 4 Export data to AARO AARO SYSTEMS AB 244 l a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a away i e A ee ANIA 5 Excel connectivity Additional AARO Excel options S73 TE PES 6 6 Additional AARO Excel options The AARO Excel Add In provides some additional options that can be helpful when working with drill down reports input forms and AARO formulas 6 6 1 Order consolidation It is possible to order a consolidation from Excel To do this select menu AARO gt Consolidation select period and company and press OK A Com pany Consolidation Consolidation Consolidation information Period Info Entered Scheduled Finis
179. RO 11 0 USER MANUAL Ean Me Reports Drill down reports Available items Selection Selected items Period 07124 Well Periods 08014 07 pe ie my E s wn STS 7 Seles A Calculated Item Information Heading Era Expression 08014 07124 Calculator Calculated Item gt Description Show code Show description Figure 5 1 26 Calculated items 6 Click OK to view the report 5 1 14 Calculated periods Calculated periods can be set up in the menu Utilities Edit Periods to perform required calculation in the report i e isolated month last 12 months average for several periods as alternative to calculated items The advantage of calculated periods is that they have the common definition for all users Two types of calculated periods can be used in AARO e Calculated calculated when the report is executed Calculated periods use the report translation of the account set up in Utilities Edit Accounts e PreCalc calculated by the consolidation process and stored in the database Precalculated periods use the translation of the account set up in Utilities Edit Accounts For information how to set up calculated and precalculated periods see 7 5 Edit Periods The following example represents how to set up a calculated period for isolated month calculation Period 0802 _I is calculated as 0802A 0801A for average and fixed account tra
180. RO system as a whole the data stored in the system the consolidator process at its heart and the output reports Please note that a few reports Recon and Match present input data directly without any need to consolidate first However most reports present consolidated data and thus require the consolidator process to have been run before figures will become available AARO SYSTEMS AB 10 ay he y 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL E a AA a General AARO system overview o ee a a a a ee a a a a a ee a ee a a a a a a aa a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a ee a a ee a aaa a ee a ee a a a ee INPUT DATA BACKGROUND DATA CONSOLIDATED DATA STEERING INFO Consolidated data Input Data i Company reporting l l l l l l l l l Currency rates Account definitions l Group structure Dimension structure l ia ia a elimination rules l l JV bookings Group Adjustments Legal i All Other l Reports i Drilldown i Excel Web DD Comments Input Comments Figure 1 1 1 System Map 1 1 2 Architecture technical components Technically the system consists of the following components Component Description Database Stores all data Application Contains business logic and upholds security AARO SYSTEMS AB 11 ay he y 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a AA D General AARO system overview STS 7 Component Server Client applications Consolidator RegenServer LogServer
181. ROSendText AAROSendText is used for data reported through text forms An AAROSendText formula in Excel contains the period company and the name of the text form associated with the entry Data is then picked up in cells directly to the right of the formula and parameters follow the same order as you would find them in the relevant form in the AARO application in menu item Data Entry gt Input To help explain how the formula works we have included an example of an AAROSendText formula below This example works with the function arguments of period 0803A company ARLANDA and text input form SHARESSUBS A4R0 Send Text Period 08034 08030 Company ARLANDA ARLANDA Form SHARESSLIBS Fk 5HARESSUBS Formula result 1 Figure 6 3 15 An AAROSendText function In the example given below the formula was entered in cell A2 and the data relating to the text input form SHARESSUBS was entered in cells B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 and 12 i e the input form data was entered in the cells directly to the right of the AAROSendText formula Xf fe AAROSendText 0803A ARLANDA SHARESSUBS _ _ _ SS Ee oe ee O A E a S E S IARLANDA 123456 Stockholm 55 70700 10000000 25000000 Figure 6 3 16 AAROSendText data The information which is sent against the text form has to have the same style as you would find in with the form in AARO application
182. Revaluation reserve 136 421 Aver LIS 7975 Figure 5 1 35 Viewing drill down report statistics 5 1 21 Sort column in a report Select a column in the report right click and select Sort Column from the menu displayed 07124 Dec 20RE Restricte 608 927 2081 Share ca 533 113 2085 Revaluat 136 421 2087 Equity sH Delete Rows 5 966 LIABILITIES Delete Column s 2097 Share pri le Re Hide Columns 2199 Untaxed Unhide All Cell Format P 2094 Own sha ASSETS Statistics gt 2082 Unregiste Seri Ascending 2096 RESErVES yrs rn Hescendin g Figure 5 1 36 Sorting a drill down report 5 1 22 Copy report data To copy report data to the clipboard click the Copy button and then Copy selection to copy the selected cells only or Copy all to copy all report cells AARO SYSTEMS AB 162 ay ee AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL as Me Reports Drill down reports Copy Copy all b Live copy to Excel pe ie mp Y n lt an z3 an Figure 5 1 37 Copying report data to clipboard The copied data can be pasted to Excel or another application Ctrl V 5 1 23 Excel Connectivity AARO is closely linked to Excel Once a report is created in Reports Drill Down it can be easily exported to Excel Note Microsoft Excel versions prior to Office 2007 should open Excel documents automatically However Microsoft Excel 2007 requires an Add In to be activated for more information about required settings pleas
183. Row Row Links Home E aga Application management amp File management Dimensions listed below will start the Automatic Update of Period validations Wizard when adding a new dimension ID in Edit Dimensions 2 ii a ef and othe Company Dimension validations Form Dimension validations Dimension validations esponsibilities Zier ME Dimension a Consolidation 2roduct v amp Accountingtype amp CurrencyTranslation amp ProformaType a validations CRH Settings Menu management Figure 7 5 4 Application Management Validations In Edit Period tab Validation company dimension validation select the exact combinations of company and product members that should be valid e g company ATLANTA and product BATH A Edit Periods aga m a RBA E E alaga a E Reports Delete d ran e ete Seah i Tae Co f f Print period period perio Row Copy f Paste f Clear f Duplicate Find Links Home e E Period 07124 alt Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL DO We 73 f Current Open f He All Periods Properties Open Active Rates Complete Validation Open for Revert Packages Organisation Publish E 06124 emee m Bree m 0712A_JB ATLANTA Product BATH O7124_KW 08014 08014_COM O8014_KW 08024 os8024_kW 08034 Company f Dimension validations Form Dimension validations Dimension validations
184. S TimeT ype Valid YTD SETTING_SETTINGS Template Form LEGALEDIT SETTING_SYSTEM Template Form DELETE SETTINGS_XLFUNC_PARAMS Workflow act 7 Fl SFTTINGS I FIINTS Figure 7 6 8 Setup of terms used on the Open tab Templates Packages Forms properties Open All Open Form Open Open Al DELETE Openall V Complete l S LEGALEDIT Open All v Figure 7 6 9 Template Forms tab settings 11 When all settings are complete save the template The template can now be executed and the Open tab will be updated according to the settings in the Open and Template templates Typically a number of Open and Template templates are created to reflect the changing appearance of the Open tab in Edit input These templates are run at scheduled times to execute the actual change of the Open tab For further details on how to run a template see 7 6 7 Run templates Active tab To automate the handling of the Edit Periods Active tab do the following 1 Select a template select the Properties tab and check Enable Default for Active 2 On the Packages tab check Active for desired input packages and save the template The template is now updated to handle automatic update of the Active tab When running the template the Active tab will be updated with the forms in the selected input package For further details on how to run a template see 7 6 7 Run templates Package tab To automate the handling of the Edit Periods Packages tab
185. SRetrLegalAssoci The ABSRetrLegalAssoci function is used for retrieving figures from a legal group defined in AARO Criteria can further be refined by legal type and reporting company if desired For reference an example of an ABSRetrLegalAssoci function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath AARO SYSTEMS AB 192 t K 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs aa n AALS Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve YSTEMS ABSRetrLegal ssoci Company ARLANCA Group ras i MainGroup Legaltype Period Code Curr AcT Trn Company Group LegalType FromCo Fromo Feriod organ oziz O gg pan Code ge SY soo sO 3099 Curr fact Trn Toc i Toc ARLANDA E E 1 Formula result 64913 Figure 6 2 17 ABSRetrLegalAssoci The period for data to be retrieved The account from which data is to be retrieved Curr currency for the report figures AcT accounting type Trn currency translation code The way information is entered here will depend on how your AARO system has been configured If information is left blank default figures will be returned Example to retrieve figures in EUR which were translated using the currency translation Last Year enter EUR Last Year in this field Company code from which data is to be retrieved Legal group from which data is to be retrieved If left empty MainGroup is assumed Legal type display
186. STEMS AB 200 a3 7 a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A ie a Bp n Excel connectivity AARO Excel send S75 TEMS Bl fe 0803A JA C 0803A E Figure 6 3 8 Selecting cell data 1 9 Throughout this chapter the model of direct Excel data entry has been used in order to avoid confusion However users may prefer to cell references instead depending on the customers needs 6 3 6 Description of Excel send functions Detailed descriptions of all of the Excel send functions are provided throughout this chapter along with examples for reference 6 3 7 AAROCreateNewJV The AAROCreateNewJV function is used to create journals and is an alternative process to manually entering data in AARO The Excel function shows very little data except an indication that data will be sent from Excel to AARO indicated by Formula result 1 Function Arguments SARC reateen dy vadon O Mo help available alidation Formula result 1 Help on this Function Figure 6 3 9 Formula results in an AARO send function In Excel the AAROCreateNewJV function can only be used in combination with journal templates These are pasted onto an Excel worksheet by following the menu steps AARO gt Paste from AARO gt Journal Template AARO SYSTEMS AB 201 6 3 8 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel send Log n Log Off ABS Retrieve b ABS Send send Journals b Bac
187. Save as 2 i Ad Load lt B Print f Reports l Packages E M AC TEST E ANNUAL a MATCH E MONTHLY 4 Forms 111 AC_TEST AUDITCOST BOARD_MEI A BS_ALL A BS_INTANG A BS_TANG BS_TANG2 A BSACQ A CF_ALL_1 A CF_ALL_24 CF_ALL_2B COMMENTS gt Sz E et pm E cm f i i 4 Insert Delete Add f Delete _ Delete Rename Accounts Row Row G ww Colurnan Colurmn Sopy P Package ANNUAL F Properties Heading Annual package Package type Responsibilities INPUT Wives Lock higher levels C Comment Disabled Figures Disabled Available Fields Product Business Unit Business 4rea Customer Selected Fields gt Period Co Market TESTMIXDIM Figure 7 9 21 Package details AARO SYSTEMS AB 359 ay ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL hk a mm a B Utilities Edit Input STS TEM STS 7 Tick Lock higher levels if users are to edit figures only on the most detailed level of each form in this package and to hinder editing of the forms at any higher level only applicable to packages of type INPUT As an example a form may be reported with detail level period company business unit and put into a package with Lock higher levels ticked The form s figures then become editable only when a single business unit is loaded into the grid but not when the whole company with all business units is 8 Tick Comment
188. Suffix Calculated RateType SeqNo 2 Page eos wim Normal Normal currency translation Forecast1 1 amp Responsibilities Forecast2 2 amp Relative period amp Consolidation amp Accountingtype CurrencyTranslation amp ProformaType a validations a CRH Settings H E Menu management Figure 7 15 16 Currency Translation page This menu contains two separate functionalities Currency Translation is used in the menu Utilities Consolidation when a consolidation is to be run with a currency rate from another period than selected 1 Add a CurrTransCode besides Normal 2 Select the new CurrTransCode in the menu Utilities Consolidation any other than Normal When any other CurrTransCode than Normal is selected the field Rates from will be enabled See figure below pa Curr trans Normal v baa Save as Period Rates from Org From O8034 Figure 7 15 17 Order Consolidation dialog Valid currencytypes is used if other currency types than Opening Average and Closing is wanted for a period SeqNo is the order in which the currencies are displayed See example below AARO SYSTEMS AB 413 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL a a ot Utilities Application Management Properties Open Active Rates Complete Open for Revert Packages Organisation Publish C Inverted values Currency Opening Average C
189. TEMS AB 21 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AARO start page Ca endar Pate 2008 11 21 11 21 Show log Calendar Documents 2008 11 17 Monday Controller meeting r Legal documents Tuesday Interpomnpany reportir mi fF Document explorer Wednesday Thursday Intercompany reporting Period 08064 Package MaTCH Frida Saturday Sunday Figure 2 2 8 MATCH event in the calendar 3 Press the event link to open the selected period and reporting package in Data Entry Match Ay AARO Match A AARO Data Entry Validations Reports Utilities Window le gs w jai ey c re F a R a g Era kra ry Fetch a Contact Load Save Save as j aS Print Reports nso oe ae group Period Package 08064 Y MATCH wo 4 ARLANDA 3 ATHENS 3 ATLANTA 4 COPENHAGEN 4 GOTHENBURG 4 HELSINKI 4 PARENT 4 SY HOLD Figure 2 2 9 MATCH window with the selected period and reporting package 2 2 3 3 Enter INPUT events 1 Select Action INPUT period and reporting package AARO SYSTEMS AB 22 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AARO start page Ca endar nr Manage events 2008 11 20 Thursday Event had Monthly reporting Event information Text Monthly reporting Action Period Package INPUT 0806A s MONTHLY w Figure 2 2 10 INPUT event 2 Press OK to display the text and link in the calendar Workflow Calendar Date
190. Test a rule Select a rule and press the Test Rule button Editing rules are made by selecting a rule in the list of rules With the rule selected the following can be done Change priority of the rule Use the increase and decrease priority buttons as appropriate Add a comment Click the Comment field and enter a text Edit the evaluation expression Click in the Evaluation Expression field click the button The Evaluation Expression Editor will then be presented Create the expression and press OK Edit the match expression Click in the Match Expression field click the button The Match Expression Editor will be presented Create and expression and click OK Importing data There are two ways to import data 1 Importing data for a specific company period and form on command 2 Using the consolidation order form for importing data for one or several periods companies or forms Importing data using forms directly When a form is open it can be loaded with external data by pressing the Load Ext toolbar button The request will be sent to the integrator and then on to the external source It will contain the form period and company selected in the top of the screen AARO SYSTEMS AB 265 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Integrator configuration A n he al A dig ela a Ee E0 m R Add i oe i v ert i Links ee Load Save a Save as Print Reports f 4 Coluron ape Fetch Com
191. VN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL PAIN Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve Dimi Dim2 etc Dimi Dim2 Dim3 etc these are defined by the dimension name such as Market or Business Unit exact names vary depending on the dimensions setup in each AARO installation followed by followed by the dimension value In the example above the dimension separator and dimension values were entered directly into the cell Dimi Market SWEDEN Market SWEDEN Figure 12 ABSRetrieveOperFlex Dimension Dimension Value Alternatively the values may be taken from in individual cell references e g I48 149 instead 6 2 16 ABSRetrieveTextAmount The ABSRetrieveTextAmount function is used for retrieving operational figures that are reported through text forms For reference an example of an ABSRetrieveTextAmount function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath OB SRetrieve Text Aamnaunt Period Company Form Code Currency Currency SEK SEK KeyFieldMames LEVEL1 Ski LEVEL KeyFieldValues TOYS Fe Formula result 444 Figure 6 2 15 ABSRetrieveTextAmount Period for data to be retrieved Company code from which data is to be retrieved Text form in AARO from which data is to be retrieved DimensionInTable in the text form for which the amount will be returned in the formula result Cur
192. W Og NNN yr rr j NNNNNNNNNNNNQGODDANAVAAVAAGH MHS ree OO CON CO UI BR WEN EE NFR WOON A UABRWNE KR WN Be WOON A UBRWN Ee WN e U N e DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA gt 57 35 1 2 MS Shares 103 Shares window 103 Description of fields in the Shares window 103 Set up an account structure for the Shares window 104 Open the Shares window for entries 106 Add shares 106 System journal in owning company 106 Opening balances in Shares 107 Drill down report example 107 Print the shares report 107 Journals 108 Journals window 108 Journal types and folders 109 Load journals 110 Create a journal 111 Create multi JV bookings 113 Edit a journal 113 Copy journal to another period 114 Delete journal 114 Filter journals 114 Filter journal rows 116 Expand button 117 Add remove link to document 119 Validations 121 Match report 121 Match Report window 121 Print a match report 122 Report contents 122 Report layout 125 Reconciliations 126 Reconciliations window 126 Print a reconciliation report 126 Settings for reconciliation reports 128 Process Status 130 What is a package 130 Process Status window 131 Load packages 132 Filter packages 132 Send mail 133 Revert 133 Multi complete 134 Multi revert 135 Audit a package 136 Process Journals 137 Process Journals window 138 Load journals 138 Filter journals 139 AARO SYSTEMS AB iii ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs Fe mh STS 1T E MS 5 Reports 140 5 1 Drill
193. _ OT ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Se Se ee A RPWWWwWWNWWWWWWWWNWWWWWWWWUWWWyWNNNNNNNNNNNNN OMDNDUAWNE e 6 4 9 6 4 10 6 4 11 DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA x S75 TEMS ABSGetCompanyRate ABSGetMinorities ABSGetName ABSGetRate ABSRetrieveLegal ABSRetrieveOper ABSRetrieveOperFlex ABSRetrieveTextAmount ABSRetrieveTextString ABSRetrLegalAssoci Retrieve information from AARO to Excel Validation Further Excel functions AARO Excel send ABS Excel send menu commands Entering formulas directly Formula results Cell references and direct data entry in Excel Description of Excel send functions AAROCreateNewJV Create a journal from Excel Viewing data from AAROCreateNewJV in AARO AAROSendText Viewing data from AAROSendText in AARO ABSSendMatch Viewing data from ABSSendMatch in AARO ABSSendOper Viewing data from ABSSendOper in AARO ABSSendOperFlex Viewing data from ABSSendOperFlex in AARO ABSSendOS Viewing data from ABSSendOS in AARO ABSSendOSFlex Viewing data from ABSSendOSFlex in AARO Send information from Excel to AARO Validation Further Excel functions Excel drill down reports Accessing Excel drill down reports Live Copy to Excel from the AARO application Create a report by logging into AARO from Excel Criteria for a drill down report Predefined drill down reports Right mouse button functions Drill down options Run a drill down report in Excel Edit a drill down report in Excel Exce
194. a different value registered for due invoices accounts receivable compared to the respective bookings accounts payable at its counter company Monthly reports are produced to highlight differences and ensure action is taken to resolve them The content of the match report varies according to predefined selections and can be displayed either on a company total level or on a sub dimension level 3 2 7 1 Report content The match report summarises all reported amounts for the combination of a period and a package including the collection of forms that are defined within a package The report includes the reporting company and all selected counter companies Possible differences between the companies are also included The match report also gives information on period currency rates used dimension selected and rule s selected This information is displayed below the report header The report contents are controlled by the selections made in the Match Report dialog window The definitions for available report restrictions are supplied below AARO SYSTEMS AB 54 Order Match Report Report type AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Match All vs All Restrictions Report for selected rules only 1370 2360 1560 2460 3060 4060 8360 8460 Limit 100 Report layout With match on Specification of counterpart s Own BU Counter BU Maximum detail Company description Figures to match
195. ackage 2 Select a company or My companies in the tree 3 Click the Reports button and then Match report 4 Refine report contents as described in 3 2 7 1 Report content 5 Press OK Depending on the destination selected various options are open to show a grid layout report a standard report or to save the report as a text file From the standard report view it is possible to send the report to a printer Other standard icons are Zoom In Zoom Out Previous Next page Close the print preview A Report Preview Confidential 3A Match report Match on Company ATLANTA vws All forerage 6 4712 SEK USD Limit 0 Closing 6 4675 SEK USD Report currency USD Rules 1320 2360 1560 2460 Company ode Loc htatch Rate Diff Counter co Code htatch Rate ATLANTA 159 USD 159 USD5 4575 SEKUSD 159 USD ATHENS 1560 0 USGb s735 SEKEUR ATLANTA 1571 USD 1571 USDs s s7s sErusp 13571 USD COPENHA amp GEN1320 0 USDazi seKoKk ATLANTA 104 USD 104 USDs s7s SeKusp 104 USD COPENHAGEN1560 0 USDa ati SEKDKO Figure 3 2 6 Match report preview AARO SYSTEMS AB 53 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL i eo i AAR Data Entry Match 3 2 7 S75 TE MS Note Match report can also be generated from the menu item Validations Match reports as described in 4 1 Match report Match report description The match report displays intercompany transactions and highlights intercompany differences between companies in a group For example one company may have
196. age 07124 Closing 07124 Opening Figure 7 4 1 The PERIOD_RATES table 7 4 2 Companies The valid companies companies opened for reporting for a selected period are displayed period company company currency translation type method used to translate to group currency and tax local tax percentage rate AARO SYSTEMS AB 271 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities View Tables A in c a View Tables Sele PEPEE i PERIOD_CURRENCYRATES Period Currency TranslationType Tas EquityLevelCode be PERIOD_COMPANIES ARLANDA Current E PERIOD_COLEVEL ATHENS Ginan ATLANTA Current COPENHAGEN Current EL Current EL_IC Current GOTHENBURG Current HELSINKI Current KALI Current LONDON Current NICE Current PARENT Current PARIS Current RIGA Current sY HOLD Current Figure 7 4 2 The PERIOD_COMPANIES table 7 4 3 Dimensions The valid dimensions dimensions opened for reporting for a certain company for a selected period are displayed period company level number of the dimension i e 2 Business Unit dimension name and level comment not used View Tables akja Saza 2 PERIOD_CURRENCYRATES Period Co Levellype LevelCode LevelComment E PERIOD_COMPANIES 08084 ATLANTA 2 FINANCE PERIOD COLEVEL osos4 ATLANTA 4 CUST_02 08084 GOTHENBURG 3 FINANCE 08084 KALIX 4 CUST_02 Figure 7 4 3 The PERIOD_COLEVEL table AARO SYSTEMS AB 272 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit
197. age breaks Figure 4 3 8 Multi complete check results The Multi Complete Result window shows which companies have already been completed companies that can be completed and companies that have reconciliation errors The reconciliation error report can be viewed by clicking the View error report button or can be saved to a file by clicking the Save report file 5 Complete companies without reconciliation errors with the button Check and complete 4 3 8 Multi revert With multi revert multiple companies can be reverted to the previous status To be reverted the package and company combination must be open for revert in the period Utilities Edit Periods Open for Revert tab 1 Press the button Multi Revert The following window is displayed AARO SYSTEMS AB 135 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Validations Process Status A Multi revert Multi revert Period 071274 Select packages and companies to revert complete status Packages Companies AC TEST ARLANDA AMMAL ATHENS MATH ATLANTA COPENHAGEN GO THEMBUR HELSIMET PORENT SW AHOLD ctrl click to select ctrl click to select multiple multiple items items Figure 4 3 9 reverting several packages and companies 2 Select the packages and companies to be reverted for reporting and click Revert 4 3 9 Audit a package The audit functionality enables users with certain rights set up in the User Administration menu to apply an Audited status to a package The auditor c
198. al AARO functionality located under the start AARO menu and Window menu 8 1 Start AARO menu The name of the start menu located far left is configurable by the administrator e g AARO in our example Data Entry valid Pr ba setup Fage header Tools About Exit Figure 8 1 1 The start AARO menu The start menu contains the static items and items dependent on the active window that repeat the main window buttons For example when Data Entry Input is opened the start menu repeats buttons of this window te AARG Bata Entry validations Reports Utilities Window CErl L G f A Re ae t PEA Chrl 5 d Reports Load cslamn Compare ee Printer setup Page header i Het sales external 3060 Wet sales internal 3080 Discounts 3099 Wet sales total PLEDG_ASS Pledged a LEASOPER Leasing op FA LEAS YEAR Lease cos Figure 8 1 2 The start AARO menu when Input is opened AARO SYSTEMS AB 440 8 2 y A DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL m m AAS Additional menu items Page header STS 1 2 MSS Page header The Page header for reports can be adjusted in AARO Settings in the menu Utilities Application Management and folders Application Management Page header and other followed by the check box Disable Page Header determine whether the Page header is open for editing For more information regarding settings please refer to the Applicatio
199. als External link Edit External link External link title Specification External link path and Filename C AARO Spectspec 07124 xls x Figure 3 7 17 Specifying the link to the document The title of the link will now be visible in the External document field External document Specification Attached file lt no file gt Figure 3 7 18 Link to the external document Click the link to load the document To remove the link right click it and select Remove link to external document AARO SYSTEMS AB 120 ie t Kr AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL tas oa A 5 Validations Match report 4 4 1 S Nn TEMS Validations This chapter describes how to work with the Validations menu items Match report This chapter refers to match reports under the menu item Validations Match Reports in AARO Match reports display intercompany differences between companies in a group For example one company may have a different value registered for due invoices accounts receivable compared to the respective bookings accounts payable at its counter company Monthly reports are produced to highlight differences and ensure action is taken to resolve them The content of a match report varies according to predefined selections and can be displayed either on a company total level or on a sub dimension level Note match reports are also available from the menu Data Entry Match However for security
200. also needs to be specified Per default there is only one Subcategory An alternative subcategory needs to be created and applied for any accounts used in OS forms For further details please note documentation for creation of input forms and more particularly the section regarding OS forms Summ Level is rarely used and then for optimizing the consolidation process consolidation time For further details please contact an AARO consultant 7 7 2 Account types The following account types can be used in the AARO application Field Description Normal Accounts used for input and reception of calculations transfers from past equity Basic Accounts used for receiving calculations transfers from past equity register The difference from a Normal account is that a Basic account cannot be used for input AARO SYSTEMS AB 302 Field Opening Summ ReportSum Average DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL PA 5 Utilities Edit Accounts MS Description Accounts holding opening balances from earlier periods The following account definition should be specified e Opening balance account the account holding the closing balance in the prior period i e year end prior year Accounts used for summation of other accounts The following account definition should be specified e Summ multiplier multiplier applied to a summ account The multiplied value is stored in the database e Impact on opening account
201. an change status Completed and Completed with difference to Audited Ea Select the package to change status for and press Audit AARO SYSTEMS AB 136 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A ee AA K Validations Process Journals 4 4 S75 TEMS Process Journals The menu item Validations Process Journals gives an overview of all manually entered journals in the system Process Journals also supports company checks and controls different user roles can be allocated depending on whether users Prepare Save approve Attest or Audit a journal A journal can have following statuses Journal status Description Prepared The journal is temporarily saved in database The numbers are not consolidated Journals are prepared in menu Data Entry Journals Approved The journal is saved in database The numbers are consolidated Journals can be saved in menu Data Entry Journals as well as in this menu Attested The journal is attested in menu Process Journals Audited The journal is audited in menu Process Journals The order of events for processing a journal entry is Prepared gt Approved gt Attested gt Audited Different combinations of the responsibilities Prepared Approved and Attested are set up as Journal functions through the menu Utilities Application Management and the Application Management Responsibilities folder The Journal functions are then applied to the users The responsibili
202. an account information will appear about which input forms report layouts ratios and sums the account is part of and also what accounts sum up to selected account A Edit Accounts SEE g2 2328 8 1 eo ge ave as Print Reports Delete Fow Filter Links Home zz Account heading 2TLE TOTAL EQUITY 4 Account 3010 Net sales external iption Legal Oper H E 2TP TOTAL PROVISIC Accoun Description 3010 Net sales external Legal amp Operational Subcategory of operational Part OF Short name Account type cverational only Operational standard Y Report Layouts Sales ext Normal J InputForms 3060 Net sales interr Past Equit 3080 Discounts ae me Average x Ah os 3099 Net sales total Decimals Multiplier JV Multiplier JV SEK a 3510 Invoiced costs a 1 1 bi ly 3560 Invoiced costs 3599 Invoiced costs O Translation O Minority Goodwill OPE OTaxes Shares Bookings Opening Adjust 3920 Commissions lic 3990 Other operating 3999 Total income 4010 Cost of goods s 4060 Cost of goods s 4080 Discounts receiv 4099 Costs of goods 4910 Change in inven gt EE 2999 TOTAL ACCRUE A Properties Help 2TBSDIFF Balance she O Legal only Summ level Translation Report Translation fee H Ee Ee Account definition tj H H H Figure 7 7 1 Edit Accounts Note if an account has bee
203. an be defined to achieve the same calculation effect in the consolidated figures and output reports Aaro consultants may assist with other possible usage for a text form such as automatically entering currency conversion rates the current date or the current user s login id and having predefined rows with fixed additional text strings Text forms have limited functionality and are designed so that input forms can contain very detailed information that same style is reflected in a text layout in Reports Drill Down Note it is not possible to use full drill down functionality when using a text layout in a drill down report This is because text layouts use unconventional settings and are fixed to the same parameters as specified in the input form This also means that items such as journals are not included when text layouts are used If you would like a more flexible drill down report use a conventional report layout and or enter parameters such as Account and Business Unit individually 7 9 1 110S forms OS is short for Orders and Sales which is what this form type has historically been used for and OS forms are very similar to text forms OS forms may however be used for any kind of data An OS form has the following characteristic features many of which are similar but not identical to those of text forms e Layout on columns but columns are not limited to accounts only A column can contain either an account i e a
204. anagement amp File management 89 Page header and othe lt 8 Responsibilities Relative period a Consolidation se Accounting types ae Currency types a Proforma types a validations a Journal settings CRH settings Menu management ALL AUDITOR CONS e i cI f RY Insert Reports Row Row _ Duplicate Yalid periodtypes Code Actual Actuall Actual2 Actual3 Budget BudgetAcc Forecast Forecast2 Isolated Quarter RollBudget Rolling A Ei Asci Delete Yalid timeseries Monthly 12 Quarterly 4 Weekly 52 Figure 7 15 12 Relative period DEK OO Links Home Yalid timetypes MTD QTD YTD Valid periodtypes typical actualities are Actual Budget and Forecast Valid timeseries typical time series are Monthly Quarterly and Weekly Valid timetypes typical time types are MTD month to date and YTD year to date Set current button Enter the current year and period index for each time series e g Monthly 2010 and 12 December Set current period Monthly Wreeklu Figure 7 15 13 Set current button 7 15 5 Consolidation The Consolidation window is used to configure the dialog where consolidations are ordered in the menu Utilities Consolidation AARO SYSTEMS AB 411 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Application Management A Application Management E Ba Eel gt i d a ga Rj T A Load Save
205. ance payments For intangible fixed assets Figure 7 13 4 The Input Period folder BUDGET_08 is selected in Data Entry Input 7 13 3 Manage Dimension folders The Dimension folders functionality is used to arrange dimensions into folders that in turn are used when you select dimension for a drill down report 1 In the tree to the left expand the Dimension folders folder and select the dimension which members will be organized 2 Add a folder or sub folder by right clicking the Dimension folders pane or an existing folder and selecting Add folder AARO SYSTEMS AB 382 gt Saeasi Print Reports Period folders j Dimension folders Dimension folders E o ON AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Organize Parameter Folders s s s n i gt gt i B Links Home Available items Dimension folders Denmark l CLOTHES Clothes Business Area folders Denmar B Business Unit Folders CLOTHES COSMETICS Cosmetics OSMETICS EL IC Customer Folders C eg Market folders i Expand folder FINANCE Finance Product folders Collapse folder FOOD TESTMIXDIM Folders F Pia HOUSEHOLD Household en ene LEISURE Sport amp Leisure Delete item Germany MEDIA Eliminations Eliminations Food amp Drink Media Figure 7 13 5 Add dimension folder 3 Arrange the dimensions in the folders by using drag and
206. and company Rates Rates tab settings will be pasted for the selected period 6 6 4 AARO Excel settings Some settings affecting the Excel progress when working with the AARO Excel Add In are set up in the menu AARO gt Settings AARO SYSTEMS AB 247 7 1 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAT Utilities Consolidation Utilities This chapter describes how to work with the Utilities menu items Consolidation This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities Consolidation in AARO In the Consolidation window reported numbers are recalculated according to calculation rules set up in the system Legal and operational numbers are calculated simultaneously The Sum consolidation also available in this window mainly updates the account structure in the system The ABSConsolidator exe is a separate application which has to be started in order to process the consolidations The Consolidation window shows the ordered consolidation queue a Consolidation ox ge we AA DA Load Save f Saweas Print Reports Cons Publish Delete Refresh Show in consolidation order aii i Obi Cord ee Centered scheduled started C Finished o ee Sa To Period RatesFrom OrgFrom Saveas Typ CalcGroup Obj Form Userld Status ConsQueue Prio Cured 08024 08024 08024 TOTAL MainGroup AARO Progress TOTAL 2 Norm 08016 08024 08026 TOTAL MainGroup AARO Waiting TOTAL 2 Norm 08034 08034 08034 TOTAL MainGroup AARO Waiting TOTAL 2 Norm 08
207. anisational change Unregistered share capital 03 Investments in Subs PE208212 New share issue non cash issue 04 Spec Investm in Subs PE208504 Organisational Change Revalutation reserve 05Sa Past Equity by Co change PE208604 Organisational change Statutory reserve OSb Past Equity by Co closing PE209104 Organisational change Retained profit 06 Check PE Excess Value PE209162 Shareholders contributions received O7a Not CTA accounts to check PE209193 CTA Organisational change Retained profit 07b Not CTA acc Associated Cor PE209404 Organisational change Own shares 08 Balance Sheet by Company PE209604 Organisational change Reserves 09 Balance Sheet by FromComp PE209704 Organisational change Share premium reserve 10 Balance Sheet by Legal Type PE1070 Goodwill 12 826 11 Equity by Company PE1110MIN Buildings Min reduction 12 Equity by FromCompany PE1110 Buildings 31 944 13 Equity by Legal Type by Com PE1130MIN Land Min reduction 14 Equity by Legal Type PE1130 Land and land improvements 15 Equity change PE1210MIN Plant and machinery Min reduction C Legal training PE1210 Plant and machinery Account analysis PE1220 Equipment and tools Associated Company Eqi00 PE1370 Deferred tax asset Associated Company Equity PE1790 Other prepaid expenses and accrued income EA BS Company by Leaal Type PE2220 Provisions for warranty PE2250 Provisions for taxes _ sl K Lull 05a Past Equity by Co change F
208. ant periods relative reports Note that the combination of information in the Dynamic Period area must be unique for each period If identical periods are required then at least the period type must differ New period types time series etc are added in the menu Utilities Application Management Relative period Field Period type Timeseries Timeseries type Year Period index Description Actuality of the period choices will be according to the setup Typical actualities are actual budget and forecast Time series signifies the interval of the reporting period Choices will be according to the setup Typical time series are Monthly Tertially Quarterly Weekly Daily Time series type is used to describe the accumulations interval for the income statement of the period Choices will be according to the setup Typical choices are YTD year to date MTD month to date IM Isolated month and IW isolated week The year of the period Period index displays the index the period has within its time series i e for a monthly period it can be 1 12 1 for January and 12 for December and for a weekly time series it is 1 52 and so on 7 5 2 3 Consolidation area In the consolidation area it is defined how the period is consolidated Field Logic Description The Logic type of a period is set here The alternatives are Normal Calculated and PreCalc there is an old type Opening that is not used an
209. any transactions Fetch data from another period Generate a match report Match report description Complete a match package Contact list Print contact list report Print a match form Import Short guide for importing a text file Import window Properties tab Convert tab Create a file to import Create a specification Perform import Rename specification Print import specification Delete specification Legal Legal groups Legal window Create a legal group Delete a legal group Add a company subsidiary Delete a company subsidiary Past equity eliminations operationally Ownership tab 3 4 9 Past Equity tab 3 4 10 Excess value tab 3 4 11 Equity tab 3 4 12 Complete reporting 3 4 13 Legal reconciliation 3 4 14 From company and legal types 3 4 15 Check reports 3 4 16 01 Balance sheet difference in local currency 3 4 17 O02 Balance sheet difference in group currency 3 4 18 03 Investments in subsidiaries 3 4 19 04 Special Investment in subsidiaries 3 4 20 05a amp 05b Past Equity by Co Change Closing 3 4 21 Miscellaneous reports Company information 1 Add company information 2 Print company information 3 Company Information tabs Rr WOCoOnN A UB WN e FH WOcdNnN AU BRWN Be REAR ARR AR WWWWWHWWWWWYWNNNNNNNNNNNDE O W W WW WW WWW WW WW WW WWW WW WWW WW WWW WW WW amp CON MDUBRWN Fe AARO SYSTEMS AB ee a ee ee ee SESS gre aCe ee ol or ee a ea ee e LES BOO OW W
210. application In addition the required form must have the use as output report checkbox ticked in the AARO application menu item Utilities Edit Input otherwise the form cannot be output into Excel For more information regarding different form types within the AARO application please refer to 7 9 1 Forms Menu command steps To access the input forms menu proceed as follows 1 Open the Excel application 2 Choose File Open Open ABSXL xIl Microsoft Office Excel XLL Add In usually located in C AARO klienter For more information please refer to the 6 1 Using AARO with Excel section 3 Choose a cell in an Open Excel Worksheet 4 Go through the menu AARO gt AARO Input form gt Input Form s AARO SYSTEMS AB 235 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel input forms Log Off ABS Retrieve ABS Send b Send Journals Paste from AARO AARO Drilldown Report Consolidation Settings AARO About Figure 6 5 1 Input Form menu command steps 6 5 3 Open an AARO input form in Excel Choose an appropriate input form IS_ALL Income Statement in the example given here appropriate dimensions such as Period Company and Business Unit AARO SYSTEMS AB 236 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel input forms A Input Form Company 08034 v Y ARLANDA v Y TES ANNUAL Annual package Only this subset EQUITY Specification of Equity of the input Form BS_ALL
211. ar to inserting data manually into the white cells on the form 7 3 4 1 Data validation In case imported data does not match the validation requirements defined in AARO the following form will appear informing the user about the data which is violating the validation requirements It also allows the user to correct the imported data by changing the data highlighted in the yellow cell Note this will only change the imported data only and not the source data AARO SYSTEMS AB 266 t ee AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Kk am A 5 Utilities Integrator configuration 7 3 5 Be STS 1 2 PS A Correction of alidation Errors Ioj xi Converted data Revalidate data Standard Input Forms 420 rows Validation errors 11076 8506 3010 25975 16 3010 4433 219 HI 3010 5043 412 3010 19599 464999999997 3010 37737 349 3010 4955 048000000001 3010 9650 962 3010 7863 197 3010 1386 379 Unknown FAST_KST 9998 3020 0 174 3020 184 2 3020 5100 787 3020 11 543000000000005 3020 232 797 3020 10494 103 x gt Save as text file Copy to clipboard Replace text Save corrections Cancel Figure 7 3 9 Validation errors and correction form This validation process is performed in AARO after the integrator has performed its task All data passing the validation test will be saved into the AARO database Import using the consolidator order form If the user prefers to import several forms p
212. arter rose to sek 221 m 194 and for the period as a whole to sek 804 m 633 The period January September for continuing operations excluding goodwill amortization PLEDG_ASS Pledge CONT_LIAB Continc ee STAFFNUMBE Aver BOARD_MEMB Nur COMMENTS Comme Figure 7 9 11 Example of a comments form An alternative to using a comments form in the above example is to enter input comments directly onto the individual cells of the ordinary input forms where sales discounts etc are reported 7 9 1 9 1Create a comments form To create a comments form follow the general step by step instructions in 7 9 1 3 Create a form step by step instructions Select Comments as the form type source Comments forms do not have a layout 7 9 1 10Text forms The Text form is a fairly flexible form type with many possible uses It is however also fairly complicated to set up as no user friendly screen is currently available to assist with the set up of its layout in Edit Input The main distinguishing feature of a text form is that it allows figures to be reported not only on ordinary dimension values but also connected to arbitrary additional descriptive text strings The additional text strings can be either just extra information or be part of the key together with any dimension values A text form has the following characteristic features Layout on columns but columns are not limited to account
213. as been entered See the User information tab chapter for further explanation of fields Before the user is applicable roles have to be added in order to define what data the user has access to The The Database rights tab chapter describes how roles are entered Note a lot of time can sometimes be saved by loading a similar user and pressing the Save as button Delete user When deleting a user the user is deleted as follows e from the current database only if the same user exists on other databases of the same database server e from the database and the database server if the user exists on the current database only The user can no longer work in AARO nor in any other applications based on the current database To delete a user right click the user in the Normal users list and select Delete user Confirm deletion Normal users 2g AARO 2H AAROCALC FEI BERT 2H DY ae rame 2H ELEYI e 2H KARL BERIT Figure 7 14 10 Delete a user User information C Deactivate user Prepare a user If lots of users are handled in AARO it might be of interest to use the prepare users before they are saved as normal users Prepared users are users that are entered in the system but not activated i e nobody can log into AARO using a prepared user identifier A prepared user is created in exactly the same way as a normal user the only difference being that when saving a prepared user the Prepare and P
214. as i Print f Reports f Renamet Row F Links Home Type Group Selected Group dy Company E3 Dimension 2e H Acct Standard H Area H Customer Type 2 Legal Types H Proforma ED Currency Figure 7 8 24 Groups All groups are created in this view Each group is created as a folder containing group members The group members of one group can have the members of another dimension group company from company accounting type proforma type or legal type as sub dimensions sub groups Sub group structures are not tied to a specific period Group values are calculated when running a report A group that has sub dimensions sub groups will be calculated as the sum of the sub dimensions sub group and it is not possible to enter data directly on that dimension Data must be entered on the lowest level This is the normal set up The level for input is optional for an input form Select a group member in the left pane to display sub dimensions sub groups belonging to that group member AARO SYSTEMS AB 335 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA D Utilities Edit Dimensions S75 EMS B Company W E Dimension Group 2 Acct Standard Details Groups Dimensions Properties Dimension RETAIL SUPER GroupID Description WHOL RETAIL Retail Legal Types SUPER Supermarket H E Product Type WHOL Wholesaler Proforma Submarkets O Currency d Figure 7 8 2
215. asy to change reporting currency from for example SEK to EUR when needed Translation type Translation method for the company the only choice available is Current Tax Tax rate for standard tax calculation EquityLevelCode Default dimension value for this company If properly set up all non operational figures will be given this value Functionality is currently being reviewed Contact AARO support regarding questions AARO SYSTEMS AB 284 ay he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL TE AAN L es i oh a NIN 5 Utilities Edit Periods S75 TEMS 7 5 10 2Group sub tab The GROUP tab contains information about Legal groups and their consolidation method Normally this information is edited from the Legal module The area consists of a table with following fields Field Description LegalGroup Legal group code EquitConsMethod Method for consolidation Always Equity 7 5 10 30p_Organization sub tab 7 5 11 This tab shows the operational structure in the table form This window is normally not used for editing as all changes in the operational structure are implemented in the Edit Dimension window Publish tab The Publish tab gives options to link accounts to a user If this option is enabled the user will only have access to the specific account s listed for example in drill down reports For reference the example below was set up for account 3010 Net sales external in period 0912A 1 First you h
216. ation E g used for Fixed amount e AMOUNT_NORMAL Normal recalculation E g used for Opening and Closing amount rate e LOC_BY_REPCURR Used for e g staggered calculations Transaction difference not calculated by default LOC reporting rate rate e LOC_MULTIPLIER_ONLY The multiplier is applied to the amount in LOC only e LOC_NONE No calculation in LOC 7 16 3 3Calculation row fields Weight Pernod Filter Iterat Belati Rate Type Rate Calculation Type oe 3 A n Period Relation Year Relation Time Type Time Series Multiplier Iteration Type Pee a Weight 1 Actual Monthly YTO 2008 1 i AUDU pL 1f T T T e Figure 7 16 12 Edit Currency translations calculation rows In calculation rows the following fields are used Field Description Multiplier Indicates which sign will be used when the rows are aggregated 1 0 1 AARO SYSTEMS AB 424 ay ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL hk a NEN D Utilities Edit Currency translations STS TEMES Field Description Iteration Type Period Filter Rate Type Rate Calculation Type Multiplier Iteration Type Weight q Actual Monthly YTD 2008 1 AMOUNT NORMAL e LOUNT SEIPF_12 MOD LOWER MOD_UPPER MONE MONE _LUMITED TO_FIRST TO INDE Figure 7 16 13 Iteration types Iteration types indicate how the periods will be calculated e COUNT used together with Iteration Index Add number of periods according to in
217. ation reserve Bold Ctrl B 2086 Statutory reserve Bu Bue 2087 Equity share associated companies L S statisti v itai HT 20RE Restricted equity 606 Underlined Ctrl U 2091 Retained profit 420 Sort Column A Align Left 2094 Own shares CEE Oe 2096 Reserves not I5 2097 Share premium reserve 2099 Net income 2 047 663 Figure 5 1 34 Formatting drill down report cells Display statistics To view report statistics do as follows 1 Select several cells in the report 2 Right click and select Statistics from the menu displayed The statistics count sum max min average for the selected cells are displayed AARO SYSTEMS AB 161 t ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Tas AAT Reports Drill down reports SYSTEMS 07124 Dec ASSETS 1099 Immaterial assets 929 402 1199 Land and buildings 688 311 i j 1 741 698 1299 Tangible fixed assets Drildown By z 1399 Financial fixed assets 103718 Add Comment 1499 Inventories and prod work in progress 870 56 1599 Accounts receivable 1 245 75 1699 Other current receivables 47879 Delete Row s 1799 Prepaid expenses and accrued income 661337 Delete Columns 1899 Short term investments 33221 Hide Columnis 1999 Cash and bank 143341 Unhide All Cell Format b ITA TOTAL ASSETS 14 682 34 Count 3 LIABILITIES Sort Col E ort Column 2081 Share capital 533 1157 ne oe Hi 2082 Unregistered share capital dt 2085
218. ations The following steps describe a procedure for creating a calculation 7 16 3 1Basic steps To create a calculation follow these steps 1 In the left pane under the currency translation name select the rate to set up calculation for e g Average Please note that a translation can contain one or more calculations 2 Right click the right pane click Insert New Row and then OK E Normal Fixed Opening Closing Add Currency Translation BudRate Delete Currency Translation Insert Mem Row Delete Current Row h Ctrl Del Figure 7 16 4 Creating a calculation A Calculation is created containing two header rows and one calculation row The calculation can contain one or more calculation rows On each row a calculation is stated All calculation rows are aggregated in the calculation Edit Currency Translations SE A al E EON Load Save peal Normal won pee Period Filter Fixed Rate Type Rate Calculation Type ean Es arbaa ica Segal ala geal Opening Multiplier Iteration Type er ii Closing BudRate Header rows Calculation row Figure 7 16 5 Currency translation settings 3 To add a new calculation row right click the calculation grid press Insert New Row select Calculation Step and press OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 421 t ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL tk ia NEN D Utilities Edit Currency translations Period Filter Rate Type Rate Calcu
219. ations affects operational consolidation only Legal Type used for Excess value depreciations affects operational consolidation only Number of decimals used in Input Automatic numbering of JY Bookings Level no used For linking acquisition to operational dimension in Legal equity Level1 Level2 etc Text shown when a user has not logged in in number of days stated in LoginExpires Locks the application if a user has not logged in in stated number of days If a report logo is called anything other than logo bmp this name should be entered This is used to change logo if a user acce Setting for logotype Edited in the menu Application Management Page header Setting For logotype Edited in the menu Application Management Page header Setting For logotype Edited in the menu Application Management Page header Main legal group Enter the company that is used For booking the difference between legal and operational eliminations Not used for TOTAL eli Period Company Dimension validation Edited in the menu Application Management Validations Period Form validation Edited in the menu Application Management alidations Period Dimension validation Edited in the menu Application Management alidations Proforma item added as default when adding new report in Drill Down he gt 2010 11 05 11 17 Ref AARO Figure 7 14 16 Setting for LoginExpires in Edit Settings AARO SYSTEMS AB 402 l ae DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL
220. automatic handling of the minority interest Instead it needs to be handled manually with journal bookings Override The system will suggest based on the ownership category percentage if the company should be treated as e Equity subsidiary associated company e Cost cost company not consolidated If for any reason the company should be treated differently than the default the category may be set here and this will then override the default category The default values are Subsidiary 50 100 Equity 20 49 9 and Cost 0 19 9 Operational In AARO there is a possibility to add an operational level dimension i e dimension to each acquisition The past equity Product eliminations can then be posted operationally However there are some legal group eliminations that are not directly linked to a certain acquisition i e minorities and untaxed reserves The operational level value has to be selected in order for these items to be operationally posted See 3 4 7 Past equity eliminations operationally lt PARENT gt The ownership share percentage in relation between the owns parent and subsidiary is entered here If the company is owned partly by another company in the group the Subsidiary should be added under that parent in the tree structure with the relevant ownership percentage If another company in part owns the presently selected company an information field on the right will inform of this In the blue fields to
221. ave to setup the responsibility code to be used on the Publish tab for controlling access Go into the menu item Utilities Application Management Responsibilities press the Insert Row button and Add Publish responsibility Enter appropriate text in the Publish field see example below and press Save AARO SYSTEMS AB 285 r Save i Save ast Print ioa Application Macaon amp File management 7 amp Page header and other amp Responsibilities amp Relative period amp Consolidation 7 amp Accounting types 7 amp Currency types amp Proforma types amp validations amp Journal settings h T CRH settings E Menu management AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Periods Bek z 5 z et Ik A Insert Delete r Row Row Links Home Add drilldown responsibility Add Input responsibility Add Publish responsibility Responsibilities Responsibility Drilldown Responsibility Input Responsibility Publish Figure 7 5 6 Add Publish responsibility in Utilities Application Management 2 Goto Utilities Edit Periods Properties tab tick the check box Use publish features on this period and press Save AARO SYSTEMS AB 286 a3 a DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ie Mi AAT Utilities Edit Periods 57 5 EMS AARO Edit Periods Aa AARO DataEntry Validations Reports Utilities Window Help Pi Ppa 4 b By aero BE Pima o 3i ai M A Be
222. ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a PAE ah gt SYSTEMS Last updated 2012 08 24 Table of Contents General AARO system overview System map Architecture technical components Basic entities Validation Technical overview Central gatekeeper Local pre validation Fixed built in validation Customisable validation eel ell ell el el el el el j NNNNNQEFEF po U N e Ul BR WN Be AARO start page General description Calendar General description Calendar view Enter events in the calendar Documents General description Documents view Manage the Legal documents folder Manage the Document explorer folder News General description News view Enter news text U N e NNNNNNNNNNNNNN N AUNE RRA RWWWWYNNN Dg WN e Data Entry Input Use the Input window Input window Same account on several forms Short guide to the financial reporting process Load an input form Filter OS form Report financial information Fetch data from another period Input comments Input comments in drill down reports Reconcile reports from Input or Reconciliation Reconciliation report from Input Report period as completed Print an input form WWWWWWWWWWWdWwnNnuwnWw W PRP PPP PPP PPP py RSPR rErE OCON OUR WN KR WNeF OO AARO SYSTEMS AB ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL oa ane AA D S75 TE PS 1 15 Print Contact List report Match Use the Match window Match window Load a match form Report intercomp
223. ber of days AARO SYSTEMS AB 437 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Settings Ter 92 Wa Aan STS TEM STS Setting LogoFile LogoLeft LogoScale LogoTop MainGroup OperEquityCo PERIOD_COLEVEL PERIOD_FORMLEVEL PERIOD_LEVEL ProformaActivated ProformaDefaultValue ProformaGroupNumber RG AllowUndefined ReportHeader ServicePassword ShowTexti1 ShowText2 SplitType Description If a report logo is called anything other than logo bmp this name should be entered This is used to change logo if a user accesses two or more databases through the same AARO catalogue Setting for logotype Edited in the menu Application Management Page header Setting for logotype Edited in the menu Application Management Page header Setting for logotype Edited in the menu Application Management Page header Main legal group Enter the company that is used for booking the difference between legal and operational eliminations Not used for TOTAL elimination Period company dimension validation Edited in the menu Application Management Validations Period form validation Edited in the menu Application Management Validations Period dimension validation Edited in the menu Application Management Validations Proforma item added as default when creating a drill down report Default proforma value Level group number as seen in the menu Edit Dimension Group Accounting Standard tab Properties
224. ce text button Enter the old and new values select columns and press OK Replace text Text to find FOOD Replace with In columns Period Company Currency Code Form Product Business Unit Business Area Customer Market TES TMIXOIM Counterlo Own BL Counter BU TransCurr Figure 3 3 13 Replacing text in a column 5 Specify what data will be updated Select of the following radio buttons e Account code only accounts that are loaded will be updated with new values e Input Form the complete form will be emptied first and then loaded with new values AARO SYSTEMS AB 70 t T Sh AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL th 7a N Data Entry Import S TEMS lt B 4 D Replace old data by Period Company and O Account code O Input Form Figure 3 3 14 Replace old data options 6 Select how data will be validated and sent Select one of the following radio buttons e Send only if all rows are correct the file will be sent only if all rows will pass validation successfully e Send nothing merely validate no data will be send Only validation will be performed e Send correct rows correct rows will be sent regardless of validation errors in other rows When all or part of rows are sent the old data is erased in the database either for specified accounts only or for the whole form depending on the Replace old data option 7 Press the Finish button to validate and send the data to the database
225. ces Import Specification Importing data Importing data using forms directly Import using the consolidator order form View Tables Currency rates Companies Dimensions Edit Periods Toolbar buttons Properties tab Open tab AARO SYSTEMS AB AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL 233 233 234 235 235 235 236 238 240 240 240 241 242 242 243 243 243 243 243 244 245 245 245 246 247 248 248 249 249 252 252 253 253 255 256 256 263 265 265 267 271 271 271 272 273 274 275 279 vi eer rerOCON AUS WOON A UBRWN FE NO OB WN FE MNuBRWNF O OODOUARWNEH PUNE OOOO AA A A A A AE a a a a A A a A AA A A a EN N a ee ae N E Ne E N ee EN a ea a E E a p p e hRWNP p e DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AA 5 S75 TE PS Active tab Rates tab Complete tab Validation tab Open for Revert tab Packages tab Organisation tab Publish tab Create a new period Copy an existing period Multi open close Set current period Print Print Preview active tab Period Setup General description Open tab Active tab Package tab Open for Revert tab Complete tab Run templates Edit Accounts Properties tab Account types Radio buttons for Normal and Basic accounts Help tab Create an account Remove an account Filter accounts Account report Sum diagram Edit Dimensions Company Dimension Group Currency Edit Input Forms Packages Recon Match rules Match bins Org_Conditions
226. cess value journal is generated for the entry Click the Cons button to send the entered data to consolidation Upon consolidation the transfer and linking of the PEID and GWID to the accounting is completed When the excess values are specified and saved in the excess value screen the same specification on a net level may be found on the Past Equity tab PEDIFF row will indicate if 100 of the excess value is specified or if there are still some differences left a BRISTOL LEEDS S _HOLD E PARENT Opening Opening PE23 LOC Change Closing Closing LOC EUR 201 2 02 0 LOC PEDELDIFF Difference FE1010 Capitalized expenditure PE1030 Patents FE1040 Licenses FE1050 Trademarks PE1070 Goodwill 5r Bar Big 53r ayy 537 ayy Sar FE1090 Other intangible fired assets PETIOMIM Buildings Min reduction PE1110 Buildings PE1130MIN Land Min reduction PE1130 Land and land improvements PETZTOMIM Plant amp Machinen Min reduction FE1210 Plant amp Machinery PE 1220 Equipment amp Tools PE13 0 Detered tax asset PE1 90 Prepaid expenses and accrued income PE 2220 Provisions for Warranty PE 2250 Deferred Tax lability DO O A DOO aa ea a emim emmm mmm Djalan aa aa FEDIFF Difference Met Ownership Past Equity Excess value Equity Figure 3 4 17 PEDIFF on the Past Equity tab 3 4 10 3Edit an excess value To edit an excess value entry follow these steps 1 2 5 Load the excess value form for
227. change PE208604 Statutory Reserve Org change PE208693 Currency change Statutory Reserve PE209104 Retained Profit Org change 739 PE209162 Retained Profit Shareholders Contribution PE209193 Currency change Retained Profit a Qunership Past Equity Excess value Equity all Figure 3 4 9 Past Equity tab In the start up package the AARO default configuration the logic for linking the past equity register entries to the group accounting is set by certain settings in data background tables with a few exceptions described below The Past Equity tab represents a matrix with four sections of accounts horizontally and columns for opening balances period change and closing balances vertically The section of accounts contains e information regarding the actual investment made by the parent e information regarding the acquired capital e information regarding the excess values e the full acquired balance sheet optionally and used for cash flow purposes not necessary to fill out to get a complete legal consolidation of the company 3 4 9 1 Load the past equity form To load the past equity form for a company follow these steps 1 In the Legal screen select the relevant period in the Period drop down list AARO SYSTEMS AB 82 ay he y a DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a ae AALS Data Entry Legal SYSTEMS 2 In the tree expand the legal group select the company and click the Past Equity tab
228. cify acquired capital With the above information entered if there is a difference between the invested amount and the acquired capital this difference will be apparent at the PEDELDIFF row in the matrix The difference should now be specified as an excess value in order for the past equity specification to be complete FE 23 L C Change Closing Closing a BRISTOL l Opening Opening 2012 02 03 EUR LOC EUR E LEEDS ETE LOL EUR aE sv HOLD PE209104 Retained Profit Org change a i 79000 IE PARENT PE209162 Retained Profit Shareholders Contribution tid SS PE203193 Currency change Retained Protit ee ee a ae a ae PEZ09404 Own shares Org change r l i es al PE209604 Reserves Org change y e l a es Sea PEZOS 04 Share premium reserve Org change Pe i i e Sa a r Ss ee Sl ee eee PEZOSE Acquired Capital 0 0 4865 4865 4865 4 865 SSS Ss es ee ee ee Pao BF 537 57 537 57 537 PECELDIFF Ditterence 0 Ay 53 Figure 3 4 13 PEDELDIFF on the Past Equity tab 3 4 9 3 Edit a past equity entry To edit a past equity entry follow these steps 1 Load the past equity form for the period and company 2 Right click the column and select Edit Past Equity Information AARO SYSTEMS AB 85 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Legal Closing last Equity information Edi Figure 3 4 14 Edit a past equity entry 3 In the Edit PE window make changes and click OK
229. ck OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 165 l ee AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL as M Reports Drill down reports Away am an A STS TEMS R Reports Print User Limitations Oper Structure Legal Structure Ownership Diagram _ Print multiple reports k Account report Figure 5 1 45 Print multiple reports AARO SYSTEMS AB 166 INN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AALS Reports Comments SYSTEMS 5 2 Comments The Comments window menu item Reports Comments is used for viewing and printing comments entered in comment forms in the menu Data Entry Input 5 2 1 Comments window The Comments window contains settings defining what comments should be retrieved and printed on one page Comments Period Package 0712A v Y MONTHLY v Qa Form Form COMMENTS v iC Co Company ARLANDA v Product Business Unit Business Area Customer Market TESTMIXDIM Figure 5 2 1 Drill down report comments 5 2 2 Print comments To print comments follow these steps 1 Select Period and Package from where the comments are to be retrieved Period Package os064 SP ANNUAL p Figure 5 2 2 Selecting period and package to view comments 2 Select how the page breaks should be set up in the report The report can be displayed by form by company or by dimension AARO SYSTEMS AB 167 t Kr AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL E away h o FNN 2 Reports Comments SYSTEMS Page break SM FO
230. click Delete report entirely Check reports Ea Associati Refresh Ez CF Lace Ez CF Comp E CF Group Remove report From this Folder E Intangibl DEEA report entirely Ez Legal Ec Ez Tangible E Other s E Bun Personal Rep lead Figure 5 1 20 Deleting a report in the tree 5 1 10 Rename a sheet Fal Click the Rename button Rename and enter new name Alternatively right click the report tab and click Rename 5 1 11 Delete report sheets Click the Delete button and select Current sheet or All sheets from the menu displayed to delete either the currently active report sheet or all sheets This will enable you to tidy up your workspace AARO SYSTEMS AB 153 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAT Reports Drill down reports ag an j m E 4 an Delete zero columns Zero rows All sheets Report Figure 5 1 21 Deleting report sheet using the Delete button Alternatively a sheet can be deleted by right clicking the sheet tab and selecting Delete rep Rename oral Figure 5 1 22 Deleting a report sheet using the sheet tab 5 1 12 Top N functionality This report functionality allows you to request a report containing not all but only maximum values A AARO Drill Down Gat lei yf Bo ay iil i i i EA mS R a en a u Z E g Load Save Ssveas Print Reports New Settings Copy Delete j Rename Transpose Report Account 3010
231. cluding account numbers currency and other information required for company transactions Basic info Contacts E mail Contacts Board of directors Branch offices Bank Accounts Previous names Bank Account No SEB 333 44 456 SEK Sweden SEB 343 45 456 DKK Denmark Currency Account Function Reporting Unit Reported by Group Way of Signing Signed by Figure 3 5 8 Bank Accounts tab 3 5 3 7 Previous names tab The Previous names tab contains information regarding eventual name changes in the organization Basic info Contacts E mail Contacts Board of directors Branch offices Bank Accounts Previous names Name Date of Change Mona Rich Anderson 2009 02 27 Figure 3 5 9 Previous names tab AARO SYSTEMS AB 102 3 6 e FNN Y S75 Te Pes Shares AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Shares The shares register is managed via the menu item Data Entry Shares Changes in the number value of shares and other information such as acquisitions or a split can be entered here Drill down reports can be used to display the shares accounts 3 6 1 Shares window Period 0712A a BRISTOL Code a IF ATHENS cH AF s _HOLD Parent UB ATHENS COPENHAGEN HELSINKI LONDON IB paris 13001 Holding Be 13002 Holding Be 13010 Stock issue Description MM DD DA Links Home Owner PARENT Owned ATLANTA Carrying value SEK 0
232. corresponding to the settings in Application Management as illustrated above The Validation tab is not shown until a validation type has been activated Appropriate sub tabs are also shown for activated validation types only The list shown below provides some examples from Edit Periods Validation settings where valid values have set up in Application Management see previous paragraph It is possible to refine validation settings further here Note after changes are made it may be necessary to restart AARO for the changes to the Validation tab in Edit Periods to be updated In Edit Periods tab Validation Company Dimension validation select the exact combinations of company and product members that should be valid e g company ATLANTA and product CHILD_WEAR See example below AARO SYSTEMS AB 416 oso2 1 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL a ah oot Utilities Application Management Properties Open Active Rates Complete Validation Open for Revert 0802A 2A 0E0276 Company Dimension Dimension ID Dimension Comment osoe Bac ATLANTA Product CHILD WEAR Childrens clothes 08031 COPENHAGEN Business Unit MEDIA Magazines p024 aO THENBUR CS Business Unik FOC Food Figure 7 15 22 Setting up period validation Based on the combinations set up in Application Management Validations the details for the required combinations are set up in this tab 7 15 10Menu Management Follow t
233. crue LEAS YEAR Lease At T RI S Reports Load lt ada Net sales amounted to sek 5 460 m 3 978 during the third quarter and to sek 17 383 m 12 609 during the period January to September e Profit after tax for the third quarter amounted to sek 137 m 165 and for the nine month period to sek 1 145 m 482 The participation in the profits of Trenor which was divested during the second quarter of 2004 was sek 52 m in the third quarter of 2003 Earnings per share for the quarter amounted to sek 1 45 1 95 and for the period as a whole to sek 13 05 5 75 For continuing operations operating profit for the quarter rose to sek 293 m 219 and for the nine month period to sek 1 033 m 706 Profit 2 EO Extra Ordinary In AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input A completa Comments fA B i ey Replace Add i poes ni ge Links Home ATLANTA Atlanta Inc Mars 2008 vv _ teo BHSE STABLE PROFIT TREND FOR During the third quarter the Group continued to experience a favorable trend in profits and sales and a strong cash flow Profit after financial items before goodwill amortization and for continuing operations rose by 36 percent The profit trend was stable in all business areas with the exception of Automotive where a weak market trend and increased raw material costs for certain input goods had a negative impact on profits after financial items for the qu
234. ct Contact List Ef A Reports Load Reconcile C Contact List N Comment Report Help On Form Figure 3 1 27 Running Contact List report 2 Select companies and company information to include into the report Preview company information Report Report selection Company Period LegalGraup Dimension of Sort by Companies O code APOLLO B ARILD Description ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda Print ATHENS Athens 5 A Previ ATLANTA Atlanta Inc ss COPENHAGEN Copenhagen O File EFHIGH Company information Contact information LINE Receivable Contact Company Controller Company Controller Alias ID Phone Receivable Phone E Mail LINE Consolidation information Ownership information Figure 3 1 28 Selecting company contact information 3 Click OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 48 A in c AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Input pe S75 TE MS Nn The report appears in the Preview mode or the file save dialog appears depending on the Print option selected SYST AAR MS Confidential Page 1 Company information Prepared Date Rev Document No 0046 123 45 67 ARLANDA Sthlm Arland Receivable Contact Company Controller Alias ID E Mail Fire reporter Alias ID Receivable Fax Phone AJR Responsible Alias ID Phone E Mail Alex Emelie EMS alex aaro se Andreas AFL 50593001 50593002 Matthias MAT
235. ct items that should not be accessible to the user Please note that the functionality Use wildcards and Exclude items only can be used together with the dimensions period and company Select items Restore All None Item Description ADJ Adjustment company A ADJ COPENH djustm Copenhagen blir intresset ADJ_UPPSA Adj Uppsala v ARLANDA Sthlm Arlanda v ATHENS Athens S A v ATLANTA Atlanta Inc CARINA EV Carina Test av EY flik COPENHAGEN Copenhagen EL Elimination company ELIG Elimination company GOTHENBURG Gothenburg v HELSINKI Helsinki Y INTRESSE Intressebola y KALIX KALIX AB LONDON LONDON PTY NICE Nice PARENT Training Parent company PARIS Paris RIGA Riga SUCCESSIVT Successivt bolag SY HOLD Sweden Holding 4B TEST_INTR Test intressebolag v Figure 7 14 5 Adding a restriction on companies More than one restriction can be added for the same role Continue by selecting the next dimension and repeat the procedure above A role is made up of the sum of all its restrictions Approver reference indicates that more than one row of text can be added to each role Each row can contain 30 characters Use the button Add Ref Doc to attach a document to each role AARO SYSTEMS AB 393 ay re y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Te a Nd Utilities User Administration S TE M amp S lt P gt 4 9 In order to remove a role press the Drop role button 10 Tick the check box Advanced Mode to view the functionality Tables to
236. cy P fal 1 selected SEK Criteria 2 a Period o fa 0712A T Criteria 3 h Legal Group y f MAINGROUP T Criteria 4 D accounting Type E 1 selected Normal Criteria 5 Figure 6 4 7 Setting up drill down report criteria in Excel e Rows rows displayed in the report output AARO SYSTEMS AB 222 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports A Report order E 5 fx Report information Heading Balance Sheet Dakasource AARO Standard datasource Default page f Grid Reporttype Regular Drill down C reed Rome che Rows Ok Criteria 1 Report Layout cat f GROUP_BS show code lon Cancel Clear Criteria 2 TSC Figure 6 4 8 Setting up drill down report rows in Excel e Columns columns displayed in the report output AARO SYSTEMS AB 223 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports A Report order Seles Report information Heading Balance Sheet Datasource AARO Standard datasource Default page i Grid Report type f Regular Dril down Fixed pone Cols Columns Criteria 1 Company ise a All selected Criteria 2 TC Figure 6 4 9 Setting up drill down report columns in Excel 2 To add or change criteria choose appropriate Criteria from the drop down lists riteria 1 Company X All selected Criteria 2 Acck Standard Profo
237. d Note that when copying a period to the start of a new year most often recurrent journals and PE GOODWLLL is not selected to be copied legal info AARO SYSTEMS AB 274 Field Delete period Insert Row Delete Row Copy Paste Clear Duplicate Find Current Open Close 7 5 2 Properties tab lt P gt 4 D DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL N Utilities Edit Periods TEMS Description Delete period Due to the fact that very important information is attached to the period name it is not possible to delete a period name using this button but all other data can be deleted If you would like to entirely remove a period from the database including it s name contact AARO Support Insert a row in a table This button is active for all tabs except the Properties tab Delete a row in a table This button is active for all tabs except the Properties tab Copy information from selected cells This button is active for all tabs except the Properties tab In the Rates tab this copies the entire table including the currency codes Pastes copied information This button is active for all tabs except the Properties tab Note when pasting to the Rates tab it is only possible to paste the entire table including the currency codes However if data in a cell is selected in dark blue it is also possible to overwrite the selected data in that specific cell Clear the current tab from information Duplicates the s
238. d through the rest of this chapter to give you the tools you need to set up your users with the correct amount of access within AARO 7 14 3 1Set up a role To set up a user role do as follows 1 Press the Add role button Note this is not necessary when you set up the first role since it already exists without restrictions 2 A role can be either a read restriction or a write restriction This is selected by checking Read Write in the field Viewright 3 Select the dimension to be restricted in the Rights field AARO SYSTEMS AB 392 t g DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL fas oa a a gt Utilities User Administration STS TEMSTS 4 To select items that should be accessible to the user there are some 5 alternatives Enter in plain text the items that should be accessible to the user precise item name If you want to use wildcards then tick the check box Use wildcards you can place wildcard sign in the beginning of the item or at the end of the item but not in the middle of the item x means any number of any symbols For example write A to select all items starting with A or write A to select all items ending with A Press the Edit button to select the items that should be accessible for the user The accessibility is either with read or write rights depending on previous selection Tick the check box Exclude items to instead of selecting accessible items sele
239. d when the database server is being changed To regenerate means that AARO physically establishes the security in the database for selected users To get the user regeneration screen select the Normal users folder AARO SYSTEMS AB 399 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities User Administration Seles X Coy LR Eea D E KOI ave as Print Reports generate Filter Syne Links Home Normal users _ALLDDEDIT _JUSTUSER _RESPCO Users to regenerate All tables When to regenerate _ALLDDEDIT Selected tables _JUSTUSER Time _RESPCO i RESPGROUP _RESPGROUP E edad _VIEWOTHER E aaro oe AAROCALC Calc user gs BERIT Auditor user ELENI ELEY1 Regenerator admin piki KLARA Admin user ae A AdjustmentLevel user Company user H PARI Publish user Prepared users Schedule regenerate 2010 10 28 14 04 Ref AARO Figure 7 14 12 Normal users to regenerate Select the user s to be generated Normally all tables should be selected but it is possible to select a number of them only on the advice from AARO support In an installation with many users regeneration of all of them might be time consuming To avoid disturbances it is possible to select when regeneration will be started For example in the middle of the night when very few users will be present To start regeneration press the Regenerate button Users that are logged into the database
240. data is now available in Data Entry Input or Match Rename specification To rename an import specification 1 Load an import specification with the file 2 Press the Rename button Fename 3 Enter the new name of the specification and select the specification type Company or Global If Company was selected select the company in the further dialog Press ok AARO SYSTEMS AB 72 a 7 a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL i g KAI Data Entry Import S75 TE PS If another specification type or company is selected the specification is copied to the new location with the new name Rename Helsinki_import to fHelsinki import Spec type Compary Global Figure 3 3 18 Renaming an import specification 3 3 9 Print import specification To print an import specification press the Print button and choose Preview The import specification will be opened in the print preview mode will provide information about text file settings and conversion rules 3 3 10 Delete specification To delete an import specification follow these steps 1 Load an import specification with the file il 2 Press the Delete button te Press Yes AARO SYSTEMS AB 73 l 4 DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL n i Bh AAFS Data Entry Legal S75 TEMS ope 3 4 Legal The menu command for legal entries in AARO is Data Entry Legal 3 4 1 Legal groups The AARO installation is required to have at least one legal group main gro
241. date 3 1 8 Fetch data from another period Using the Fetch button it is possible to easy retrieve information and data from another period so that it can be transferred into the period you are working in AARO SYSTEMS AB 39 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Input TEX ZAE E a Eb ety gt i HNE H l Oai Sl i gt l S m w Gi m e la A oo E eB a D Save Save as Print Reports sate Ep Fetch omplete Meat Fees Replace Links Home Period Company 08034 v Y ARLANDA w FA AARO DataEntry Validations Reports Utilities Window Help ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda Mars 2008 E AC TEST CLOTHES TOTAL COSMETICS a ANNUAL BS INTANG Intangi ABS BS TANG Tangible EQUITY Specificatic 3010 Net sales extemal BS_ALL Balance Sh 3060 Net sales internal wE IS_ALL Income Stat FT ene ole SHARESSUBS Shai ai ALIDITCOSTS Audit 3099 Net sales total Figure 3 1 13 Fetch There are two fetch alternatives to choose from bringing back only the headings from another period or retrieving both headings and figures Follow the instructions below 1 Load a form for a period and company 2 Click the Fetch button to retrieve information from another period The Fetch Period dialog appears Fetch Period Period 0712A Fetch Data With Figures Fetch to IS_ALL All Forms Figure 3 1 14 Fetching a form from another period 3 Select the source period 4 Check Fetch Data With Figures if both gr
242. depends on the selected form type Please find the specifics of each form type below Don t forget to save the Properties tab before moving on to the next tab 13 Optionally a help text for the form can also be entered on the Help on Form tab This text can then be called up from the Data Entry Input screen through the right click menu The help text editor Supports basic word processing features 7 9 1 4Delete a form Permanently delete a form from the system note that no figures are deleted only the form definition AARO SYSTEMS AB 344 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input 1 Select Edit Input from Utilities menu AA Y STS TEMSTS 2 Select the form in the tree structure on the left 3 Click Delete and OK Alternatively right click the selected form and select Delete Form from the popup menu Please note that deleting a form with right click will cause the form to disappear immediately without notice 7 9 1 5Specific form types The following table summarizes the characteristic features of all form types that may be used Input Match Matrix Text and OS forms Form type Input Match Matrix Text OSs Feature Layout Accounts Account Individual Account layout on columns layout on layout on account in but not necessarily in all rows columns each cell columns Columns can contain either dimension values arbitrary text strings or amounts Toolbar Add Insert Delete None Insert Delete Row buttons Delete Row
243. dex e COUNT_SKIP12 used together with Iteration Index Used e g when previous period is subtracted from a period and December should not be subtracted from January e NONE no iteration e NONE_LIMITED like NONE but not calculated when referring back to last year January gt December e TO_FIRST calculated from present to the first period e g in the year or quarter e TO_INDEX iterated from present period to stated index period Iteration Parameter used for some Iteration types e g COUNT Index COUNT_SKIP12 and TO_INDEX this field may be left blank or can contain an Index number such as 1 or 2 Relative Enter the period relative to the iterated period Period Select Relative Period Amount Period C Value is not set Period index Index relation type Period type Time series Time type Year Year relation type 1l RELATIVE v Actual Monthly YTD 2009 RELATIVE v Rate Period Value is not set Figure 7 16 14 Select relative period AARO SYSTEMS AB 425 ay e y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL he a am D Utilities Edit Currency translations STS TEMSTS Field Description Amount Period The period from which the amount is to be fetched Amount period is relative to the iterated period Rate Period The period from which the rate is to be fetched Rate period is relative to the amount period Period index Index number of periods Index relation type e ABSOLUTE exact period index pointed out e RE
244. dimension contains The system administrator defines packages forms and periods in accordance with the group s demand for information flow Same account on several forms An account can be included in more than one form In this case the form actually used for reporting the account depends on forms activated by the system administrator for the period in question If several forms containing the Same account are activated in the same period the account is reportable only on the most detailed one i e on the form that is reported on the most detailed level An example The account Net Sales may be included on a main Income Statement form which would be on the company product level It can also be included on a Sales specification form which would be on the company product customer level If as in this case both forms are activated the Net Sales account becomes reportable only on the Sales specification form AARO SYSTEMS AB 34 INN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAAI Data Entry Input SYSTEMS as this is the more detailed one of the two The other form s containing the same account will show the account s value Summed up from the more detailed form but will not allow editing reporting of this value Income Statement COSMETICS HOUSEHOLD TOTAL J EQUITY Specification o S r COMMENTS Comments 200 dirki IF BS_TANG Tangible fixe as 15 25 F3 aua p assasi U BS_INTANG Intangible 3099 Net sales
245. do the following 1 Select a template select the Properties tab and check Enable Default for Input package 2 On the Packages tab check input package for desired packages and save the template AARO SYSTEMS AB 297 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fas Or AA D Utilities Period Setup 7 6 5 7 6 6 S75 TEMS The template is now updated to handle automatic update of the Packages tab When running the template the Packages tab will be updated with the packages selected For further details on how to run a template see 7 6 7 Run templates Open for Revert tab To automate the handling of the Edit Periods Open for Revert tab 1 Select a template select the Properties tab and check Enable Default for Open revert complete 2 On the Packages tab select and save the wanted combination of input package and Open template by selecting the requested Open template in the Open uncompplete field The template is now updated to handle automatic update of the Open for Revert tab When running the template the Open for Revert tab will be updated according to the settings in the Open and Template templates For further details on how to run a template see 7 6 7 Run templates Complete tab To automate the handling of the Edit Periods Complete tab do the following 1 Create a Complete template by right clicking the Complete folder and select Add Complete 2 List packages to be completed i e the packages to be combined w
246. doawn by o AARO Drilldawrn ep art Run do Cut a 3 Copy Settings gA Paste Shadow Sheet Paste Special Delete Insert Run All Reports in Workbook Figure 6 4 22 Edit a drill down report 6 4 10 Excel drill down report settings Report settings can be changed by choosing Settings from the AARO Drilldown Report menu Column Drilldown by Cut a Copy tings Fet Faste Shadow Sheet Paste Special Delete Insert Run All Reports in Workbook Figure 6 4 23 Drilldown report Settings From here you can choose to change report layouts some example include e Print options from Landscape to Portrait e Display options for Rows Columns and Fixed data can be adjusted as desired e Rows columns with zero values are not displayed e Codes or descriptions are displayed or hidden e Change font amp font size for reports e Reset to default setting AARO SYSTEMS AB 231 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports olurmins rinted reports 5 la H ieee on ie fr reer OW Dold separator on multi column i Landscape OWS Number of columns in report view Truncate zero rows on next run a H Show bold separator on multi row Daa eal jw Compact headings Landscape fis ixed W Show codes Show descriptions ants Heading Change Font Tahoma 12 Sample Heading Sub heading Sweden Morwa Denmark Blue things 123 000 90 000 40 000 G
247. down Responsibilities section Add a drill down responsibility 1 Left click in the Responsibilities pane 2 Press the Insert Row button and select Add Drilldown responsibility g Insert Delete kow f Row Add drilldown responsibility Add Input responsibility Add Publish responsibility Figure 7 15 6 Add drilldown responsibility 3 Enter a name for the responsibility and press Save Responsibilities B Responsibility Drilldown OPP ANY GROUP Figure 7 15 7 Enter a responsibility name AARO SYSTEMS AB 408 a3 re y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Kk a mre dos Utilities Application Management 7 15 3 2Input responsibilities Input responsibilities are used to specify which input packages a user may access in the menu Data Entry Input Input responsibilities are tied to users and input packages In this menu the responsibilities are created Please read more about the functionality in the 7 14 2 15 Input Responsibilities section Add an input responsibility 1 Left click in the Responsibilities pane 2 Press the Insert Row button and select Add Input responsibility 3 Enter a name for the responsibility and press Save B Responsibility Input MATCH MONTHLY QUARTERLY Figure 7 15 8 Enter responsibility name 7 15 3 3Publish responsibility Publish responsibilities are used to restrict access for a user to particular accounts in a specified period In this menu item the responsibili
248. drop 4 To delete a folder right click the folder and select Delete item folder The Dimension folders are visible in the Select Dimension window in Reports Drill Down 7 13 4 Manage Account folders The Account folders functionality is used to arrange accounts into folders that are used when you select accounts in drill down reports 1 In the tree to the left select the Account folders folder 2 Add a folder or sub folder by selecting Account folders in the left pane or select an existing folder if you would like to add a sub folder Right click and click Add folder li Period Folders Dimension Folders z ccount Folders 5 Account Folders 2996 F 301 Expand Folder 2009 E 306 Collapse Folder STESDIFE 308 TLE rere a a Delete iter 30 accounts SO10D1M E 2010F Figure 7 13 6 Add Account folder AARO SYSTEMS AB Available items Other accrued expenses 4A TOTAL ACCRUED EXPENSE Balance sheet difference TOTAL EQUITY OND LIABII TOTAL PROVISIONS TEST For Dimensions External Net Sales Rolling 383 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL fe aM aN i Utilities Organize Parameter Folders an 3 Arrange the accounts in the folders by using drag and drop 4 To delete a folder right click the folder and select Delete item folder Account folders are visible in the Select Account window in Reports Drill Down Select Account Selection Selected items Normal Ad selected De
249. e 3 Select the following periods e Base Period period the report is based on Other periods are relative to this period e Absolute Period Index fixed period regardless of the base period When a report is run the periods are selected as follows e If period is saved as parameter the base period is prompted e If period is not saved as parameter the current period set up in the system is used as the base period For example a report can show prior year closing period current month actual period and current month budget period for four different base periods e 0712A 0801A 0801B initial configuration where 0801A was saved as base period and 0712A as absolute period index with period parameter selection check box ticked e 0712A 0806A O806B base period 0806A was selected on report run e 0712A 0812A 08012B base period 0812A was selected on report run e 0812A 0903A 0903B base period 0903A was selected on report run AARO SYSTEMS AB 152 ay ee DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Tas ae PAIS Reports Drill down reports SYSTEMS 5 1 9 Delete a report To delete a report permanently do one of the following e Delete the currently opened report Click the Delete button and select Report from the menu displayed il Delete zero columns Zero rows Current sheet All sheets as Figure 5 1 19 Deleting a report using the Delete button e Delete report in the tree Right click the report in the tree and
250. e Year Year relation type Cee Figure 7 16 22 Relative period setup for the Staggered calculation AARO SYSTEMS AB 429 AA RQ STS 7 EMS 7 17 Database Monitor This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities Database Monitor in AARO The database monitor is used to view AARO processes running on the SQL server an 7 17 1 Use the database monitor Use the Refresh button to view current processes Database Monitor Username AAROCALC AAROCALC S4ROCALC A4ROCALC A44ROCALC 44ROCALC S4ROCALC AAROCALC AAROCALC A44ROCALC S4ROCALC A4ROCALC AAROCALC AAROREGEN S4ROREGEN AAROREGEN AAROREGEN AAROREGEN SAROREGEN AAROREGEN AAROREGEN AAROREGEN Application ABSConsolidator exe jTDS A4BSConsolidator exe ABSConsolidator exe A4BSConsolidator exe 4B5Consolidator exe A4BSConsolidator exe ABSConsolidator exe ABSConsolidator exe jTDS A4BSConsolidator exe ABSConsolidator exe 4BSConsolidator exe RegenServer exe RegenServer exe RegenServer exe RegenServer exe RegenServer exe RegenServer exe RegenServer exe RegenServer exe RegenServer exe J 2 ports _ Refresh gt i int Reports Load i AA Save as Peak 74 Hostname AAROSERYICES AAROSERVICES S4ROSERVICES ASROSERVICES 44ROSERVICES A4ROSERVICES A4ROSERVICES S4ROSERVICES A4ROSERVICES AASROSERVICES S4ROSERVICES S4ROSERVICES ASROSERVICES A4ROSERVICES S4ROSERVICES S4ROSERVICES ASROSERVICES A4ROSERVICES A4ROSERVICES S
251. e etc With Value 1 First dimension value e g 0712A 3999 Range allowed From Column 2 Second dimension name if required e g Company Business Unit With Value 2 Second dimension value e g ARLANDA CLOTHES Range allowed To Column 1 Column to be imported into AARO Set Value 1 New converted value for the column to be imported into AARO Wildcards it is also possible to use wildcards in the rule by entering a you can allow all values for a field entering before or after a character enables further restrictions e g 11 will return all values starting with 11 A will return all values ending with A AARO SYSTEMS AB 64 ay he y 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a a AA a Data Entry Import 3 3 5 3 3 6 SYSTEMS Range it is possible to define a range by entering in the Value field For example 3000 3099 would define all numbers in the range between 3000 and 3099 For example From Column 1 Period With Value 1 0101A From Column 2 Code With Value 2 PHOO PH22 To Column 1 Code Set Value 1 100800 The line above will convert all lines with Period 0101A and code between PHOO and PH22 PHOO PHO1 PHO2 up to PH22 to the same period but now with code 100800 Note Each one of the conversion rules is applied to the whole imported file one by one according to the rule sequence number For example if the first rule converts code PHOO to 100800 and the second one converts
252. e 3 1 10 New row added to the Sales specification form 3 Enter the information in the cells White cells are open for editing In OS forms it is possible to select a value by right clicking the cell and selecting Lookup value Red cells indicate that the value is mandatory AARO SYSTEMS AB 38 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL B Data Entry Input es y P 3 72 lt Sales specification Product Counter Counter Met Discount Code Unik Business Buying Product Sales LOT Lo Customer Company Help on Code BATH ATHENS MULTIMEDIA 5 000 229 BIKES ja ah Fli COPENHAGEN SOFAS 1335 Comme BREAD AQOEOI _LOommMent M EE eee ing 10 Lookup value d BATH Bath CHILD WEaR ee 100 45 ahl Print Help on Code BOOKS Books a See Print Help on Form BREAD Bread cna NEWSPAPER memme CHILD WEAR Childrens Fashion eu oka COSMETICS CUST FASTFOOD Fast Food 6 000 150 Figure 3 1 11 Looking up for a cell value in the OS form The total sum is displayed in the Total column or row 4 Click the Save button when finished 5 Ifa period folder was selected in the Period field and consolidation is activated when an input form is saved then the Select Periods to consolidate window appears Select the periods to be consolidated and click OK The selected periods will be sent for consolidation select periods to consolidate Eg Periods 0601 4 Figure 3 1 12 Selecting periods to consoli
253. e 7 5 8 Setup of the Publish tab for an account 4 To restrict user access to publish information according to the rules set up above tick the appropriate checkbox in Published Responsibilities area of User Administration screen and press Save AARO SYSTEMS AB 287 A ian cl AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAD Utilities Edit Periods SYSTEMS AARO User Administration AARO DataEntry Validations Reports Utilities Window Help m m G ie i ay J peo S BB e Load Save Saveas Print Reports Prepare Refresh Log ie an l ene a Advanced Mode P Normal Borma aa User information AARO 25 AAROCALC EE Deactivate user ee Username Menu profile Application group s z l i All Sp LARS ioiai ALL Consolidator LINDA Domain username Group membership fs PATRIK ABS_Admin E m Breparacussrs Full name Security level Aaro user eA Start application ABSNAY EXE E mail address Al v Journal function Change Password All wal DrillDown Input Published Input Function Responsibilities Responsibilities Responsibilities V COMPANY M ves GROUP MOSTCONFID WEBREPORTS User information Database rights j Figure 7 5 9 Published Responsibilities checkbox in User Administration For the example given above access is unblocked for account 3010 and bl
254. e Fax HELSINKI Receivable Contact Receivable Phone Receivable Fax Confidential Page 1 Company information Sthim Arland 0046 123 45 67 Sven Svensson 08 123456 05 564371 Helsinki John Johnsson 04 2345 03 7654 Figure 3 2 11 Contact List report example 3 2 11 Print a match form To send a form to the printer or save it in a file in the xls rtf or txt format follow these steps 1 Load the form to be printed and click the Print button 2 Select Preview to open the form in the PDF format select Printer to send the form to the printer or select File to save the form in a file AARO SYSTEMS AB 60 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A ie AA 5 Data Entry Import 3 3 3 3 1 S75 TEMS Import The import screen in AARO is designed to import into the AARO database any kind of ASCII file of up to 10000 lines The system administrator may for each company design an import specification that can be repeated for consecutive periods The procedure consists of selecting a file from the hard drive or another location on the corporate network It then has to be decided in which way a column in the text file is related to a column in AARO for the specification which will be saved When the file is sent to the database the existing data is deleted either for the whole form or only for the specified accounts The menu command for import in AARO is Data Entry Import Short guide for importing a text f
255. e OPER_FIGLEVEL 1 Operational standard FigT able OSF_FIGLEVEL 1 OS Figure 7 9 16 Setting up OS form mapping Please find an example of an OS form in the following screenshot A zY E S go z gt mr dm Ba BA ee an E af ome 5 J IRI e sA Dee Fetch E Complete net Ro ote Replace Links Home Period Company Compare with ATHENS Athens S A 0804A YY ATHENS MYER April 2008 0S Demo Form ANNUAL A Product Customer Buying Co NetSales Discounts Sum BS_INTANG Intangi 3010 3080 BS_TANG Tangible EQUITY Specificatic BATH LEISURE ENTER CUST_03 COPENHAGEN 200 BS_ALL Balance SKERI BIKES LEISURE ENTERA CUST_03 COPENHAGEN 200 Pe areco a MULTIMEDIA MEDIA ENTER CUST_03 COPENHAGEN 50 AUDITCOSTS Audit SPORTSHOES CLOTHES VOGUE CUST_O3 ICOPENE AG Help me Fadi LEASOPER Leasing TOTAL J Help on Form INTERIMASS Prepa AddjEdit Commen INTERIMLIA Accrue EPR ARLANEIA LEAS YEAR Lease cary pee BO ee ee Print Help on Code ATLANTA eaves RPO Print Help on Form l CONT_LIAB Contine STAFFNUMBE Aver STEENS BOARD_MEMB Nur HELSINKI COMMENTS Comme PARENT SALARIES Salaries S _HOLD I CF_ALL CASH FLO ma pearn DC tar sae lt 1i Figure 7 9 17 Example of an OS form 7 9 1 11 1Create an OS form To create a new OS form follow the general step by step instructions in 7 9 1 3 Create a form step by step instructions Select OS as the
256. e Reports tab A Drill Down ia ma hja ee aj Wz el OG Load J Save i Save as Print Reports Copy l Delete Rename Transpose Report Links See C Grid grey 07124 Dec 2007 kilil i C Folders 3999 Total income 10 506 465 Company Reports 4999 Costs of materials 8 138 135 4 Group Reports Balance Sheet Group Income Statement 4GP Gross profit 2 368 330 _ Legal Reports a Operational Reports 5999 Operating expenses 946 243 a Personal Reports 6999 Other external operating expenses 1 777 931 7699 Personnel costs 1 088 159 760P Operating profit 1 444 003 7899 Depreciation 1 353 300 8399 Financial income 16 446 8499 Financial expenses 313 449 Balance Sheet Group Legal A Income Statement Group Legal Figure 5 1 1 Predefined drill down reports The report folders will be adjusted to your needs and might look different from our example The requested report will be accessed by double clicking or by selecting and clicking the Run Report button AARO SYSTEMS AB 140 ay a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Ke M AA n Reports Drill down reports STS 7 S x Some reports may require parameters In this case one or more selection windows such as the one below will be visible where you have to specify your criteria i e period in the example below Select Period ae os Tier Available items Selection Selected items Period Description Normal 0712A
257. e collection of forms that are defined within a package The report includes the reporting company and all selected counter companies Possible differences between the companies are also included The match report also gives information on period currency rates used AARO SYSTEMS AB 122 ay he y 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Te aa a S Validations Match report pe ie S lt Nn TEMS dimension selected and rules selected This information is displayed below the report header The report contents are controlled by the selections made in the match report dialog area The definitions for available report restrictions are supplied below Field Restrictions Report for selected rules only Restrictions Limit Report currency Figures to match Report layout Description Limits the differences displayed in the report to a specifically selected matching rule It is possible to choose to view a report with all rules or just one rule Defines the lower limit of the differences to be displayed It is useful as a filter function in cases of a significant number of differences Currency in which the information is displayed It is possible to choose between all currencies that have exchange rates defined for the selected period The following options are available e Loc The report will match Loc figures the figures for both sets of companies will be based on local currency Local currency figures will be con
258. e diagram 2 Right click the dimension name and select Dimension Diagram 3 Select the period and click OK The dimension diagram appears in a separate window AARO SYSTEMS AB 331 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Dimensions Bele Business Sree ie Y Y Y y ENTER FINANCE HOME VOGUE S H i Y LEISURE MEDIA Save Save s Pririt Figure 7 8 19 Dimension diagram for business area 4 To search for a dimension member on the diagram right click the diagram area and select Search Enter the searched name and click Search Business rea ce Figure 7 8 20 Search the diagram for a dimension member The diagram is scrolled to the searched name 5 To view the parent dimension member for a sub dimension member select the sub dimension member on the diagram right click and select View Parents AARO SYSTEMS AB 332 8 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Dimensions CLOTHES Search EZEIN Figure 7 8 21 View the parent dimension member To return to the full diagram right click the diagram and select View All It is also possible to save the diagram to a file Save or Save as and send it to the printer Print To close the diagram click Close 7 8 2 12Structure diagram The dimension structure diagram shows dimension member relations as a table To view the structure diagram follows these steps 1 In the dimension tree select a dimension for which you want t
259. e displayed Choose the relevant company s contact information sort by company code or description Print Preview or Print to file Click OK to display or save the report AARO SYSTEMS AB 58 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Match Report selection Period LegalGroup Company Dimension Sort by Companies 4DJ_ COPENH Adjustm Copenhagen blir intressebolag ADJ UPPS4 Adj Uppsala ADJ Adjustment company Print SRLANDA Sthlm Arlanda Athens 5 4 Preview ATLANTA Atlanta Inc OFile COPENHAGEN Copenhagen Code Description Contact information V Receivable Contact V Receivable Phone V Receivable Fax Company information CI Corporate number _ Registered office C Office phone All Clear Consolidation information LJ Currency C Translation type Ta L Consolidation method C Minority method _ Override category _ Business Unit ee Ownership information L_ Capital C Region L Share Classification C Number of shares C Nominal value share Nominal valuefin OO0s Book Value a ANEN Figure 3 2 10 Setting up Contact List report criteria The report will be displayed Print Preview or a Save specification Print to file dialog window will be displayed AARO SYSTEMS AB 59 DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAT Data Entry Match SYSTEMS Report Preview AARI ame ame SYSTEMS ARLAND Receivable Contact Receivable Phone Recelvabl
260. e refer to 6 Excel connectivity 5 1 24 Live copy to Excel The Copy button also offers Live copy to Excel functionality Copy Copy selection Copy all Live copy to Excel gt ee New Sheet Figure 5 1 38 Report Live copy to Excel This command will start Excel automatically open the AARO Excel Add In log on to the AARO database from Excel and enter the report content and functionality into a new Excel workbook or worksheet AARO SYSTEMS AB 163 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Drill down reports 3 B D E 72 r TEMS Drill Down Sele fe m Ei iy EFEK ao ii EEE i i Sm we aljer ajul jE g CHRON Load Save Saveas Print Reports New Settings Copy Delete Rename Transpose Report Links Home c Tae Ph f ica p tn is ee te Boki Microsoft Excel lt gt 0712A De 0301A Ja 0802A ial Start Infoga Sidlayout Formler Data Granska Visa Till gg PDF E 3999 Total income 14 029 551 Beez 4999 Costs of materials 8230501 1 354E 4GP i Gross profit 4 5799050 486196 5999 Operating expenses E 1969709 164370 32A E TT 6999 Other external operating expenses 2029081 168945 0712A Dec 0801A Jan 0802A Fek 0803A March 2008 e 1 039714 1117 3999 Tota 14029551 1168741 2320080 3501424 4999 Cost 8230 501 682545 1356 655 2045 540 760P
261. e selected package or form in the tree are visible on the right hand side A few special items such as Recon Matchrules Matchbin Org_Condition and PackageForms are to be found below the mentioned tree structure These will be further described in this chapter Forms The following sections describe input forms used to enter data 7 9 1 1 What is a form Let us first establish the concept of a form or input form in AARO Form Accounts Layout Reporting detail level AARO SYSTEMS AB 342 ay e y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL ee AA K Utilities Edit Input STS TEM STS A form is a collection of accounts plus a layout specification The accounts are laid out according to the layout The form also specifies the reporting detail level i e the dimensions that will be required when reporting figures through this particular form A certain form may require its figures to be reported per company and business unit while another form may demand figures per company business unit and customer Dimensions vary among AARO installations subsequently all installations will not have the same specific dimensions business unit and customer could just as well be profit center product segment division or Similar 7 9 1 2Form types There are six different types of forms in AARO ordinary Input Match Matrix Text Comments and OS forms There are differences between the form types as to performance as well as in some of the detail
262. e start up package the AARO default Information configuration the logic for linking the past equity register entries to the group accounting is set by certain settings in data background tables The linking of depreciations of excess values to the income statement is however one exception to this This linking is set case by case when creating the GWID s Select transaction type Deprecation select account in the income statement for to book the depreciation and finally select the operational level dimension to post this booking determined by the level the selected account is set to be reported in i e in which form the account is active in the chosen period For further details see the Edit Input section 3 Press OK and two columns will be added to the excess value matrix G wae E TA LOC EUR FEID FE23 l PE Code Product Acq Date End Date mm Depreciation 0 T OE Cost Acquistion AY AS AY As Sales Aetirements CE Cost Ay Bar De lai OB transl dif Cost jolie et Sales Retrements Pernod transl diff CE transl dift Cost OB Depreciation Sales Aetirements Pernod depreciation Period adjustments CE Depreciation Figure 3 4 16 New GWID added 4 When all values are entered click Save AARO SYSTEMS AB 88 ia a pe AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL 2 Data Entry Legal S75 TE PES Nn Automatic recalculation is performed for all affected accounts A system ex
263. eS R op te Aa ly Load Save f Saveas Print Reports E Column Delete Fetch TEE Company CONE ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda FOOD 0712A ayana AYE v Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL Income Statement ANNUAL 0712A TOTAL MONTHLY e SALARIES Salaries IS_ALL Income Stat CLOTHES Net sales external ee a internal EL 308 iscounts FINANCE Net sales total FOOD HOUSEHOLD Invoiced costs external LEISURE Invoiced costs internal MEDIA Invoiced costs Cararicciane lieance faar sand ravalhior Figure 6 3 22 ABSSendOper data viewed in AARO Data Entry gt Input 6 3 16 ABSSendOperFlex The ABSSendOper function is used for sending data that is reported through input or matrix forms into the AARO database and is an alternative process to manually entering data in the AARO data entry input screens The Flex part of the formula allows users to define dimensions themselves rather than according to predefined criteria see Dim1 Dim2 etc This is explained in more detail in the Additional Dimension area of the table below Here is an example of an ABSSendOperFlex function in Excel AARO SYSTEMS AB 209 6 he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Tin a a AALS Excel connectivity AARO Excel send SYSTEMS ABSS5endOperFlex value 5555 5555 ee 0712A Period 07124 Co ARLANDA EAE ARLANDA Code 3010 k 3010 Dimi Business Unit FOOD Business
264. eate a new input form follow the general step by step instructions in 7 9 1 3 Create a form step by step instructions Select Input as the form type source Make sure the information is saved on the Properties tab by pressing the Save button before continuing 7 9 1 6 2Input form layout The layout of an input form is created and maintained as follows 1 Select the form in the tree structure 2 Select the Layout tab AARO SYSTEMS AB 346 pe l ae DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL otis _ i a Utilities Edit Input STS TEMES Nn 3 In the Layout tab click the Accounts button on the toolbar A Chart of Accounts dialog window will appear which contains all available accounts aaa Row J C f Sop wert A f t i 3 Delete Rename Sri f duran Colurnn Copy Paste j Links Home A Edit input Accounts E a PUT lt a ED H H SJ sy Packages Properties Layout Help on Form Mitt Aese cernceoeanne Satine rate ii SS a ANNUAL This years gross investments rs 3 MATCH kods ipt Default 5 Acquisitions a MONTHLY Sald Scrapped E Forms ates Net sa Reclassification Internal transfers BS_ALL Pog Ass Exchange difference p ns Opening accumulated depreciation BS_INTANG 3099 ga BS_TANG s Depreciation for the year BS_TANG2 Acquisitions 2949 Invoic Sold Scrapped COMMENTS oe EO pt eae Reclassification Internal transfers EQUITY 2073 INE i Exchange difference I
265. ecified as follows e LOC the journal uses the reporting currency for the company These amounts are translated to the group currency e Group all amounts in the journal are in group currency without any translation to company local currency The currency code used here is defined in Utilities gt Edit Settings DefaultCurr e FIXLOC the journal uses only the reporting currency of the company Values are not translated to group currency Journal ID It is advisable to write a short descriptive identifier in the ID field unless the edit field for identifier is disabled in that case the system is configured to generate journal IDs automatically 3 Enter information in journal records by using the drop down lists or typing in the fields for company code etc All white cells must be filled in The cell called Text is not mandatory but can be used to comment upon individual rows Add delete a row by clicking the Insert Row Delete Row buttons or add a row by using the arrow keys Only accounts satisfying the following criteria are available for selection in the Code field e of the proper type i e opening accounts for opening journals e with the journal settings set up to Y Journal Loc for Loc journals and Journal SEK for SEK journals e available according user rights AARO SYSTEMS AB 112 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Journals Seles a External document lt no document gt mi A i i i
266. ed on an input form that is activated for the period in question Additionally summary accounts are reportable in case none of the summary account s terms is reportable for the period in question Form company open and not completed As long as the account is reportable for at least one open form it will pass the validation check On the other hand as soon as the account is included in at least one completed form it will fail the validation check The exception to this rule is if the account is reported specifically from a non completed form in the Input screen in the AARO application it will then pass the validation Sufficient detail level The reporting must specify values for all dimensions that are required according to the form that the account is reported through for the period in question This may vary between periods as various forms may be activated in different periods Dimension values known Validation errors stemming from these fixed built in validation rules are seldom seen when working in the AARO application since the AARO application helps the user choose only valid values The fixed built in validation rules are more interesting when reporting data from Excel or importing data using an import tool where misspellings and other errors are more likely to occur AARO SYSTEMS AB 15 fe t Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Tes ar i D General Validation S75 T E PES Nn arial i0 F u z ag 000 f
267. ed unless the report is first removed from all folders 1 Remove a report from the folder by right clicking it and selecting Remove Report from Folder The report can also be selected directly followed by the delete button 7 tale E Folders d BU Reports dy BU Nordic reports ASSBOL Faai Company Rep DEMO Group Report R Legal Reports Remove Report from Folder b Delete Report Operational R gt m Refresh Mew Eel Ee B reeegeg Figure 7 11 7 Remove report from folder 2 Delete folder by right clicking it and selecting Delete Folder The folder can also be selected directly followed by the delete button k Alar PRS Peas gt aah eel ee ENR Pg Folders d 5U Reports BU Nordic 9 SEA eee Refresh Company F Group Repi Rename Folder Legal Repo Operatione Sa Secretreor Add Report to fier P LA Jebem eee an 2 EE reese Figure 7 11 8 Delete folder 3 Delete report by selecting it in the Reports folder and selecting Delete Report Please note that the report will be entirely deleted The report can also be selected directly followed by the delete button Reports can also be deleted from the menu Reports Drill Down by users permitted to perform this action AARO SYSTEMS AB 375 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL m aide Utilities Edit Drilldown Folders k a E Reports 1 Balance Sheet diff LOC 2 Balance Sheet
268. eft pane and pressing Reports gt Print User Information for that user To print the report to a preview mode select Preview printer and press OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 401 User ID User name User group Start application Menu profile Input function Email address User active state Low prio cons User type Responsibilities View background table Write rights to table Application groups Security tables Role 1 Approved by Approved by reference Rights Confidential Diffeport KLARA Admin user ABS_Admin ABSNAV EXE ALL All Active Superuser COMPANY GROUP MOSTCOMFID WEBREPORTS Allowed to view all background tables No write rights No application groups except All users Fetch to all tables AARO R Figure 7 14 15 Print User information report to a printer AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities User Administration To print the report to a file select File press the browse button name the file and choose a destination and press OK The file is saved as an xls file type 7 14 10 2Print auto deactivated users The Print auto deactivated user report prints a list of users who have been automatically deactivated because they have not logged on for a long time For the auto deactivated users report to function user inactivity period must have been setup and the user must have exceeded the LoginExpires date The LoginExpires date is setup in Utilities Edit Settings
269. egalType AdjustmentLevel InvType Active Y SUM 298444 12 Code 208104 SUM 224327 31 Amount 10 667 50 SUM 10667 50 COPENHAGEN COPENHAGEN Organisational change Share capital 208101 1 Company Normal Amount 100 000 00 SUM 100000 00 Amount 2 694 81 SUM 2694 81 Amount 3 000 00 SUM 3000 00 Amount 37 965 00 SUM 37965 00 Amount 5 000 00 SUM 10000 00 Amount 60 000 00 SUM 60000 00 Code 208504 SUM 3704 00 Code 208604 SUM 29000 00 Code 209104 SUM 41412 81 A 2 Debit Credit Difference 2 461 00 300 905 12 298 444 12 adil Figure 3 7 15 Grouping Selections made are displayed as text at the bottom of the grid Tick the check box to remove all selections Tick the check box to remove the selections temporarily Select to remove part of the selections 3 7 12 Add remove link to document It is possible to add a link to an external document to a journal A user can add a link to the own journal only Follow these steps 1 Load a journal 2 In the attachments box right click External document reference and select Edit link to external document External document lt no document Attached file Edit link to external document Remove link to external document Figure 3 7 16 Attaching a link to a document 3 Enter link title and full path to the document and click OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 119 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Journ
270. either to select an existing import specification or create a new one Edit an existing import specification Select an import specification from the list of import specifications in the left frame Create a new import specification Right click Import Specifications in the left frame and select New Item from the pop up menu 4 Import Sources Data Sources 4 a Import 5 peciticatic ae n Test Data Souce MEZEN Rule Test Cases Delete Item Figure 7 3 7 Creating an import specification Now all of the existing rules will be presented in the right frame From here there are a couple of possible actions that can be made on the import specification Add a rule Press the Add Rule button A new row is added to the import specification and all its fields can be modified Delete a rule Select a rule and press the Delete Rule button Disable a rule Select a rule and clear the Enabled field The rule still exists but will not be used This option is useful when making changes to an import specification so that old rules can be disabled before they are deleted AARO SYSTEMS AB 264 ay he y 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Tk aa a AA B Utilities Integrator configuration 7 3 3 7 3 4 S75 TEMS Copy rules to the new import specification Select rules to be copied press the Copy to New button enter the new import specification identifier and click OK Rules can also be copied and pasted into other documents like Excel
271. eld Code Translation PerCalc Multiplier Description Affected code empty if the logic applies to all codes Translation type for the affected accounts If translation type is given it affects all accounts with that translation type The period from which figures are retrieved A multiplier that retrieved figures is multiplied with For example to define a calculated isolated period for IS enter it as follows Code Translation PerCalc Multiplier Average 0712A 1 Average 0711A 1 7 5 2 5 Excess Value area First and last date of the period These dates are used to calculate how many days excess values will be depreciated GW depreciation is Y if goodwill is depreciated for the period N if not AARO SYSTEMS AB 278 ay he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL TE AAN L es i oh a NIN 5 Utilities Edit Periods MS In order to stop depreciation for a period you also have to specify the accounts in the table LEGAL_GOODWILL_DEPR 7 5 2 6 Average area It is here defined how average accounts are calculated for a specific period for example average number of employees average capital employed and so on The area consists of a table with fields as Field AverageType AvePeriod 7 5 3 Open tab Description Averages can be calculated based on different number of periods For example One is based on every single month another only on quarters and so on Here the name of the average definit
272. elect the amount type for the above account Selectable options are Opening Gross value opening balance Change Acquisitions Cancel Sales Closing Gross value closing balance Net Net of Gross value depreciations and AARO SYSTEMS AB 309 ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Er an HA K Utilities Edit Accounts S Field MultiplierGroup MultiplierLoc CompanyLevel LegalCo MS Description translation differences CTAAcqOB Translation differences opening balance CTAAcqOBCanc Translation differences adjustments OB CTAAcqChange Translation differences actual period CTAAcqCB Translation differences closing balance DeprOB Depreciations opening balance DeprOBCanc Depreciations adjustments OB DeprDepr Depreciations actual period DeprCancel Depreciations adjustments DeprCB Depreciations closing balance CTADeprOB Translation differences on depreciations opening balance CTADeprOBCanc Translation differences on depreciations adjustments OB CTADeprOChange Translation differences on depreciations actual period CTADeprCB Translation differences on depreciations closing balance CTAOB Translation differences net opening balance Sum of CTAAcqgOB and CTADeprOB CTAOBCanc Translation differences adjustments on net OB Sum
273. elected row Search for information Set current month week etc Information for Relative periods functionality Quick tool to open forms for reporting All forms can be opened simultaneously Only active in the Open tab Quick tool to close forms for reporting All forms can be closed simultaneously Only active in the Open tab The Properties tab is divided into different areas as follows 7 5 2 1 Period area The period area contains the following basic information about the period AARO SYSTEMS AB 275 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Periods S75 TE P amp S Field Description Opening balance from Previous Period Responsible Annual factor Comparison Period Logic version Average Translation Long description Use publish features on this Period Description Description of the period Mandatory to enter Opening balances are fetched from the period set up in this field If empty opening balances will be zero Previous period is used for currency translation and only needed when the income statement is calculated to group currency using other average algorithms than normal See average field User identifier of the person responsible for the period and its creation not mandatory The annual factor is set as a factor that the IS item is multiplied with when a key ratio is calculated with both an IS part and a BS part Example If the IS reflects six months accumulated
274. ember existence 5 To delete the dimension and all of its members click Yes To delete the dimension but leave the members in the database click No 7 8 2 6 Details tab Select the Dimension folder in the left pane together with the Details tab to display a list of all dimension members AARO SYSTEMS AB 326 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Dimensions z a ES C3 f H a Bo i i SPE AE SA i ai f t Insert Delete Save ss Print Reports i Rename Row Sub Dimi E Pow J Links Home Type Dimension Selected Business Area E 3 Company Dimension E A Business Area TE EL I EL_IC Dimension TE ENTER TP FINANCE LevelCode Name SeqNo FE HOME EL Eliminations 999 TE VOGUE EL_Ic Eliminations 999 Business Unit ENTER Entertainment 1 Se Customer FINANCE Finance 99 Market HOME Home 2 Product VOGUE Vogue 3 J TESTMIXDIM Group Currency f E Figure 7 8 13 Details tab The Dimension list contains the following information Field Description LevelCode Dimension code Maximum ten characters Name Dimension full name SeqNo Dimension member number in drop down lists If all dimensions have sequence number zero alphabetical order will be applied 7 8 2 7 Groups Dimensions tab The field Dimensioncode contains a list of all dimension members in selected d
275. emove a journal from the list of journals visible in the folder right click the journal and select Remove journal from filter Mormal oiam PEES E Adjustment Information Recurrent Mew j Input My Journal SU al From Filter j All Journals Figure 3 7 3 Removing a journal from visible journals 7 To restore the list of visible journals right click the folder and select Refresh 8 To view the journal header information without loading the journal right click the journal and select Information Mormal Refresh F5 Orig inv Adjuster Ls a New Recurrent jf Input j My Journal Remove Journal From filter Figure 3 7 4 Viewing journal header information 3 7 4 Create a journal To create a journal manually follow these steps 1 Select the folder in the left hand pane and press the New button or right click the folder and select New 2 Complete fields in the New Journal dialog and press OK New Journal Pena a SE SEE 0712A Normal Loc gt Journal ID AF558 Figure 3 7 5 Creating a journal AARO SYSTEMS AB 111 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A m i AA K Data Entry Journals S75 TEMS New Journal dialog fields are Field Description Period Period where the journal to be created Journal Type The journal type can be specified as Normal Recurring Opening Currency Currency can be sp
276. en you have finished making changes to an elimination rule press the Save button to save changes AARO SYSTEMS AB 432 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL aman AAS Utilities Edit Eliminations S75 TE M51 an 7 18 2 Elimination information Elimination Information contains parameters for the selected elimination rule as explained further below The elimination information is displayed in the right pane with restricted editing options INT_INCOME_COSTS Elimination information LONG_TERM_BS EliminationLevel Elimination Company LegalT ype SHORT_TERM_BS Group ELC ELIC ExchLegalT ype _ TransLegalT ype ElimRateT ype EL_IC EL_IC Report Restrictions psgalaoup ALL v Figure 7 18 3 Elimination information These can be edited by right clicking the rule in the left pane and selecting Edit Rule Add Edit Elimination rule INT_INCOME_COSTS INT_INCOME COSTS EliminationLevel Elimination Company LegalGroup LegalType ExchLegalType TransLegalType FlimRateT ype Figure 7 18 4 Add edit elimination rule Field Description EliminationLevel Indicates if the elimination will be booked on company Company or group Group level Elimination Indicates on which company the elimination will be Company booked LegalType Indicates on which legal type the elimination will be booked ExchLegalType Indicates on which legal type the translation difference originating from match f
277. ense Fees Realized exchange gains Unrealized exchange gair Other operating income PAGEBREAK Figure 7 10 3 Add accounts to the report layout 4 Press Save The saved layout can now be selected in Reports Drill Down in the Report Layout criterion Report Layout P S4LE SPEC CF_ALL 24 CASH FLOW 24 CF ALL 26 CASH FLOW 2B Non cash item corrections EQUITOT EQUITOT EQUITY Specification of Equity ESTRA ACC Extra ace GROUP_BS Balance Sheet GROUP TS Income Statement IC ASSETS Intercompany Assets I _LIAB Intercompany Liabilities TC REVENUE Revenues internal IS ALL Income Statement OPER_IS Income Statement Group PEREPORT PEREPORT SALARIES Salaries SGLE SPEC Sales specification SALES Sales Specification a STAFFNUMBE Average number of employees Ed Figure 7 10 4 Select the report layout 7 10 2 Edit a report layout To edit a report layout follow these steps AARO SYSTEMS AB 369 t Kg DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL fas re a Utilities Edit Report Layouts S TEM S amp S lt P gt 4 1 In left hand pane select the layout to be edited 2 Double click the record to be edited The Edit Details pop up window appears Set up fields and close the window Account 1799 vl Default text TOTAL PREPAID EXPENSES AND ACCRUED I Text Prepaid expenses and accrued income Multiplier 1 A Supress Zeroes Format 0 Figure 7 10 5 The Edit Detai
278. enu 2 Select a Period Dimension Group and Company group 3 Select a company or All my companies in the left hand pane 4 Define the report content see Report contents section 5 Press Print gt Preview Depending on the destination selected see Report destination in the Report contents section various options are available to show a grid layout report a standard report or to save the report as a text file From the standard report display it is possible to print the report to a printer or save it as a PDF file Other standard icons are Zoom In Zoom Out Previous or Next page Close the print preview window A Report Preview QS eLB Lea Pe Loo newt By ein JL ea J Bl Close Zoom 900 Pages 1 A RO Confidential f k TEMS Period 0803A Match report Exchange rates used Mitch on Company ATLANTA ws All Average 6 4712 SEK USD Limit 0 Closing 6 4675 SEK USD Report currency USD Rules 1320 2360 1560 2460 Company Code Loc tutatch Rate Diff Counter co Code htatch Rate ATLANTA 2460 159 USD 159 USDs s67s SEKKUSID 159 USD ATHENS 1560 0 USGb 4735 SEneur ATLANTA 2360 1571 USD 1571 USDs 67s SEKusp 13571 USD COPENHA amp GEN1320 0 USDaz i SEKDKO ATLANTA 2460 104 USD 104 USDs s s7s SeKusp 104 USD COPENHAGEN1560 0 USDa ati SEKDKO Figure 4 1 2 Example of the match report in the PDF format Report contents The match report summarises all reported amounts for the combination of a period and package including th
279. er 2 3 3 1 Add a company folder 1 Add acompany folder by right clicking the Legal documents folder Documents q l enal dacniments H Add dimension folder Reload documents Figure 2 3 2 Add a company folder 2 Select company in the list and press OK Documents News Legal documents New Business Controller appointec h Document explorer Select Company s os vee Available items COPENHAGEN EL Eliminations EL It IC Elim GOTHENBURG HELSINKI Helsinki INTRESSE Intressebolag INTRESSE PARENT Training Parent company STURUP Sturup AB SUCCESSIVT Successivt bolag SV HOLD Sweden Halding AB Cancel Figure 2 3 3 Select company in the list 3 The company folder with sub folders has now been added AARO SYSTEMS AB 26 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL PAT i AARO start page Documents x Documents il COPENHAGEN aS Quarterly reporting instructions o Quarterly specifications Monthly reporting instructions Other documents E3 Document explorer Figure 2 3 4 The company folder with sub folders has now been added 2 3 3 2 Delete a company folder Delete a folder by first deleting all documents in the folder Then right click the documents area press Reload documents 2 3 3 3 Add a document 1 Add a document to a company folder by right clicking the folder and pressing Add document this can be done on the start page as well as in the menu Data Entry Legal Documents E COPEN
280. er of shares Amount Share Total amount Carrying value a ATHENS Description Y MM DD SEK w E sv_HOLD 13001 o o 0 0 PARENT Holding Beginning of Year ATHENS eee ieee 13002 0 0 00 0 00 Previous period descriptions COPENHAC Holding Beginning of Period HELSINKI LONDON 13010 1 2007 12 31 Le Ordinary 10 10 0000 100 00 1 000 00 Description E PARIS Stock issue RIGA Stock issue aA sv HOLD 13090 10 10 0000 100 00 1 000 00 Holding End of period 13091 Market value __ 1000 Percentage of ownership Figure 3 6 4 Enter values in fields 4 Use the Insert Row Delete Row buttons to add a new row delete an entered row 5 Press Save 6 Press Cons to send the entered values to consolidation When the period has been consolidated the values entered will be in the opening balance values for the next period System journal in owning company When a consolidation is run for the period a journal of type System is made based on account 13090 The journal is made on the owning mother company AARO SYSTEMS AB l T Sh AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Kk 7 N Data Entry Shares 3 6 7 3 6 8 3 6 9 pe pe S lt Nn TEMS in local currency LOC on account 13090 and 13090E or 13090S depending on whether the owned company is an equity company or a subsidiary This gives the possibility to separate numbers on different company types in drill down reports
281. eral description Create a currency translation Create calculations Database Monitor Use the database monitor Edit Eliminations Add edit delete an elimination rule Elimination information Dimension Restrictions Eliminations 19 Edit Settings AARO SYSTEMS AB AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL 372 374 375 376 376 378 378 380 380 381 382 383 385 385 386 391 396 398 398 399 399 399 400 403 403 405 405 407 408 410 411 412 413 414 414 417 419 419 420 421 430 430 432 432 433 434 434 434 436 viii ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL SYS TEMS 8 Additional menu items 440 8 1 Start AARO menu 440 8 2 Page header 441 8 3 Reload Lists 442 8 4 About 443 8 5 Window menu 444 AARO SYSTEMS AB Ix a3 a DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A i AA K General AARO system overview 1 1 1 1 1 S75 TEMS General In this chapter you will be presented with general system information an overview of the system landscape and features which are accessible using web access AARO system overview The following chapter presents an introduction to the system defines the central concepts to AARO and provides an overview of the AARO system as a whole It first presents a map of the functionality in AARO followed by an overview of the technical system components the system architecture and finally lists the basic entities that are used throughout the AARO system System map The following map displays the AA
282. eriods and companies simultaneously or to schedule the import procedure for delayed start the consolidator import can be used Open Utilities Consolidation press the Cons button select Order consolidation from the dropdown menu Select the desired type of an external consolidation on the right AARO SYSTEMS AB 267 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Integrator configuration Parameters Period Curr trans Normal l LegalGroup Save as 0712A Template Period 2 paren Rates from OISCLA Org From 07124 O MATCH_FIG TOTAL When High Priority Order now Schedule C Repeat until i Every 1 lt hour s Figure 7 3 10 Ordering import through the consolidator In case there are no options the data source has not been updated in the consolidation table this update can be carried out by following these steps 1 Select Utilities Application Management Consolidation 2 Add the following line ConsQueue IMPORT Typ ISCALA in this example Period All IntOrEx t EXT Field1 Form ListOrSetting1 L Field2 Co ListOrSetting2 L Field3 Period ListOrSetting3 L AARO SYSTEMS AB 268 a Application management amp File management amp Page header and othe amp Responsibilities amp Relative period amp Accounting types amp Currency types AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Integrator configuration DER
283. ermine where the user has access to save the report in a folder Most users are only allowed to save the report in their own personal folder Administrators are able to save reports everywhere in the report structure 3 Enter report name in the Report field and heading in the Heading field The report name is the name shown in the report tree this can be regarded as a kind of file name for the report The heading is the text written as the heading on the output report 4 To prompt users to select criteria when they open a report tick the appropriate parameter check box es AARO SYSTEMS AB 150 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Av i BA K Reports Drill down reports 5 6 7 SYSTEMS The Save Reports as Relative check box enables users to create flexible reports with up to date criteria For more information 5 1 7 Save periods as relative To save the report formatting tick the Include report format settings check box Note for more elaborate formatting or formatting which cannot be overwritten through updates or upgrade processes Excel is recommended Press Save and the report will be stored for future use 5 1 7 Save report with new name 5 1 8 To save the report with a new name follow the instructions below 1 Open the report by selecting it in the tree structure and click the Run Report button To rename the saved report e Click the Save button and enter new report name or e Right cl
284. ery al hour s Order consolidation Figure 7 1 3 Order a consolidation 2 Inthe Period area select from the following options Option Description Curr trans Currency translation Select which currency translation to run the consolidation with e g Normal Save as Period the consolidation is run for Period Display only Period set up in consolidation options within the period in the menu Edit Periods tab Properties Rates from Period from which the rates are retrieved By default the period is taken from to the period consolidation setting in the menu Edit Periods Properties tab Default Rates from field This option is selectable if Budget is selected as currency translation AARO SYSTEMS AB 250 ay he y k DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL The AAD Utilities Consolidation SYSTEMS Option Description Org from Period from which the organizational structure is derived according to the period consolidation setting in the menu Edit Periods Properties tab Default Organization from field This field is read only Note for reference the picture below shows which consolidation options may be selected for a period in Utilities Edit Periods Properties tab Consolidation Logic Default Rates From 08124 v Default Organization From 068014 w Consolidation pric Mormal a Figure 7 1 4 Consolidation options in the menu Edit Periods tab Properties 3 In the Type section select type of con
285. es User Administration 7 14 2 15Input Responsibilities Input Responsibilities specify which input packages a user may access in the menu Data Entry Input DA Y STS TEM STS Input responsibilities are created by going into the menu Utilities Application Management followed by the Application Management and Responsibilities folders Please note that this functionality is only visible and a Responsibility selectable for a user if at least one input responsibility has been created Input responsibilities are tied to one or more input packages in the menu Utilities Edit Input and Packages folder 7 14 2 16Published Responsibilities The Published Responsibility functionality is used to restrict access for a user to particular accounts in a specified period You can assign a Published responsibility to the user here Note Publish responsibility should only be applied on users that have read rights on all of their user roles A user with publish responsibility should never be allocated a write role For more information see 7 5 11 Publish tab 7 14 2 17 User role It is possible to lock different tables and or menu items for a user A user role is set up in the menu Utilities Other Security and the Other Security Locks folder 7 14 2 18 Other special rights Special right Regenerator Admin Order consolidations with lower priority Show all JV documents Edit JV bookings on all dimensions Edit all global Dr
286. essing data e Input data can be sent from Excel to the AARO database e Consolidated data can be retrieved from the AARO database to Excel Two different techniques exist for these alternatives e Formulas e Excel Drill down and Excel input forms The following table summarizes the possibilities Overview of Possibilities Formulas _ Without formulas Data ABS send from Excel formulas into AARO Data from AARO into Excel Excel input forms ABS retrieve Excel drill down reports formulas There are differences between the two techniques and it is advisable to become acquainted with both in order to choose the most appropriate The two techniques can also be mixed In addition to the above major features AARO Excel Add In supports the creation of journal bookings from Excel Each feature is described in depth in its own chapter This chapter describes the characteristics of all features how to open the AARO Excel Add in and how to log on The AARO Excel add in can be used with Excel 2000 up to Excel 2010 Versions prior to Excel 2000 are not supported Installing a digital certificate for AARO Excel Depending on the security settings on Excel installation user might be required to install the signed certificate from Aaro Systems AB This process is described below To install the certificate follow these steps 1 Right click the file ABSXL XLL and select properties Select the Signature and press the
287. et sales external 16 832 9789 6335 9789 6335 16 832 HE 3 Net sales internal 1300 75 SHARESSU is AUDITCOST Discounts wg 608 350 W 229 350 229 608 LEASOPER Net sales total 17 524 9439 6181 9439 6106 16 224 I INTERIMAS INTERIMLIA Invoiced costs external 23 23 LEAS_YEAF Invoiced costs internal EO Extra Or Invoiced costs 23 23 PLEDG_ASS Commissions license fees and royalties EONT CAB Other operating income 20 280 11817 7633 11817 20 280 f ee me 3993 Total income 37 804 21 279 13814 21 279 36 504 COMMENTS lt a gt 4 Cost of goods sold external Figure 6 5 7 Verification of input form data to the AARO application AARO SYSTEMS AB 239 l he y a DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Tt a AAAI Excel connectivity Excel input forms 6 5 5 6 5 6 6 5 7 S75 TE MS Menu items tn Excel for AARO input forms In addition to the menu item to Save an AARO Excel input form there are some other menu items available in Excel for AARO input forms These are described below Consolidation Load settings Edit AARO About Settings Color Palette Visual Refresh Reconcile Save Figure 6 5 8 AARO Excel input form menu items Load an input form into Excel Use the load feature to load or reload an AARO form into Excel Edit an input form A form type can be changed by choosing the Edit menu item and choosing another input form type Depending on the set
288. ete i Insert Delete Reports Load Column Column Fetch f Completes Row Row Replace Links Home ee ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda FOOD 07124 Y ARANDA ov v Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL SEK Income Statement 07124 TOTAL SALARIES Salaries S 1S_ALL Income Stat CLOTHES Net sales external COSMETICS ase RERET EL_IC EL E FINANCE Net sales total FOOD HOUSEHOLD Invoiced costs external LEISURE __ Invoiced costs internal E3 MEDL Invoiced costs Cararicciane lieance faor snd ravalhioc Net sales internal Discounts Figure 6 3 24 ABSSendOperFlex data viewed in AARO Data Entry gt Input 6 3 18 ABSSendOS OS is short for Orders and Sales which is what OS forms have historically been used for and OS forms are very similar to text forms OS forms may however be used for any kind of data The ABSSendOS function is used for sending data that is reported through OS forms into the AARO database and is an alternative process to manually entering data in the AARO data entry input screens For data to be transmitted from an ABSSendOS formula in Excel to AARO an appropriate OS form must be set up to receive the data In the case of the example given below we set up an OS form in AARO specifically to handle this example AARO SYSTEMS AB 211 t g AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Tas 0 Excel connectivity AARO Excel send away am ant A SYSTEMS ABSSendOs value 567
289. f packages and forms directly SeqNo can be used to order forms within packages this is the sequence number for the form within the package Edit Input II Fy as i t eitig ou Inzert Jelete i lt t lt Delete Rename accounts Row Row Copy Paste Links Home INPUT_PACKFORM scores i o PackageForms E M Ac_TEST a Annual te MATCH a MONTHLY __ Forms nf Recon ANNUAL SALE_SPEC g Matchrules MATCH IC_ASSETS Package Form SeqNo A AC_TEST AC_TEST ANNUAL AUDITCOSTS ANNUAL BOARD_MEMB Match mapping MATCH IC_LIAB OS mapping MATCH IC_REVENUE Org_Condition MONTHLY e g PackageForms MONTHLY BS_INTANG 3 MONTHLY BS_TANG Figure 7 9 23 Adding a form to a package through the table Save the information by clicking the Save button 7 9 2 5Remove a form from a package Remove a form from a package i 2 Select Edit Input from the Utilities menu Select the package in the tree structure on the left Click the plus sign to display the forms of the package Select the form that should be removed from the package Click the Delete button and confirm the selection alternatively right click the selected form and select Remove Form from Package from the popup menu 7 9 2 6 Delete a package Delete a package permanently 1 2 Select Edit Input from the Utilities menu Select the package in the tree struc
290. figures reported in transaction currency by the two companies This also implies that there will be one row for each individual currency in the report e Total Specification The report will match both Loc and transaction amount figures in a single broad report that also includes a specification of translation differences Translation differences appear when the reported Local currency and transaction amount figures use a currency exchange rate other than those stored in the AARO system for the period This is not necessarily an error but something to be aware of and the Total Specification match report is an aid in these circumstances Makes it possible to choose how much information to include in the report and also which entities to use in the matching This is done by ticking the check boxes under Specification of and With match on counterpart s The check boxes represent the different report dimensions available for a match report The system administrator defines what the available dimensions are The dimension could be e g a business unit customer or invoice number This check box is ticked if the whole company name Should be displayed in the report layout The report can be sorted and displayed by the company code or by the match rule Match rules can be setup as required for example by counter company or a specific account number ordering Note match rules are setup in Utilities Edit Input The rep
291. folder in a report Saves a journal in the database with the status Prepared Prepared journals do not show in drill down Makes a copy of an existing journal in the current or new period with a new journal ID with the status Prepared Creates a new journal Opens a journal in edit mode Inserts or deletes a row in a journal A journal must be opened in edit mode for these buttons to become available Copies optional journals from another period from the selected folder Journals are given status Prepared When copied over year end journal rows are given the text From Previous Year s are marked in blue and can t be edited However if they have the Active status Y the rows are outlined in red and can be deleted but not edited Expands journal records to see additional fields Changes sign in a journal 3 7 2 Journal types and folders Journal types and related folders are Folder Opening Correction Journal type Description Opening Journals adjusting opening period values These journals are created on opening accounts These journals are created by a user Correction Journals generated by system when a correction is performed in an input form AARO SYSTEMS AB 109 Folder System Normal Adjustment Recurrent Input My Journals All Journals S75 TEMS Journal type System Normal Adjustment Recurrent Opening Normal Recurrent Opening Normal Recurrent
292. followed by selecting the Responsibilities folder in Application management Any combination of Preparing Saving and Attesting can be given to a JV function However users can never attest their own bookings Journals are prepared and saved in the menu Data Entry Journals Journals can be attested by going into menu Validations Process Journals Please note that different JV functions are only visible and selectable for a user if additional JV functions other than All have been created Imported journals are always given the status Saved approved Journals created in the menus Data Entry Input and Data Entry Match are always given the highest status available according to the users settings The Save button is always used to approve journals Journals can only be attested by users who do not prepare save the original journal 7 14 2 12 Application group In AARO all programs are stored in the database server and the local client is when needed upgraded to the latest version This facilitates an upgrade of AARO Where bandwidth is not an issue all programs and users can have All users as their application group This is the simplest way to set up AARO application groups In some cases however bandwidth may be restricted Programs which are relevant only to administrators can be classified as belonging to a specific Application group in order to reduce the amount of bandwidth used The application group Al
293. form type source 7 9 1 11 2OS form layout The layout of an OS form is created and maintained in exactly the same way as for text forms See 7 9 1 10 2 Text form layout Here is the layout definition of the form from the example above Properties Tables Help on Form Form NameInTable DimensionInTable ComboBox Width YalueObligatory Decimals Sumalues Text Formula YalidateWith OSDEMO FloatValuel 3010 N 3 Y Net Sales 3010 OSDEMO FloatValue2z 3080 N 8 ki Discounts 3080 OSDEMO Float alue3 3019 N 8 Y Sum Floatvalue1 FloatYaluez OSDEMO Levell LEVEL1 Y 10 Product OSDEMO Level2 LEVEL2 10 BU CALC OSDEMO Level3 LEVEL3 Y 10 BA CALC OSDEMO Level4 LEVEL4 Y 10 Customer OSDEMO String aluel CO N 10 Buying Co INPUT_SPECSET INPUT_FORMSET Figure 7 9 18 Layout of an OS form INPUT_SPECSET AARO SYSTEMS AB 357 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input AA l STS TE MSS mp Y Properties Tables Help on Form Property l S5SegqNo String alue Floatwalue IntValue OSDEMO OSDEMO OSDEMO OSDEMO OSDEMO OSDEMO OSDEMO OSDEMO ColumnField01 ColumnField02 ColumnField03 ColumnField04 ColumnField0S ColumnField06 ColumnField07 ColumnField08 0 Levelt 0 Level2 0 Level3 0 Level4 0 StringValue1 0 Float aluel 0 FloatValue2 0 FloatValue3 INPUT_SPECSET INPLIT_FORMSET Figure 7 9 19 Layout of an OS form INPUT_FORMSET 7 9 2 Packages The follow
294. forms need to be put into MATCH packages and the reporting will be done through the special Data Entry Match screen not through the ordinary Data Entry Input screen While it is not necessary to use a match form for intercompany transactions an ordinary input form could be used instead it does give the possibility to specify reporting unit s as well as a counter company and its reporting unit s Subsequently by using the match report two parties reporting data are able to match their reporting against each other and in this way detect differences AARO SYSTEMS AB 347 p gt pe DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL a Utilities Edit Input S TEMSIS ng n Using match forms also allows the system to perform internal eliminations in a convenient way not only for the main group but also for other legal groups sub groups as well as for operational dimensions such as e g a consolidated business unit BU total with BU internal transactions eliminated Match forms further allow transactions to be reported in both the original transaction amount transaction currency and in the reporting company s reporting currency Loc Please find more information on the Match menu and its features in the 3 2 Match chapter A match form has the following characteristic features e Account layout on columns i e each column or column group involves one account The columns are fixed e Counter companies and dimensions in rows
295. g Excel is requested AARO SYSTEMS AB 179 ay he y k DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Ts 4s AA B Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 S75 TE PS AARO Excel retrieve Formulas in Microsoft Excel can be used to retrieve data from the AARO application into Excel workbooks This provides extra flexibility and options for data manipulation in Excel This manual refers to the Excel functions used to retrieve data from AARO to Excel ABS In this manual there is frequent reference in formulas to ABS This is because the AARO application was formerly known ABS Aaro Business Systems The older product name has been preserved in some of the Excel formulas so that customers who working with existing Excel workbooks do not have to make unnecessary changes From a working point of view the terms ABS and AARO are interchangeable AARO is simply the more modern term Selecting Excel retrieve formulas The various AARO Excel retrieve formulas can be accessed by pressing the Insert Function button in Excel wo E 0 mg DE 2 3 Figure 6 2 1 Inserting an AARO function into Excel worksheet The AARO Excel retrieve formulas are listed under the ABS data retrieve category AARO SYSTEMS AB 180 Insert Function Search For a Function AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve Type a brief description of what you want to do and then click
296. gal Types Product Type Proforma Submarkets A Sub Dimension Subdime Description CUST_O2 Customer 02 E E E CUST_O5 Customer 05 CUST_O6 Customer 06 CUST_OF Customer OF Customer 08 Customer 09 Customer 10 CUST_11 Customer 11 Figure 7 8 27 Add sub dimensions sub groups to a group member 7 8 3 3Rename a group member To rename a group member follow these steps 1 Select a group in the tree in the left pane and select the Details tab 2 Select the group member to be renamed and click the Rename button 3 In the Information window click OK to continue 4 Enter the new name and click OK 7 8 3 4 Delete a group member To delete a group member from a group follow these steps 1 Select a group in the tree and select the Details tab 2 Select the group member to be deleted and press the Delete Row button Press OK to continue AARO SYSTEMS AB 337 t e 7 a DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL gt e DA S Utilities Edit Dimensions S75 1 2 PES The warning message about table connection appears 3 To delete the group member without checking against other tables press No To check whether the group member has relations click Yes Warning T You are about to delete data that might hawe related data in other tables Do you want to continue and check against relevant tables Recomended Figure 7 8 28 Warning about group member relations 4 Ifthe group member is linked an error message appears saying
297. gure 7 16 8 Edit Period filters The fields correspond to the Relative Period area in the menu Edit Periods Select one period filter for each calculation The period that matches the period filter will be calculated Entering in the period filter matches all periods e Period Index E g 1 12 months or 1 52 weeks e Period type Actual Budget Forecast etc e Time series Monthly Weekly etc e Time type YTD MTD QTD etc e Year E g 2009 Period Filter Parameters Period index Period type Time series Time type Year 11 Actual Monthly YTD 2009 Figure 7 16 9 Period filter Rate Type weight Rate Type Multiplier Weight 1 Average Closing Figure 7 16 10 Rate type Enter the relevant rate type for the currency translation e g Opening Average or Closing Rate Rate calculation type indicates which recalculation technique Calculation will be used Type AARO SYSTEMS AB 423 ay ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL hk a NEN D Utilities Edit Currency translations ToT an Field Description Period Filter Rate Calculation Type Iteration Type Rate Type Multiplier Weight 1 Ac tual Monthly 11D 008 AMOUNT MULTIPLIER ONLY A4MOUNT NONE AMOUNT NORMAL LOC_EY_FROMCO LOC_EY_REFCURA LOC_MULTIPLIER_ONLY LOC NONE Figure 7 16 11 Rate calculation type e AMOUNT_MULTIPLIER_ONLY The multiplier is applied to the amount in the group currency only e AMOUNT_NONE No recalcul
298. h which an alternative currency translation can be selected AARO SYSTEMS AB 419 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL fe aM oot Utilities Edit Currency translations an 7 16 2 Create a currency translation Do like this to create a currency translation 1 Right click the left pane and select Add Currency Translation Edit Currency Iranslations Sele 5 D Load Save Links Home Fixed Name Opening Normal V Is default Average 4dd Currency Translation Delete Currency Translation Closing BudRate Figure 7 16 2 Add a currency translation 2 Enter name of the new currency translation and click OK A new currency translation is now created Calculations still have to be added 3 Tick the relevant currency translation checkbox es in the right pane Mame Mormal ls default Pre calculated Trans diff calculated Figure 7 16 3 Currency translation checkboxes Checkbox Description Is default Default currency translation if nothing selected only one Pre Figures for the currency translation are calculated by calculated the consolidator and stored in the database Trans diff Calculation of transaction difference in accordance calculated with the currency translation used otherwise calculated in consolidation It may be heavy on performance AARO SYSTEMS AB 420 t ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Ean E amp ae dos Utilities Edit Currency translations 7 16 3 Create calcul
299. he past equity matrix screen Period Group Decimals Owner BRISTOL a eRISTOL LEEDS S _HOLD PARENT oo pening Opening PEZS3LOC Change Closing LOC SEK 2011 01 31 SEK LOC PEISIOP Investment Amount in Parent Currency PEISS0P Investment 4es Comp in Parent Currency RATE Investment Currency Aate 0 PEISIOL Investment Amount in Local Currency PEISIOR Investment Reserve PE1330L Investment Associated Companies PE13106 BOOK AMOUNT Figure 3 4 11 Past equity entry added The relevant values regarding the acquisition may now be filled in Account codes may differ depending on installation e Investment Amount in Parent Currency PE1310P Enter the parent company s investment in its local currency this is the only exception from entering all values in the subsidiary s local currency LOC This information is used to adjust the parent company s balance Sheet reporting with the past equity register For associated companies the code PE1330P is used for corresponding information e Investment currency rate RATE Enter the rate between the Subsidiary s currency and the group currency at the investment date e Investment Amount in Local Currency PE1310L Enter the parent company s investment in the subsidiary s currency i e LOC This information is translated to group currency with the investment rate and is used for elimination of investments in group companies rep
300. he untaxed reserve amount depending on the additional details Indicates that the account is used to support the menu Data Entry Shares Shares register Indicates that the account is used for certain reallocations adjustments Indicates that the account is used for opening balance minority adjustments 7 7 3 1 Translation Field Description TransCode Translation difference code account to be TranslationType eliminated Indicates for what companies Current or Temporal the translation adjustment will be calculated Temporal meaning temporary in Swedish is very rarely used this field is usually set to Current CompanyLevel Y the elimination will be made on the owned company N the elimination will be made on the company specified in the Co field Co Alternative company if CompanyLevel N AARO SYSTEMS AB 307 ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ee HA Utilities Edit Accounts STS 7 Field MultiplierGroup MultiplierLoc CurrencyChangeAdj LegalType AcctType TransType TransCodeAmount PEType OBCode MS Description 1 1 The value in consolidated currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value 0 No value is fetched in the consolidated currency 1 1 The value in local currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value 0 No value is fetched in the local currency Indicates if a change in reporting currency should be taken into account in the t
301. hed Status Userld 0712A Refresh consolidation information Cancel Figure 6 6 1 Ordering consolidation from Excel The ordered consolidation appears in the consolidation queue in the AARO application as seen in AARO application menu Utilities gt Consolidation 6 6 2 Paste background data It is possible to paste background data from the AARO application to Excel The following data can be pasted e Input form layout e Report layout e List of dimension values e Cash and benchmarking data The user must be logged on to the AARO database To paste background data perform the following 1 In Excel select a cell where the data will be pasted 2 Select the menu item AARO gt Paste from AARO gt Background Data 3 Select the information source and data to be pasted and press Paste AARO SYSTEMS AB 245 a3 7 A DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL f Ne mN NS Excel connectivity Additional AARO Excel options Paste from AARO Ala Ed Info source f Input Layout C Other C Report Layout f Benchmarking Paste benchmarking data Reset and paste benchmarking data Faste cache data The info will be pasted into the active sheet z From the active cell down and to the right Seals ance NB This operation cannot be undone Figure 6 6 2 Pasting background data from AARO The following information sources are available Option Description Input Layout Input layouts existing in the database Report
302. her level dimension is consolidated The Level Group number is allocated by the system when the dimension is first created AARO SYSTEMS AB 328 Save a 9 cane j 5 je Dimension Business Areg H E Business Unit H A Customer eer Market ial E Product i TESTMIXDIM a Group E Currency Details AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Dimensions Z Heenarel a Mees 5 Type Dimension Selected Business Area Groups Dimensions Properties Dimension LevellGroup number Sub dimension Used in User admin Seqho For consolidation Default value Default error value Figure 7 8 15 Properties tab Links T Business Area a Note AcctType ProformaType and LegalType are not available for selection as sub dimensions but are available as sub groups 7 8 2 9Dimension default values Default value Default error value Figure 7 8 16 Dimension default values AARO SYSTEMS AB 329 a a Z AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ti 48 KAI Utilities Edit Dimensions S75 TE P amp S x A dimension value can be set up to be used by default as follows Field Description Default value Dimension value on which data is booked by default if missed Default error value Dimension value on witch imported data is booked by default if imported dimension is unknown 7 8 2 10Mixed dimensions The dimension members of one dimension can have a mix of dimension members of two or m
303. hese steps to create new Menu profile 1 2 Select the Menu Management folder in the left pane Right click and click Add Menu Alternatively an existing menu profile can be saved as a new one using the Save as button Enter the name of the new menu template The new menu template will appear under the Menu management node Click the Add Header button to add a new header Click the Menu Items button Use drag and drop to add menu items header separator in selected menu B 44 Application management Data Entry Validations Reports Utilities Help E Menu management ae File management Input cag Page header and othe Match cag Responsibilities cag Relative period a Consolidation Legal ae Accountingkypes Company Information Import Menu items Edit Report Menues Edit Settings aq Currencytypes Freeze Consolidations eas Proformatype ae a validations a CRH settings Integrator configuration Journals Legal Links Logic Match Match Reports Organize Parameter Folders Other Security Period Consistency Period Setup Process Journals HEADER SEPARATOR FINANCE ALL AUDITOR CONS Figure 7 15 23 Menu management add new Menu item 6 To rename the menu items header right click the header and click Rename Item Input data Input oe Match Delete Item Figure 7 15 24 Rename menu items header AARO SYSTEMS AB 417 he y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL hk a FNAL S Utilities Applicat
304. ick the report tab and click SaveAs Proceed as described in 5 1 6 Save a report Save periods as relative The Save Periods as Relative check box enables users to create flexible reports with up to date criteria For example in May you may choose to replace April with May and in June you may choose to replace May with June and so forth Periods can be saved as relative when you have identical period type time series time series type year and period index settings To save periods as relative perform the following steps 1 2i To prompt period selection on report run tick the Period parameter check box Tick Save Periods as Relative check box and press the Edit Relative Info button this is possible only if periods in the system are appropriately maintained by the system administrator AARO SYSTEMS AB 151 a3 E DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL s Ke Ma HA 2 Reports Drill down reports E Folders EE drillthru H Folders d dt C Company Reports Kalle Group Reports Es New Report Legal Reports PA Motes Operational Reports H Test Reports Personal Reports Report E3 Other Personal Reports Account Analysis ma peene Configuring Relative Periods Eas Base Period Absolute Period Index Check the Fields that should be treated as parameters Currency CurrTranslatic v ee Save Periods as Relative Include report Format settings Edit Relative Info Figure 5 1 18 Saving periods as relativ
305. id headings and figures are to be retrieved Leaving the check box unchecked will merely bring back grid headings AARO SYSTEMS AB 40 ay he y k DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fas oa AAAI Data Entry Input S75 TE PS 5 In the Fetch to section select whether the current form only or all forms will be retrieved 6 Click OK 7 Click Save 3 1 9 Input comments It is possible to comment input reporting The comment may be mandatory given certain rules maintained by the administrator e g notable deviation from another period such as budget previous year or otherwise remarkable figures Red cells indicate that the values need to be commented The cell colouring is only updated when the form is loaded it is thus good practice to save figures and reload the form to see mandatory comments A comment can be added to a cell if the following conditions are met e Cell contains data e Comparison with another period is not performed e Comments are not disabled for the form In Utilities Edit Input the Comments Disabled check box is unchecked To add comments to a cell follow these steps 1 Double click a cell or right click and select Add Edit Comment a a Ga wa Help on Code Help on Form Bea Print Help on Code a Print Help on Form F Figure 3 1 15 Adding a comment to the input form The Comment Form dialog is displayed where the comment rule can be seen AARO SYSTEMS AB AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL
306. igure 3 4 26 Past Equity by Co Change Closing AARO SYSTEMS AB 96 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL B Data Entry Legal DN S y g 3 wr lt Nn The selected accounts can be viewed by expanding the Account criterion in the report edit mode Select Account 101001 101011 101015 101021 101031 101049 101051 101061 101065 101071 101081 101083 10109001 10109015 10109018 10109019 10109021 10109049 10103061 10109551 ANI NORE Description Opening ace acquisition values This years gross investments Acquisitions Sold Scrapped Reclassification Internal transfers Exchange difference Opening accumulated depreciation Depreciation for the pear Acquisitions Sold Scrapped Reclassification Internal transfers Exchange difference Opening accumulated write ups Acquisitions write ups for the year Reversed write ups Sold Scrapped Exchange difference Depreciation for the year Opening accumulated write downs Acou ncttiowne Description Selection Norn 3 o gt LJ s Calculated Item gt Selected items PE1310L PE1310R PE1330L TOTAL INVESTMENT PE208104 PE208112 PE208204 PE208212 PE208504 PE208604 PE209104 PE209162 PE209193 PE209404 PE209604 PE209704 TOTAL ACQ CAPITAL PE1010 PE1030 PE1040 PE1050 PE1070 PE1090 PE11 10MIN PE1110 PE1130MIN Incii2n Show code Show description Long description Sortorder Sequence number
307. ile To import a file such as a text file follow these steps 1 Define a file to import 2 Press Import under the menu Data Entry 3 Define or select a specification 4 Open the file with the specification 5 Run the import procedure AARO SYSTEMS AB 61 ie l Kr AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs A a Data Entry Import S75 TEMS Nn 3 3 2 Import window AARO Import AARO DataEntry Yalidations Reports Utilities Window Help 4 gm gt A f I f Pim a 1 AA oth es Lt ae me f AA I f pa ser 7 H 7 t A E f S f Awe gt m ee l a d ESE nsert f Delete H ai re Ne v tow Ro OpY Load Save Save as _Print Reports w_ Delete Rename Row Row J Import Copy Links Home Loaded Textfile Actual Spec Columns Rows Account Separated by char MMM v Row delimiter CRLF y Input Fixed fieldlength 5 te Skip rows 0 ia Match GlobalSpec Properties Convert CompanySpec ie C Text delimited by Decimal separator C Columnnames in first row O Dot OComma CI SIETYP UB 2010 09 22 15 06 Ref AARO Figure 3 3 1 Import module The import module consists of two main frames The tree structure in the left frame represents the different import specifications Specification type Description GlobalSpec Global specifications ap
308. ill be empty To view the reconciliation report follow the instructions below 1 Load a form for a period and company 2 Click Reports and select Reconcile to display the Reconciliation dialog window 3 Make necessary settings and select rules for the report AARO SYSTEMS AB 44 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Input Pee OLOCLILUELG St BOCOPeM INT OF Restrictions Package ANNUAL Co ARLANDA settings Journal settings Rules Seina All For complete Intra package restrict to forms in current package Pe Default Form Code4 Forme Codes Mandatory riod oF 124 wv T BS ALL ITA TOTAL ASSETS BS ALL TLE TOTAL EQUITY 4 Y IS_ALL a710 Extraordinar inc E S710 EO income Package Y E IS_ALL 6750 Extraordinary ex E0750 EO costs ANNLIGL Oo ARLANDG we Use Limit Include only larger diffs C Override all individual rule limits Include Journals Sort by C Page breaks Detail level Default O Maximum detail Company Total Other Figure 3 1 21 Reconciliation report settings from Input The Rules area lists the reconciliation rules set up by the administrator Individual recon rules can be selected Following options are available e All select all rules e For complete select rules valid for the package selected in the Package field and related extra package set up for period complete in Utilities Edit Periods Complete tab e Intra package sho
309. illdown Reports Visibility change import batches Description Signifies that the user is a user administrator that can add change and remove other users Signifies that the user can order consolidations but that these consolidations are given low priority Signifies that the user can see all documents stored in journals when editing group adjustments The user will be able to use the alternative Expand All dimensions in the Legal menu note this is activated in background table SETTING_SETTINGS Property JVExpand StringValue Y The user will be able to change global reports alternatively it is only possible to change own reports in the personal folder Functionality under review contact AARO Support AARO SYSTEMS AB 390 ay re y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Te a m D Utilities User Administration STS TEMES Special right Description Manage templates Signifies that the user is allowed to set up templates in Utilities Period Setup Comment Drilldown Signifies that the user is allowed to comment Reports figures in drill down reports Security officer A security officer can print logged information View other personal Signifies that a user can view other users reports personal reports in the menu Reports Drill Down User is Auditor Signifies that the user can give status Audited to packages in the menu Validations Process Status Read and to Adjustment Bookings in the menu Validations Process Adj
310. imension If the selected dimension is a sub dimension the field Groups Dimensions displays the higher dimension level Select one of the dimension codes to display to which dimension or group the sub dimension belongs ticked check box Please note that links from one dimension to another are period related while links from a dimension to a group are not AARO SYSTEMS AB 327 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Dimensions A Edit Dimensions Load E Save E s gt Print By 2 New A Ipsen Eo amp Delete E Sub Dim Type Dimension Selected Business Unit 3 Company m Dimension 07124 SY ni B Business Area H S Business Unit Details Groups Dimensions Properties Customer Dimensioncode Groups Dims for CLOTHES E Market 5 lot Business Area Dimension Unique H li Product Household CIEL Eliminations Ge i TESTMIXDIM Cosmetics EL_Ic Eliminations H Group Food amp Drink ENTER Entertainment Sport amp Leisure _ FINANCE Finance iniii Media M HOME Home Finance vi VOGUE vogue Eliminations Eliminations Figure 7 8 14 Groups Dimensions tab 7 8 2 8 Properties tab In the Sub dimension drop down list a sub dimension can be selected The SeqNo for consolidation field is used to get appropriate order on consolidation of different levels of dimensions The consolidation will be performed in numerical order It is essential that the sub dimension is consolidated before the hig
311. ine privacy statement Customer Experience Improvement Program Add Ins Resources Learn more about protecting your privacy and security from Microsoft Office Online Microsoft Windows Security Center Microsoft Trustworthy Computing Microsoft Office Excel Trust Center The Trust Center contains security and privacy settings These settings help keep your computer secure We recommend that you Trust Center Settings do not change these settings Figure 6 1 9 Excel 2007 Macro security settings Tick the setting Disable all macros except digitally signed macros and click OK Trust Center Trusted Publish rusted Publishers Macro Settings Trusted Locations For macros in documents not in a trusted location Add ins O Disable all macros without notification a E Disable all macros with notification ActiveX Settings O Enable all macros not recommended potentially dangerous code can run Message Bar Developer Macro Settings External Content F Trust access to the VBA project object model Privacy Options Figure 6 1 10 Setting up Macro security level in Excel 2007 6 1 3 Open the AARO Excel Add In To open the AARO Excel Add in 1 Start Microsoft Excel AARO SYSTEMS AB 177 ay a DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ee Be ae AAAI Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel SYSTEMS 2 On the File menu select Open 3 Browse to the ABSXL XLL file and open it It is normally found under C AARO the AARO
312. ing requested figures Some examples include but are not limited to Input JV LOC JV SEK TransDiff UR DM IM Split EqShare PE PEInv PECta Goodwill PEREDIST ElimApar EL_IC REVERSAL CA If left empty the total for all legal types is assumed Reporting company i e the company that the figure originates from For reported input and journal figures FromCo equals Co For elimination companies e g EL FromCo is the original company whose value has been eliminated 6 2 19 Retrieve information from AARO to Excel When the relevant formulas and data cells have been completed information is retrieved from AARO to Excel via the menu item ABS Retrieve AARO SYSTEMS AB 193 DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL PAT Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve E 4 The user can then choose one of the options Option Action All Retrieve data into all open Excel workbooks from AARO Sheet Only Retrieve data into the open Excel worksheet from AARO Multiple Sheets Retrieve data into multiple Excel worksheets from AARO In this scenario the user is presented with a choice of which worksheets he or she would like to retrieve data for An example for retrieving a data for a multiple worksheets is referenced below All ABS send d Sheet Only Send Journals Paste from AARO AARO Drilldown Report F AARO Input Form Consolidation settings AARO About Figure 6 2 18 ABS Retrieve menu If the u
313. ing sections describe packages grouping input forms 7 9 2 1 What Is a package A package or input package is simply a collection of forms Packages are used for convenience they show up as folders in the tree structure of the Data Entry Input screen or as items in a combo box in the Data Entry Match screen For each period it is possible to define in the Edit Period screen what packages should be used If this is done the Data Entry Input screen will show only those packages Forms can be collected into packages in different constellations An example of a typical set of packages could be ANNUAL MONTHLY QUARTERLY with each package containing the forms to be reported in that kind of closing with these packages Edit Period would probably be used to define the package s to use each period Another set could be EARLY INTERMED LATE corresponding to different phases of the closing Another set could be DAY1 DAY2 DAY3 and DAY4 Alternatively all of the forms may be kept in a single package A form can be contained in several packages Packages also play a role when the Complete function is used complete will mark a whole package as completed and not just a single form 7 9 2 2Package types There are basically two types of packages e INPUT packages show up in the Data Entry Input screen and they can contain forms of all types except Match e MATCH packages show up in the Data Entry Match screen and they can contai
314. installation folder If the file cannot be found contact your system administrator The AARO folder also contains another Excel file AARO Reports xla used internally by ABSXL XLL and thus not advisable to open 4 If a Security Warning dialog is shown make sure that the macros are from Aaro Systems AB and if that is the case click the Enable Macros button to activate AARO Excel Depending on the security settings in Excel this dialog may or may not be seen If Excel 2007 or higher is used the certificate of Aaro Systems AB needs to be imported and trusted separately before the AARO Excel Add in can be opened Securty Warning _ x CAABSabsxl xll contains macros by Aaro Systems 4B Details Macros may contain viruses Itis always safe to disable macros but iF the macros are legitimate you might lose some Functionality Always trust macros from this source Disable Macros Enable Macros More Infa Figure 6 1 11 Enable Macros 5 A new menu named AARO appears on Excel s main menu bar In Excel 2007 and higher it is to be found in the Add Ins section Log n Log Off ABS Retrieve ABS Send d Send Journals Paste from AARO AARO Drilldown Report AARO Input Form Consolidation Settings AARO About Figure 6 1 12 AARO Menu in Excel AARO SYSTEMS AB 178 ie 7 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL PAIN s Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel 6 1 4 Log on
315. ion select the exact combinations of company and product members that should be valid e g company ATLANTA and product BATH See figure below AARO SYSTEMS AB 414 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Application Management Seles si ie le es WW pel e el am i i f i Co F i ser velete i R i i _Load f Save Saweas Print Reports lg E period Daata a insert Cry p Copy P Links gt Home v el A i A l Period 0712A Current Open Close DARRAITE EE EEn 3 Cr t aS 07124 0801_I 08014 PI nonia ATLANTA Figure 7 15 20 Period validation settings Based on the combinations set up in Application Management Validations the detailed combinations are set up in this tab Note after changes are made you should restart AARO to make sure the changes made in the Validation tab in Edit Periods are effected in Data Entry Input 7 15 9 1Dimension company dimension and form dimension validation Dimension values such as product codes country codes business unit codes profit centre codes etc can be setup for validation in Application Management The fixed built in validation checks for correct dimension values but only against the basic list of known values in the system i e against the complete list in Edit Dimensions At times additional control may be required for example there may be a need to limit the range of valid values to a subset of that list AARO supp
316. ion Management STS TEMES 7 To delete a menu item right click the item and click Delete Item Input data Match import ASN Figure 7 15 25 Delete a menu item 8 Use drag and drop to change place of the menu items 9 Use Left and Right buttons to move menu headers 10 To preview the menu profile select the profile and click Print gt Preview Click Exit to close the Preview Menu window a Preview Menu EHe validations Reports Utilities Help Exit Input data Match gt Import Legal Company Information Shares Journals Figure 7 15 26 Preview a menu profile 11 To delete a menu profile select the profile and click the Delete button AARO SYSTEMS AB 418 t Kg DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Ean E Ayt Utilities Edit Currency translations 7 16 7 16 1 pe pe S lt Nn TEM S amp S Edit Currency translations Currency translation is a way to recalculate numbers entered in local currencies to group currency Different currency translations can be set up in AARO Currency translations are created and edited under the menu Utilities Edit Currency Translation Edit Currency Translations fm aa Load i Save Links Home i Normal Weight Period Fiter Fixed Rate Type Rate Calculation Type ae ne sifi Period Relation Year Relation Time Type Time Opening Multiplier Iteration Type iniz sil Closing E Weight 1 Average i AMOUNT_NONE 1 NONE BudRate Ils
317. ion field is provided below Value Period Code Company Dimension e g Product Additional Dimensions e g Business Unit etc Value for which data will be sent Period for which data is sent Account for which data is sent Company for which data is sent identified by company code Dimension for which data is sent if the form is to be reported on a dimension level an appropriate value may be entered here The dimension defined here will depend on the setup of the form and upon which forms the system administrator has activated for the current period in the AARO application Additional dimensions for which data is sent if the form is to be reported on a dimension level an appropriate value may be entered here The additional dimensions defined here will depend on the setup of the form and upon which forms the system administrator has activated for the current period in the AARO application AARO SYSTEMS AB 208 ay a DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a a AAT Excel connectivity AARO Excel send SYSTEMS NA not Indicates that this field is not used applicable 6 3 15 Viewing data from ABSSendOper in AARO For reference when ABSSendOper data has been successfully sent to AARO it can be viewed in the AARO application using menu item Data Entry gt Input In the example given above data was viewed in the form IS_ALL for the product FOOD A screenshot has been included for reference here se
318. ion is completed with or without difference between accounts Completed A package completed on the company level is completed with with a difference relating to a reconciliation rule differences Audited Indicates that a user with an audit role has audited a package AARO SYSTEMS AB 130 A ian ol D Ss an TEM S 4 3 2 Process Status window A Process status zat i i f Reports Save Save as Print Period 0801A All my companies Status ARLANDA Status Empty ATHENS Empty ATLANTA COPENHAGEN EL_IC EL GOTHENBURG HELSINKI KALIX LONDON NICE PARENT PARIS S _HOLD Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty ye amp plete Re Q vert Revert Dimension Group Company group MATCH MATCH MATCH MATCH MATCH MATCH MATCH MATCH MATCH MATCH MATCH MATCH MONTHLY MONTHLY Status In Progress a ATLANTA COPENHAGEN EL EL_IC GOTHENBURG HELSINKI KALIX LONDON NICE PARENT PARIS S _HOLD EL ELIc i Copy all AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Validations Process Status Ek A A Links Mail Company description Userid Completed at Atlanta Inc Copenhagen Elimination company Elimination company Gothenburg Helsinki KALIX AB LONDON PTY Nice Training Parent company Paris Sweden Holding 4B Elimination company Elimination company Figure 4 3 1 Process Sta
319. ion is given and the same name should be given for the corresponding average accounts Name of the period included in the average definition This is where periods are opened and closed for changes The area consists of a table with the following fields Field Form Company Input function Description Forms that need to be open for the period are specified here To close a form for the period delete the form from the tab Tip you can also place an x in front of the form if you want to save the information for future reference If a company name is entered the row applies to that particular company signifies all companies Different user categories may have different input functions If a form for a specific group of people is to be opened their input function is entered If All is entered the row comprises everyone AARO SYSTEMS AB 279 ay he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL TE AAN L es i oh a NIN 5 Utilities Edit Periods S75 TE P amp S Field Description InputJV The following values can be entered e Input the form is open for input e JV the form is open for adjustment through journals When the form is saved an adjustment journal is generated This function can be used with match forms with Loc values only e All the form is open for all possible changes e Import the form is open for adjustment through uploading a file in the menu Data Entry Import AcctType This app
320. ionLevel BS INT_INCOME_cCOsTS LONG_TERM_BS Elimination Company SHORT_TERM_BS ELC i LegalT ype Group EL_IC ExchLegalT ype TransLegalT ype EL_IC sa EL_IC ElimRateT ype v Report Restrictions ATHENS Dimension Dimension Value Business Unit CLOTHES Value LegalGroup cust 02 Dimension Customer Elimination Rules Code ElimCode 3060 3060 1 4060 3060 1 1 1 ExchCode LocMult Percentage 100 100 100 100 TransCode GroupMult 8360 8360 8460 8360 Figure 7 18 1 Edit Eliminations window The elimination is selected in the left pane the right pane displays the information for the selected elimination For the selected elimination the upper part of the window consists of elimination information that applies to all eliminations underneath Elimination rules displays eliminations separated per account For a better overview it is recommended to create many elimination rules with few eliminations rather than few elimination rules with many eliminations Group the eliminations into elimination rules according to what should be eliminated Add edit delete an elimination rule To add edit or delete an elimination rule right click in the left pane Add Rule Edit Rule Delete Rule LONG TEI SHORT_TI Figure 7 18 2 Edit elimination rule It is also possible to add a new elimination rule by pressing the New button in the AARO toolbar Wh
321. ions This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities Freeze Consolidations in AARO The freeze consolidations functionality is used to freeze or save the automatic bookings made by the system for a period This means that even if something is changed in the legal logic this will not affect the automatic bookings already made for a period should a consolidation be run again Frozen periods can also be made active again if when required Freeze Consolidations Seals I SIKA Load Save Links Home Periods Journals 0712A IE TOTAL Associated TOTAL LC Minorities 107124_JB L TOTAL Bookings Yi TOTAL LC Opening 10801 I TOTAL CFAve TOTAL LC PE TOTAL Constants TOTAL LC Taxes 08014_CcCOoM TOTAL Eliminations TOTAL Legal O8016 TOTAL Excess alue TOTAL Minorities O801BACc TOTAL LC Bookings TOTAL Opening ILJ TOTAL LC CFAve vi TOTAL PE TOTAL LC Constants vi TOTAL Taxes V TOTAL LC Elimination TOTAL TransDiff O802B4C TOTAL LC ExcessValue TOTAL TransDiffPE 0803_I I TOTAL LC Legal 08034 3 peona Select All Unselect All 10804 I 08044 Figure 7 2 1 The Freeze Consolidations window The Freeze Consolidations window consists of two sections Section Description Periods Periods available in the system Journals System journals for the selected period AARO SYSTEMS AB 255 t ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL as oe PRAT Utilities Integrator configuration 7 3
322. irst row Column names will appear in the column header Tick this check box for files of SIE format type Character that separates rows Number of rows from file beginning not to be imported Character that separates decimals in the text file Indicator of whether imported accounts belong to input or match forms This setting only specifies the column headers available for selection in the import specification for the file AARO SYSTEMS AB 63 ay y A AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL i a ee AAT Data Entry Import 3 3 4 S75 TEMS The imported text file is displayed in the lower part of the dialog box when the specification is created The text file must then be given column headers that are consistent with the column headers in AARO before it can be imported There are also some special functions available to add to the text file Convert tab If the data needs to be converted for example if source data has different parameters to those in AARO the Convert tab is used to convert source data into AARO data This is done by defining conversion rules Propetties Convert Figure 3 3 4 Convert tab A rule consists of the following parameters Column Description Seq Nr A sequential number for each line must be added in this field Operation RENAME only one choice present Multiplier Multiplies the converted value with this multiplier e g Loc Amount From Column 1 First dimension name e g Period Cod
323. ith other packages in the Complete tab in the Edit Period menu Templates Complete Open All Open SALES Open All SALE SPEC Complete Comp All Figure 7 6 10 Complete template example 3 Select a template select the Properties tab and check Enable Default for Complete 4 On the Packages tab select the Complete template for desired packages and save the template The template is now updated to handle automatic update of the Complete tab The result of running the template is updating of the Complete tab according to the settings in the Complete and Template templates For further details on how to run a template see 7 6 7 Run templates AARO SYSTEMS AB 298 INN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AALS Utilities Period Setup SYSTEMS 7 6 7 Run templates To execute a template proceed as follows 1 Select the template in the tree and press the Run button 2 Select the periods to be updated It is also possible to select the part of the template that should be executed Period Setup J amann Run Open All Open All Available periods Yi Run template A Templates Packages Forms Propel 0712A_JB 07124_JB X Active Open All ti 0801_I Jan 2008 Isolated Open E Open P C Input package Open all Enabled Default O8018_COM Input DD Comments C Open revert complete 08016 Budget Jan 2008 Complete E Complete o801Bac Jan 2008 Budget Acc comp Comp All J 0802_I Feb 2008 Isolated 08024
324. k an input cell and selecting Help on code from the menu This tool operates in the same way as an ordinary word processing program The functions and the buttons are identical to the ones in e g MS Word AARO SYSTEMS AB 313 t Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL te Ae fa Utilities Edit Accounts S TEMS lt B ope 7 7 5 Create an account In Edit Accounts to create an account follow these steps 1 Click the New button Account information Account 003456 Accounttype Normal Translation Average Pate Figure 7 7 2 Add account 2 Enter the account code select account type and translation and click OK The following characters are permitted A Z 0 9 and _ The new account appears at the bottom of the account tree 3 Complete the information in the Properties tab 4 Click the Save button 7 7 6 Remove an account To remove an account follow these steps 1 Select an account in the left pane and click the Delete button 2 Click OK in the displayed dialog window to remove the account A message dialog is always displayed when an account is about to be removed and it is not possible to remove it because the account is in use i e e contains data in any period e is part of any input form or report layout e is included as a term for another account 7 7 7 Filter accounts It is possible to filter accounts visible in the tree by different account parameters To do this click Filter en
325. k by clicking Unhide All 5 1 18 Change report settings To change settings for the report go to the edit mode and click the Settings button Here you can select to show or hide report lines page breaks and comments or change other settings by clicking Report settings K Settings w Show lines w Show page breaks w Show comments Add Sum Figure 5 1 33 Changing report settings 5 1 19 Change cell format To change report cell format do as follows 1 Select one or several cells in the report AARO SYSTEMS AB 160 5 1 20 AA 2 an a gt STS T S E 4 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Drill down reports 2 Change the cell format either by using the buttons in the top right corner of the workspace or by right clicking and selecting Cell Format from the menu displayed l Grid O Report 07124 Dec ASSETS g 1099 Immaterial assets 1199 Land and buildings 1299 Tangible fixed assets 1399 Financial fixed assets 1 037 187 1499 Inventories and prod work in progress 870 560 1599 Accounts receivable 1 249 797 1699 Other current receivables 978 734 1799 Prepaid expenses and accrued income Drildown By a 1899 Short term investments 334 Add Comment 1999 Cash and bank 1434 Edit Comment 1TA TOTAL ASSETS 14682 Delete Row s Delete Columni s LIABILITIES Hide Rawts 2081 Share capital 533 Hide Column s 2062 Unregistered share capital Unhide All 2085 Revalu
326. kground Data AARO Drilldown Report Period Setup AARO Input Form I Consolidation Settings AARO About Figure 6 3 10 Paste journal template Here is an example of a completed journal template in Excel ready for sending to AARO 1 1 2 Period ID Currency JV Type Acct Type Description Proforma Type 3 0712A 1 SEK Normal Normal 1510 bookings Normal 4 Co Code Amount Adjustment Level Inv Type Product Business Unit Business Area Customer 5 ARLANDA 1510 500 Company Normal 6 ATHENS 1510 1000 Company Normal Figure 6 3 11 Journal template in Excel Create a journal from Excel The process for sending journals to AARO is slightly different from other AARO Excel send functions as the menu item AARO gt Send Journals needs to be selected here AARO SYSTEMS AB 202 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel send ABS Retrieve ABS Send SendJournals All Paste from AARO AARO Drilldown Report Multiple sheets AARO Input Form Consolidation Settings AARO About Figure 6 3 12 Creating a journal booking Choose the appropriate submenu item to send All current Sheet only or Multiple Sheets and wait until you have received confirmation that all items have been sent successfully A AARO Excel Create JV Progress Vf Scanning Excel sheet Handling formula type JW 1 of 1 Summan of bookings being sent ID 1 Testlournal 2 rows
327. l Print a reconciliation report Follow these steps 1 Select Reconciliations from the Validation menu AARO SYSTEMS AB 126 t ee AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fas re HA N Validations Reconciliations S75 TE PS 2 Select Period and Dimension Group and Company group as required The list of companies on the left pane is updated to match the selection 3 Select a company or All my companies in the left hand pane 4 Set up Settings for the report as described in the section below 5 Select reconciliation rules for the report One all or several rules can be selected 6 Press the Print button and then Preview Figure 4 2 2 Print button The reconciliation report shows the difference between FormA CodeA amp FormB CodeB according to the settings set up for a rule A Report Preview STL cu Prev Loo sen JL amp ei J Lira J I cose Zoom 900 Pages D AARC Confidential oy TEMS Reconciliation Report Difference Limit 1675 LOC Period 0712A Co ARLANDA GOTHENBURG PARENT SW HOLD Detail level Rule s default Including J bookings of type Normal Opening Recurrent System Form A Code A Value A Difference Value B Difference found for BS_ALL ITA Total assets 953 137 83 300 874 337 Equity amp liab ARLANDA BS_ALL ITA Total assets 2 722 249 42 025 2 764 274 Equity amp liab GOTHENBURG BS_ALL ITA Total assets 2 068 610 8 226 2 O76 837 Equity amp liab Figure 4 2 3 Reconci
328. l drill down report settings Shadow sheet AARO SYSTEMS AB 183 184 184 185 185 187 189 191 192 192 193 195 196 197 197 197 199 199 200 201 201 202 203 204 205 205 207 207 209 209 210 211 213 213 214 215 216 217 218 218 218 219 221 226 228 229 230 230 231 232 6 4 12 Delete a drill down report from Excel 6 4 13 Run all reports in a workbook 6 4 14 Further Excel functions See Se eS ee ee ee O ee ee DOAA gA UN U N U N U A U N U A U A U g ote oe ew ee N N A NANS NI UNUM yARARRWWWWWYQeeePeReER ja Ou KRWNH eRe rRPrerWOON A UARWNE HNuRWNFH O KR WN Be WN e JAUNE U N e AA 2 V gt S75 T E P amp S Excel input forms Limitations of Excel input forms Menu command steps Open an AARO input form in Excel Export data to AARO Menu items in Excel for AARO input forms Load an input form into Excel Edit an input form Excel input form settings Protection options Selectable cells Look and feel Other options auto fit columns Colour palette Visual refresh Reconcile Save an input form in AARO Additional AARO Excel options Order consolidation Paste background data Paste period setup AARO Excel settings Utilities Consolidation Consolidation types Order a consolidation Order the Sum Consolidation Sort and filter the consolidation queue Delete a consolidation from the queue Consolidation report Freeze consolidations Integrator configuration Data sour
329. l users is normally the only application group required AARO SYSTEMS AB 388 l kh E DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Be a Sa NNa Utilities User Administration S75 TE P51 an 7 14 2 13 Change Password If a user has forgotten his password a new one can be set up by pressing the Change Password button Change password Username LARS Database TEST120 Password New password eeeeee Retype password eeeeee Password rules Retrieved From database F New and retyped password are identical F Begins with a non numeric character oe Cea Figure 7 14 3 Change Password In the lower part of the dialog shown above all password rules are represented by a description and a traffic light to show if the rule is fulfilled or not 7 14 2 14Drilldown Responsibilities Drill down responsibilities specifies which report folders a user may access in the menu Reports Drill Down Drill down responsibilities are created by going into the menu Utilities Application Management followed by the Application Management and Responsibilities folders Please note that this functionality is only visible and a Responsibility selectable for a user if at least one drill down responsibility has been created Report folders are created in the menu Utilities Edit Drilldown Folders Drill down responsibilities are tied to one or more drill down report folders AARO SYSTEMS AB 389 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utiliti
330. lation Type Multiplier lteration Type Iteration Indes a Average AMOUNT NORMAL PPEP EIET Add Currency Translation Delete Currency Translation Insert Mer Pow k Delete Current Row Ctrl Del Select kind of row you want to insert Calculation Calculation Step Cancel Figure 7 16 6 Adding one more calculation step 4 Enter relevant data in the fields 5 Press Save 7 16 3 2Header row fields Weight Period Filter Rate Type Rate Calculation Type Iteration Relative Pee Pend Period Relation Year Relation Time Type Time Series Multiplier Iteration Type p weight 1 E AMOUNT_NONE A 1 NONE Figure 7 16 7 Edit Currency translations header rows The combination of the two fields in the first row determines for which periods the calculation will be used as follows Field Description Weight Can be 1 2 etc Higher number gives a higher priority Calculations with higher weights are processed first Period Different period filters can be created by selecting Edit Filter Period Filters in the drop down list AARO SYSTEMS AB 422 Ter 95 Wa AARC STS TE MSS AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Currency translations Field Description Period Filter Rate Type Rate Calculation Type Multiplier Iteration Type Weight 1 Actual Monthly YTO 2008 1 Edit Pernod Filters gt Actual Monthly YTO 2008 1 Actual Monthly YTE Fi
331. lders S 5m Load i 2 Period Folders B Period folders o E Input Period folders Dimension Folders Account folders Save Se a B S HE Links Horne Input period folders Input period Folders Available items 20 ee a Oe 7 l O71245_J6 B ogo Expand folder TEST B ogo Collapse folder Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINA E O803E 2 Input DE Comments o sam jeanne Delete item BUDGET_O8 Jan 2008 Budget Acc Budget Jan 2008 Figure 7 13 3 Add Input Period folder 3 Arrange the periods in the folders by using drag and drop 4 Delete a folder by right clicking and selecting Delete item folder 5 Go to the menu Data Entry Input Select e g BUDGET_08 as the input period select company and load the preferred Input form All periods contained in the period folder BUDGET_08 in this example will be available for data entry G w R Load f a m Print TE Perian Company aa F Sef os gy gm Sa Bd Be gr eee E Insert Delete Rom Replace amparet ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda BUDGET 08 Y ARLANDA Y Budget Jan 2008 3 EQUITY Specificatie 7 EQ Extraordinary inc 7 CONT LIAB Contin J3 COMMENTS Comme J4 CFLALL_1 CASH FL 7 BSAC BS for acqui 7 BS TANG Tangible J BS_INTANG Intangi a iS AL Balance Sheet 08016 08026 p Capitalised expenditure Concessions etc Patents Licenses Trademarks Tenancy site leasehold and similar rights Sood yyill Adv
332. lders functionality is used to arrange periods into folders that in turn are used when you select period for a drill down report 1 In the tree to the left select the Period folders item under the Period folders folder 2 Add a folder or sub folder by right clicking the Period folders pane or an existing folder and selecting Add folder Organize Parameter Folders 8 a a pi tial R Load Save Saveas Print Reports Links Horne Period folders Available items 0803 0804 0901 BR 0901 1 Period folders Period folders Input Period Fo Dimension Folders Account folders Period Folders B4 2008 3 4 Actual 08014 08024 Budget Q3 2008 Al Q4 2008 Jan 2009 Rolling Budget Jan 2009 Isolated Jan 2009 Rolling 08018 08028 Expand Folder Collapse Folder Delete item 2009 Figure 7 13 1 Add Period folder o901BAC 0902 BR 0902 1 0902_R o9024 09028 o902BAC 0903 BR 0903 1 0903_R 09034 09038 o903BAC 0904 BR 0904 1 0904 _R 09044 l mmm a m Jan 2009 Budget Jan 2009 Jan 2009 Budget Acc Feb 2009 Rolling Budget Feb 2009 Isolated Feb 2009 Rolling Feb 2009 Budget Feb 2009 Feb 2009 Budget Acc March 2009 Rolling Budget March 2009 Isolated March 2009 Rolling March 2009 Budget March 2009 March 2009 Budget Acc Apr 2009 Rolling Budget Apr 2009 Isolated Apr 2009 Rolling April 2009 Lad I 7 m m ae aed
333. le for entering data for different companies entities This function makes changes traceable and separated from input The menu command for journals in AARO is Data Entry Journals A journal can have the following status Prepared Journal is temporarily saved in the database Approved Journal is saved in the database Attested Journal has been attested in menu Validations Process Journals Audited Journal has been audited in menu Validations Process Journals 3 7 1 Journals window A Journals T i a f i allt re E i w ef gt f A t External document lt no document gt i mi nae p e i R A f Delete a z Attached file lt no file gt a Save Saveas Print Reports ow Copy f Expand Sign 2 Links Home y epare f ow Tol Journal Id Orig investment 19 Row Period User ID ID Currency Status Date Last user 0712A AARO Orig investment SEK Save 2012 02 01 1 29 04 Ph AARO Journals Filter Opening Correction Journal Type Accounting Type Proforma type Description e Original investment a 5 Normal ee _ f JVSEK bokning 071 See eres ima Approved By Approved Time Attested By Attested Time oe By Audited Time Orig investment 0 L AARS EEE 0208 L205 PR l I Adjustment Co Fromo Code Amount LegalGroup LegalType AdjustmentLevel InvType Product IBA amp Recurrent amp Input Active Y SUM 298444 12 B r My Jou
334. liation report example AARO SYSTEMS AB 127 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Validations Reconciliations 4 2 3 Settings for reconciliation reports AARQ S TEMS lt B ope Settings tab Settings Journal settings Settings Use Limit oo Include only larger diffs Override all individual rule limits Include Journals Sort by Page breaks Rule Company Detail level Default Maximum detail Company Total Other Product Business Unik Business Area Customer Market TESTMISDIM Figure 4 2 4 Setting up a reconciliation report Use Limit Check this option and enter a numeric value into the text field if only rules with larger differences than an entered value Should be included into the report The administrator may attach default limits to recon rules By choosing Override all individual rule limits a personal choice of limit is selected and the administrator s default choices will be disregarded Note that if the Override check box is checked then for rules with Calc Group N the currency of the limit will be LOC but rules with Calc Group Y will be the group currency If the Override check box is not checked then limit s currency is LOC Note the limit can be used with the counter code only not the counter value Include Journals Tick this checkbox to included journals to the reconciled values If this checkbox is ticked then the
335. lick again the Transpose button to revert 5 1 17 Delete or hide columns and rows Do one of the following e To delete zero rows or columns from the whole report click the Delete button and select Zero columns or Zero rows il Delete Zero columns Current sheet All sheets Report Figure 5 1 31 Deleting empty rows from a drill down report AARO SYSTEMS AB AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Drill down reports 159 t ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a AAT Reports Drill down reports S75 T E PES e To delete selected columns or rows right click a row or column to be deleted in the report and select Delete Row s or Delete Column s 07124 Dec ASSETS 1099 Immaterial assets GRE 1199 Land and buildings 688 31 ee 1299 Tangible fixed assets 174169 padconment 1399 Financial fixed assets 1 037 18 1499 Inventories and prod work in progress 870 56 re Delete Row s h 1599 Accounts receivable 1 24575 Delete Column s 1699 Other current receivables 478 75 i 1799 Prepaid expenses and accrued income 661337 Hide Column s Unhide All 1899 Short term investments 332 21 1999 Cash and bank 143341 Cell Format Statistics b ITA TOTAL ASSETS 1468234 Sort Column t LIABILITIES Figure 5 1 32 Deleting a row from a drill down report e To hide rows or columns temporarily right click a row or column to be hidden in the report and select Hide Row s or Hide Column s Rows and columns can be brought bac
336. lies to journals only Journals for a form might be open for a specific accounting type such as GAAP or for All accounting types Responsible Enter responsible user Keep Used with the period setup functionality It indicates if the record is affected by the template when it is applied e Y not affected e N affected Other than specifying input or match forms to be opened for the period Form can perform several other functions these are outlined below Form Function DELETE Opens the period for deletion PASTEQUITY Opens the Past Equity and Excess value tabs in the Data Entry Legal view for edit SHARESEDIT Opens the Shares form in the Data Entry Shares view for edit TOTAL Opens the period for total consolidation Import source Import sources defined in Utilities Integrator name Configuration should be added here to be opened in the period For more information see the Integrator manual The Forms listed above do not need to be added to the Active tab AARO SYSTEMS AB 280 ay he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL TE AAN L es i oh a NIN 5 Utilities Edit Periods 7 9 4 7 9 5 S75 TEMS Active tab The area consists of a table with a single field Form All forms that are reported for a specific period must be entered here and thereby activated Based on the activated forms it is possible for AARO to calculate which accounts are open for changes in which forms For e
337. ll import specifications are completely independent of each other integrator configuration Load Save Save as rint Reports Links Home p R Import Sources Import Specification ID Data Source Data Sources ian Ez ExcellnputSpec 22 ExcelMatchSpec a _ Appl Fiter Filter Test Data Sources PUSERE errs Ena IDO Pi Match Expression Return Type Evaluation Expression Comment Ext Company equals TO00SUS Aaro Ledger US005 o o Ext Company equals TOO1SUS Aaro Ledger Uso1g Ext Company equals TOO57US Aaro Ledger USO5 Ext Company equals TOO65US Aaro Ledger USO65 Ext Company equals TOO68US Aaro Ledger USO68 Ext Company equals TOO 78US Aaro Ledger USO 8 Ext Element4 matches IC Aaro Level4 ICeeex Ext Element4 matches T Aaro Level4 TOS Ext Element4 matches U Aaro Ledger UX Ext Fiscal ear equals 2009 AND Ext PiscalPeriod mat Aaro Period 20091 24 Ext FiscalYear equals 2010 AND Ext PiscalPeriod less Aaro Period 2010014 Ext Fiscalear equals 2010 AND Ext PiscalPeriod less Aaro Period 2010024 plo bles Y v v Y v v v v vi v v ololololololololcola Figure 7 3 6 Example of an import specification 7 3 2 1 Conversion rules Conversion rules are used to define relations between dimension values in AARO and dimension values of other data sources An external data set needs to undergo a conversion process when being imported into AARO This co
338. losing Forecast1 Forecast2 DKK EUR SEK USD Figure 7 15 18 Edit Period Rates tab 7 15 8 Proforma type Proforma types are useful if numbers need to be adjusted for e g as if scenarios like as if a company has been owned the entire year Sum up proforma types by creating groups in menu Utilities Edit Dimensions 7 15 9 Validations The validation functionality is used to restrict input to a combination of company dimension form dimension and or certain set of dimensions In this menu it is to be stated what combinations of company dimension form dimension and or certain set of dimensions that should be valid As an example Select a company that should be validated with dimension Product See figure below p Mavagama nt i i a i Load 55 Print 3 a Tpeer Delete a Application manageme A amp amp File management Dimensions listed below will start the Automatic Update of Period Yalidations Wizard when adding a new dimension ID in Edit Dimensions Page header and Responsibilities oo 7 a 2 Relative perod EEE f Dimension Ss Consolidation Product a Accounting types ae Currency types se Proforma types a validations SP O E Mi MF i B gni Figure 7 15 19 Application Management Validations Company Dimension validations Form Dimension validations Dimension validations In Edit Periods tab Validation Company Dimension validat
339. lours or AARO colours are applied to a worksheet The default setting is to work with AARO colours If the checkbox Modify the workbook to contain AARO colours is clear when an Excel input form is created standard Windows colours are applied to the worksheet instead of the default AARO colours Note the Look and Feel settings discussed here for colour formatting are forward steps clearing a checkbox does not automatically apply backward steps to change a worksheet to a previous state Other options auto fit columns If the Auto Fit Columns checkbox is clear when an Excel input form is created the form will be created without formatting to AutoFit Column widths Colour palette It is possible to change the colour palette used in Excel input forms to either AARO colours or to Excel Windows standard colours Choose the appropriate colour palette setting press Close when the appropriate colours have been applied to the active worksheet Palette Modification Palette modification Modify this workbook s palette right now To Excel Standard Close Figure 6 5 11 Colour Palette for an AARO Excel input form Visual refresh Refresh worksheet formatting to the Excel input form default if formatting has been modified by pressing the Visual Refresh menu item Reconcile The Reconcile menu item calls up an Excel version of AARO reconciliation reports AARO SYSTEMS AB 243 a3 a INN Ye AA
340. ls dialog Edit Details window fields are Field Description Account The code of an account to be added to the report Default text Default description of the selected account Text Text that will be shown in the report instead of Default text Multiplier Multiplier applied to the account value in the report Supress If checked the account with O will appear as Zeroes blank Format Format applied to the record when the report is run or printed The format can be selected using the drop down list 3 To delete a record from the layout select the record and click the keyboard button delete 7 10 3 Rename a report layout To rename a report layout select the layout to be renamed and click the Rename button Enter the new name and click OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 370 ay ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL TK a NEN a Utilities Edit Report Layouts STS TEM STS NB If the renamed report layout is used in a saved report the report will generate an error 7 10 4 Delete a report layout To delete a report layout select the layout to be deleted and click the Delete button Click OK to continue NB If the deleted report layout is used in a saved report the report will generate an error AARO SYSTEMS AB 371 y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL tT o am a AAS t Utilities Edit Drilldown Folders 7 11 7 11 1 STS TEM STS Edit Drilldown Folders This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities Edit D
341. m ABS Send The user can then choose one of the following options Option Action All to Database Send data from all open Excel workbooks to AARO application Sheet to Send data from the open Excel worksheet to AARO Database application Multiple Sheets Send data from multiple Excel worksheets to AARO application In this scenario the user is presented with a choice of which worksheets he or she would like to send to File Send data to a file which can be picked up by AARO or another application later AARO SYSTEMS AB 215 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel send Log On Log Off ABS Retrieve send Journals Sheet to Database Paste from AARO b Multiple Sheets AARO Drilldown Report F to File AARO Input Form Consolidation settings AARO About Figure 6 3 29 Send Data from Excel to AARO 6 3 23 Validation When data is transmitted to AARO a dialog window appears informing the user whether the data has been successfully transmitted AARO Excel Send Progress Selle Vf Scanning Excel sheet Handling formula type Oper 1 of 1 Period company combinations found 07124 4R LANDA Vf Trying to send 07124 ARLANDA 1 of 1 Sending to server for validation BESESESESRZRREZ Validating Successfully sent everything Except any input data with Period Account or Company blank Figure 6 3 30 Excel data send progress If data cannot be
342. m the Utilities menu 2 Select a match form or the Match rules icon in the left pane 3 Select the Match rules tab if a match form is selected in the left pane 4 Enter a RuleID for the rule This is a short text of up to 20 characters to identify the rule If several rows have the same RuleID those rows together form one rule which in turn compares the sum of the left hand accounts with the sum of the right hand accounts 5 Enter a Form name AARO SYSTEMS AB 363 ay e y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL ee AA 5 Utilities Edit Input 7 9 5 STS TEM STS 6 Enter the account Code by typing it or by selecting it in the appearing drop down list Only directly reported Normal accounts can be used in match rules as opposed to reconciliation rules where also other account types are possible to use 7 Enter the Sign multiplier normally 1 8 Enter the CounterForm 9 Enter the CounterCode code by typing it or by selecting it in the appearing drop down list 10 Enter a multiplier for the counter account normally 1 11 Click the Save button Match bins Match bins are used to specify the reporting detail level of match forms For other form types the reporting detail level is specified by choosing dimensions directly but for match forms the reporting detail level is specified using these bins The reason for this is that a match form may need to have both own and counter part s dimensi
343. mension cells e OS forms do not have any specific support in the drill down report tool as opposed to text forms with their corresponding text layouts This is however a useful feature rather than a shortcoming OS accounts can be used normally in Reports Drill Down and the additional text strings of OS forms can also be used normally as ordinary first class entities in the Drill Down report tool the names of these entities in the Drill Down report tool derive from the Mapping settings see above e Drilldown will present values on the additional OS entities the additional text strings only for accounts that are specially set up in the Edit Accounts screen they must have Subcategory of operational set to a value such as OS in the example below that maps to FigTable OSF_FIGLEVEL in SETTING_PROPERTY_VALUES Properties Help Account heading Account Description Legal Oper 3010 Net sales external Legal amp Operational Short name Account type O Operational only Sales ext Normal Translation Report Translation Average v Average Decimals Multiplier 0 i i vi Y Yv Jy Multiplier Jy SEK JV Loc Legal only Summ level Past Equity Shares Fly va Figure 7 9 15 Setting up an OS account AARO SYSTEMS AB 356 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input Entity Property Code StringValue StringValue2 Int alue Float alue FigT abl
344. mment added to the report cell 2 To edit comment in a cell right click the cell and select Edit Comment AARO SYSTEMS AB 164 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Av i BA K Reports Drill down reports S75 TEMS 3 To delete comment from a cell right click the cell and select Delete Comment Comments are saved with the report When a report is printed comments are printed as footnote reference 08014 Jan 20 08024 Feb z 08 O08 3010 Net sales external 629397 1 249 905 3080 Discounts 23 442 46 565 3990 Other operating income ozz 1116 735 1 3010 06014 MainGroup SEK Normal MainGroup Code 3010 Period 08014 To be reviewed Figure 5 1 42 Comment printed with the report 5 1 26 Print report To view the report in the print preview mode do one of the following e Select the Report radio button in the top right corner Grid Report Figure 5 1 43 Report radio button The report is shown in the print preview mode in the work area e TO open report in the PDF format click the Print button and then Preview The report can be saved as PDF or sent to the printer BH Print Printer trl P Figure 5 1 44 Preview report in as PDF e To save report in a different format click the Print button and then File Select the file format you want xls rtf txt e To print multiple reports reports must be executed click Reports and then Print multiple reports Select reports to print or All and cli
345. more made as to whether the condition should be applied in Enabled or Disabled form These options are mentioned as Allow and Forbid Enabled Allows only the dimension values combinations in the condition when reporting on this account Disabled Forbids the appearance of any of the dimension values in the condition when reporting on this account NB Despite the fact that conditions are connected to accounts through the layout of a specific input form the condition actually applies to the account in all input forms AARO SYSTEMS AB 366 A ie ul 7 10 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Report Layouts B FNN x D STS TEM STS Edit Report Layouts The report layout defines the accounts and look of the report run in Reports Drill Down Utilities followed by Edit Report Layouts enable report layout alterations When selecting this menu choice the live Edit Report Layouts window opens up Edit Report Layouts i Delete Rename i Accounts A l u E E5 Load f Save f Saweas Print Reports AC_TEST Layout description AUDITCOSTS Balance Sheet BS_ALL BS_INTANG BS_TANG BS_TANG2 BSACO CASHFLOW CASHFLOW2 CF_ALL_1 CF_ALL_2A CF_ALL_2B EQUITOT EQUITY EXTRA_ACC GROUP_BS GROUP_IS IC_ASSETS IC_LIAB IC_REVENUE 15_ALL OPER_IS PEREPORT SALARIES SALES STAFFNUMBE BOARD_MEMB l Account 1099 1199 1299 1399 1499 1599 1699 1799 1699 1999 ITA
346. mplate criteria e Formula result Net sales external or any other text string or number This directly displays the information received from AARO dependent on the criteria input into the formula 6 2 5 Cell references and direct data entry in Excel In Excel retrieve formulas it is possible to use either direct Excel data entry input data going directly into a function field or refer to a cell reference which contains the relevant information For example here some data has been entered directly here using the direct Excel data entry method Period 08034 Figure 6 2 4 Direct Excel data entry However a cell reference containing the relevant information returns exactly the same result Period B1 A 08034 Figure 6 2 5 Data entry into excel using cell references Where Cell B1 was entered as follows Figure 6 2 6 Selecting cell data Throughout this chapter the first model of direct Excel data entry has been used in order to avoid confusion However users may prefer to cell references instead depending on the customers needs 6 2 6 Formats for Excel functions It is important to make sure that criteria in Excel functions have the right format otherwise problems can occur Note where possible Microsoft Excel tries to interpret criteria as cell references If it can they are then converted to cell references If it can t then they get quoted and become st
347. mpleted or achieved by pressing the Complete button This closes the package for further reporting The system administrator will then be able to check out which companies have reported the period as completed in Validations Process Status Follow the instructions below 1 Load a form from a package to be completed 2 Click the Complete button to report the package as completed An automatic reconciliation check is performed The package of forms cannot be reported as completed as long as there are differences left between the reconciliation accounts in the reported financial information An information window is displayed if reconciliation errors still exist The errors must be corrected before the period can be reported as completed Information J Cannot complete the currently loaded Package Level in period 09124 due to reconciliation errors View the errors Yes Cancel Figure 3 1 23 Notification about reconciliation errors when completing a package 3 In case of reconciliation error correct the errors save and click the Complete button again If no difference is found the period and package are reported as completed for the company in question A confirmation note which says Period complete is displayed in the list at the bottom of the window Period complete Figure 3 1 24 Period completed confirmation AARO SYSTEMS AB 46 DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAT Data Entry Input SYSTEMS x 3 1 14 Print
348. n and Insert Row dialog windows in the Input and Match screens of the AARO application and in Excel input forms Those dialogs show lists of values to choose from typically precisely the valid values for that situation i e for that period company user etc This is however only a local pre validation which may be helpful but a double check is always performed by the final gatekeeper the AARO Application Server If for example the system administrator changes the AARO SYSTEMS AB 14 1 2 4 DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAFS General Validation SYSTEMS validation rules at exactly the same time as a user is entering figures in the Input screen a value presented by the Add Column dialog as valid one minute ago may be invalid at the time of the user pressing the Save button The invalid value will subsequently be caught by the AARO Application Server resulting in the data not to be saved and a validation error message will be returned and displayed to the user Fixed built in validation A certain number of validation rules are fixed built in while others are customisable by the system administrator The validation rules built into the system and thus fixed are the following Period known Company known and valid in the period The company must exist in the period s organisation with a reporting currency specified Account reportable Accounts are reportable only if they are of type Normal and includ
349. n Management chapter To adjust the Page Header go into the start menu labelled AARO in this example and select Page header AARO Data Entry Yalide Load Ctrl L Save Ctri 5 Save as Print Reports Preview logo Printer setup Pane header Figure 8 2 1 Setting up the page header To enter Page header information first make sure the Header is active by clearing the check box Header Disabled Note If the check box area has been greyed out settings in Application Management have disabled the ability for the user to choose whether a Page header is active or not Page header Prepared Date Rev Document No Aaro user 2010 09 20 Approved FilefReference Aaa supervisor Figure 8 2 2 Completing the page header information The information entered will now appear in the Page Header of AARO reports Confidential Page 1 ee ate Figure 8 2 3 Example of the page header in a report AARO SYSTEMS AB 441 l he y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Tix a fa ava do Additional menu items Reload Lists 8 3 Reload Lists The data lists in AARO are usually updated whenever the application is restarted so that information such as the period list in Data Entry Input is updated It is also possible to update lists in AARO without exiting the application and logging in again to do this in the AARO menu choose Tools gt Reload All Lists or Reload Changed Lists Data Ent
350. n created or modified a Sum consolidation must be performed in Utilities Consolidation to update the account structure for input forms and drill down reports For more information please refer to section 7 1 Consolidation Properties tab The Properties tab shows detailed information about an account The fields in the Account Heading section are identical for all account types The Account definition section varies depending on the account type specified 7 7 1 1 Account heading Field Description Account The account code which cannot be changed once created AARO SYSTEMS AB 300 Field Description Short name Account type Translation Report Translation Decimals Multiplier JV Multiplier lt P gt A D DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL 5 Ea Utilities Edit Accounts Description The account name Maximum number of characters is 50 A shorter version of the account name Used in reports with limited space Selected account type determines how the account is handled in the system Different account types have different settings in the Account definition section This field cannot be changed once the account is created The translation controls which exchange rate should be used in the consolidation process to translate local currencies to group currency Opening Average and Closing will be translated based on the rates per period and company Fixed will be translated with a factor
351. n only forms of type Match There is a third rarely used package type MATCHGL GL stands for General Ledger This is identical to MATCH in all regards except that the match data will have to be reported using ledger counter ledger pairs instead of company counter company pairs Find more information on this feature in the 3 2 Match chapter AARO SYSTEMS AB 7 9 2 3 Create a package step by step Instructions This is how a new package is created AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input AA Y STS TEM STS 1 Select Edit Input from the Utilities menu 2 In the tree structure on the left select the Packages folder or one of the packages below as an alternative 3 Click the New button alternatively right click the packages folder and select New gt Package from the pop up menu A New Package dialog window will appear 4 Enter the name of the new package The name can be up to 10 characters in length include uppercase letters A Z numbers and underscore characters _ but no spaces or other special characters Click OK after entering the package s name Name ANNUALI Figure 7 9 20 Create a package 5 Enter a package heading in the Heading field The heading can be up to 40 characters long and include any characters 6 Choose a package type See above for information on the different package types otherwise the package will not show up in the Data Entry screens a Edit Input a
352. n the current worksheet after they have been deleted through this method right mouse button functions such as drill down will not be available Run all reports in a workbook Choose Run All Reports tn Workbook to update all of the various drilldown reports that may be contained on worksheets in an open Excel workbook AARO SYSTEMS AB 233 l k f AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL LY Awaw ae Th a mn a 5 Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports Cut Edit Sa Copy Settings gA Paste Shadow Sheet Paste Special Delete Insert Figure 6 4 28 Run All Report in Workbook 6 4 14 Further Excel functions Excel drill down reports can be combined with Excel send and Excel retrieve functions For further reference to those functions please refer to the appropriate section of the user manual AARO SYSTEMS AB 234 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A he l HA K Excel connectivity Excel input forms 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 S75 TE MS Excel input forms Excel input forms provide an alternative to direct data input using the AARO application This provides the user with the flexibility to use the wide of array features available within the Excel application before data is uploaded into AARO Limitations of Excel input forms Excel input forms are currently limited to form type Input Therefore the AARO forms of type Match Matrix Text OS Comments are not available from within the Excel
353. ncial income 164 Sort Column ieee 8499 Financial expenses 313 ezrm i Business Unit l Cust 8799 Extraordinary income and expenses ee 8899 Appropriations 0 0 x Product TESTMIXDIM Figure 5 1 4 Drill down options The new drilled down report appears in a new tab The grand total of the new report 10 506 465 is the same figure as the one we originally drilled down from Account 3999 Total income O7124 Dec ATLANTA Atlanta Inc 2890 452 GOTHENBURG Gothenburg 480110 KALIX KALIX AB 3 236 NICE Nice 32 356 PARISParis E 8 482 ARLANDA Sthlm Arlanda 105872 COPENHAGEN Copenhagen 6 379 298 HELSINKI Helsinki 418 229 ATHENS Athens 5 4 188 431 GrandTotal 10506 465 Income Statement Group Legal 4lncome Statement Group Legal Figure 5 1 5 Drill down report example Drill down by may be repeated indefinitely Each new drill down will produce a new unique report tab An old report can be accessed by pressing its tab AARO SYSTEMS AB 143 l Kr AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a AAT Reports Drill down reports S75 T E PES 4 5 1 3 Expand by To view details without creating a new report the expand functionality can be used Expand can be used with rows only Right click a row A menu will appear from which Expand by is selected after which a choice of parameter is made 0712A BOLE Adjustment Level ASSETS Investment Type 1099 577 048 699 Proforma Type
354. need to restart AARO for the changes to take effect After having selected the external consolidation type ISCALA in this case a form period and company selection screen will appear Select forms companies and periods you want to import click Save and order a consolidation either immediately or scheduled according to the form above Note that import can be scheduled not more frequent than once per hour AARO SYSTEMS AB 269 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A he HA K Utilities Integrator configuration S75 TEMS After having pressed Order consolidation the ordered consolidation will appear in the consolidation queue After it has finished processing it will disappear from the queue In case you leave the selections empty all available forms periods and companies will be requested 7 3 5 1 Import status If the import fails the consolidation will appear in the Failed amp Warnings Today table with status Warning or Error e Warning means that import data is missing e Error means that some of the imported data has failed in the validation tests There is a log file with more detailed information about warnings and validation failures The order can be accessed by selecting the corresponding row in the bottom table and pressing the Reports button If data is imported successfully no log file will be shown and the Reports button will be disabled 7 3 5 2Import log file A more detailed import log file in the text forma
355. nership Value is rolled into the next period when period is consolidated also to the next year The field has to be O in order to get the amount from previous period If the field value is changed manually this amount remains To keep 0 in the field account 13090 must be zero Please note that new accounts must be added in the sum of 13090 AARO SYSTEMS AB 105 pe t Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL A G a A Data Entry Shares SY Nn TEMS 3 6 4 Open the Shares window for entries 3 6 5 3 6 6 In order to be able to enter values for a period the Shares window must be opened in the menu Utilities Edit Periods Add SHARESEDIT in the Open tab SS M i All Periods Properties Open Active Rates Complete Open for Revert Packages Organisation Publish 07124 pp ns mn mee Sa DOE Sd AEE SR ARETE SS 2 SS SR OS EER RE OR c ea a 7124 JB Company InputFunction InputJ AcctType Responsible Keep 0801 y SHARESEDIT All All All AARO K Figure 3 6 3 Opening the Shares window for entries Add shares To add shares follow steps below 1 Select a period in the Period drop down list 2 Expand a legal group and select a company 3 Enter values in the fields DER a oe EWAN i i So M Yy i Ue Sig OS a ok Load Save Saveas Print Reports Mew Delete f Cons Find Links Home Period Owner PARENT 107124 Owned ATLANTA Date Type of shares Numb
356. nput screen they are defined in the Condition section and attached to accounts through the layout of an input form Find below an example that shows two conditions FinOnly and Picnic _ Packages p J aa Condition Dimension Birnensionalue Matchrules FinOnly Levell FINANCE g Matchbin Picnic Level2 LEISURE Org Condition Picnic Level2 FOOD sil PackageForms i Picnic Level4 CUST_OS Picnic Level4 CUST_02 Picnic Level4 CUST O41 Figure 7 9 27 Setting up conditions Each line contains a condition name text of up to 10 characters dimension level number and specific dimension value A condition has a name a short text of up to 10 characters and a definition which contains dimension number s and dimension value s A condition can be as simple as a single dimension value or as complex as a combination of several dimension values on several dimensions In addition to dimensions companies can be part of the condition In that case AARO SYSTEMS AB 365 ay e y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL ee mn a AAS A Utilities Edit Input STS TEMES write Co instead of a dimension number in the Dimension column Once created conditions can be connected to accounts Until they are connected to an account they have no effect This connection is done in the layout of an input form A row is double clicked in the form layout and a condition chosen in the dialog window A choice is further
357. ns S75 TEMS 7 8 Edit Dimensions This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities Edit Dimensions in AARO Companies dimensions groups and currencies used in the system are created and edited here A AARO Edit Dimensions AY AARO Data Entry validations Reports Utilities Window Help ee re A l i i Co i P wt me ELE IRIE lai Zieul a i a Saray H f Insert Delete cy E Save Save as Print Reports i Renamet Row Sub Dirn Type Dimension Selected Dimension d Company fe Dimension H Group Currency 2010 09 15 09 21 AaRO Figure 7 8 1 Edit Dimensions The left pane contains folders for companies dimensions groups and currencies There are several differences between dimensions and groups e Dimensions carry though into consolidated data groups are calculated from their underlying dimensions when a report is run e A sub dimension can only be a part of one dimension However a dimension or sub dimension can belong to several groups e Period information can affect links from one dimension to another whereas links for groups cannot be steered directly by period 7 8 1 Company Select the Company folder in the left pane to display a list of all companies in the system AARO SYSTEMS AB 319 A AARO Edit Dimensions Al AARO DataEntry Validations Reports Utilities Window Help Load Sa ag an m E 4 an i i toef T 1
358. ns Process Status S75 TE MS 4 3 7 Multi complete With multi complete multiple companies and packages can be completed Follow these steps Note the companies and packages selected are highlighted in blue use Ctrl left mouse button to select clear multiple companies or packages 1 Select the company or select All my companies in the left pane to load the relevant packages 2 Press button Multi Complete The following window is displayed Multi complete Period OF174 Select packages and companies to check complete Packages Companies Ac TEST ARLANDA AMAAL ATHENS MAT H ATLANTA MONTHLY COPENHAGEN ELSI EL GOTHENBLUR a HELSIMKI KALIK All not completed gt Sw HOLC ctrl click to select ctrl click to select multiple multiple items items Check and Complete Figure 4 3 7 Completing several packages and companies 3 Select packages and companies to be completed To select all the companies which have not completed press the All not completed button 4 Click the Check button to find out whether companies have reconciliation errors AARO SYSTEMS AB 134 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Validations Process Status Multi Complete Result Recon differences Companies ready to be completed These companies can be These companies are completed now already Fully completed ATHENS ARLANDA ATLANTA COPENHAGEN GOTHENBURS HELSIMET PARENT Sv HOLD Save report file view error report P
359. nslation and is equal to 0802A for closing and opening translation AARO SYSTEMS AB 157 ie AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Drill down reports Properties Open Active Rates Complete Open for Revert Packages Organisation Publish Period Description Annual Factor Opening balance From Comparison Period lt VT lt Y Previous Period Logic version fT Responsible Average Translation Long description Use publish Features on this period Period relation Code Translation PerCalc Multiplier Average Average Closing Fixed Fixed Opening Consolidation Dynamic Period Period type Logic Time series Derauit Rates From Timeseries type Default Organization From Year Consolidation prio 4 Normal wt i T mje tS a 25 a 2 mi T Excess Value First Date 2012 02 02 Last Date 2012 12 31 Gi depreciation Average 4vePeriod overage Type 2 Figure 5 1 27 Isolated period setup example In the report a calculated or precalculated period can be retrieved together or without other periods Period esiacoen sce n 1 3010 Met sales external 3080 Discounts 3990 Other operating income a a BJZ 1 249 905 46 565 1116 733 620 506 ala aot 901 2a 442 Figure 5 1 28 Calculated period in the report 5 1 15 Calculated currency translation Another alternative to calculated items and calculated periods i
360. nt 7 3 1 4Excel file data source configuration Except for the general Data Source parameters listed in the previous chapters there are some specific parameters to be set depending on the fetch module selected When connecting to Excel files the fetch module parameters listed below must be set Name Amount Dimension Transaction Amount Dimension Excel2 Ext Amount Fetch Module Name Dimension T echnical Names Excel file Dimension Name 4 TechnicalName i Ext Account 1 Fetch Module Parameters a Ext Amount 5 Parameter Nae Hew Bug i Error Directory e aaroshare escel_import k Ext Company w SkipFirstLine true i Ext CostCenter 3 iti Read Directory note by EATARALCA 3 M Filename pattern M LIE LICL s F Ext Period 4 SkipLastLine true Ext PeriodT ype Director Figure 7 3 4 Excel file data source configuration Parameter Value SkipFirstLine If true ignore the first row in the Excel sheet Probably since it contains column headers SkipLastLine If true ignore the last row with data in the Excel Sheet Probably since it contains column summary information Filename A pattern for identifying useful data in the Excel file pattern name such as company period information type of data AARO SYSTEMS AB 260 ay he y 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Te aa a S Utilities Integrator configuration Parameter Error directory Directory Filename Dimensions Read Directory MoveFiles l
361. nt dimensions which both have their own input forms In their form only the technical name needs to be entered There are three reasons for doing a dimension definition e To get amore user friendly name In many cases the technical dimension name is not very user friendly Therefore it can be given another name here for use within the AARO integrator e To limit the exposure of the data source Perhaps there are dimensions which should not be accessible from AARO If so simply do not define them here e To be able to reuse rules Rules can be applied to different data sources if they share the same dimension names The chapter about import sources discusses this in details When assigning names one should bear in mind the last of these reasons reusability 7 3 1 3SQL table data source configuration Except for the general data source parameters listed in the previous chapters there are some specific parameters to set depending on the fetch module selected When connecting to a database table the fetch module parameters listed below must be set AARO SYSTEMS AB 258 t g AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ho a PRAT Utilities Integrator configuration A zz SYSTEMS Name nS Amount Dimension Transaction Amount Dimension CODA ExtAmount Fetch Module Name Dimension Technical Names SQL table i i Technical Name i Ext Amount Ext Amount Fetch Module Parameters i Ext Element Elementi Parameter Vaus ExtElement l
362. numeric value integer or floating only differences greater than this limit will be shown The currency of the limit depends on Calc Group setting e N limit is set in local currency e Y limit is set in group currency 14 Click the Save button 7 9 4 Match rules Edit Input _ Packages EM AC TEST E ANNUAL E MATCH ES MONTHLY w Forms re Recon O gt ween Match mapping OS mapping Org_Condition g PackageForms Match rules 1320 2360 1560 2460 1660 2860 1766 2966 1796 2996 3060 4060 8360 8460 Delete Rename IC_ASSETS IC_ASSETS IC_ASSETS IC_ASSETS IC_ASSETS IC_REVENUE IC_REVYENUE Code 1320 1560 1660 1766 1796 3060 8360 Accounts R Delete dd f Delete Seles Pi Mm Colurnn Column Copy Paste Links i Home i Po em i aA Fard CounterForm 1 IC_LIAB 1 IC_LIAB 1 IC_LIAB 1 IC_LIAB 1 IC_LIAB 1 IC_REVENUE 1 IC_REVENUE MATCH_RULES CounterCode 2360 2460 2860 2966 2996 4060 5460 CounterSign Figure 7 9 25 Match rules setup Match rules are used in the Match report A match rule specifies that the value of a certain account in one company s reporting should equal the value of another specified account in the counter company s reporting The match report checks these rules and presents any differences found The match rules are created and maintained as follows 1 Select Edit Input fro
363. nversion can be anything from simply keeping the external value to more advanced transformations To define the conversion process rules are used This chapter starts out with an example which shows how rules are used and then goes into details on the components from which rules are built Finally a list of examples is given for common rules used in real implementations A more formal definition of what a conversion rule is in the AARO integrator will be given later but for now we will look at some examples based on the rules in the table AARO SYSTEMS AB 263 ay he y k DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL tT a AAAI Utilities Integrator configuration SYSTEMS Rule field Description Enabled If not checked the rule will be ignored ID The unique identifier of the rule This value is automatically created when the rule is added Pri The priority of the rule In case of a conflict the rule with the highest priority will be used A higher value means a higher priority Only one rule for each dimension name can have priority 0 Match The conditions that must be fulfilled for the rule to Expression match i e be used Return Type If the rule matches the expression it will affect the field specified in this column of the AARO Result Evaluation An expression which results in a value returned for the Expression specified return type 7 3 2 2Managing conversion rules Since all rules belong to an import specification the first step is
364. ny code for the buying company here NA Not applicable indicates that this field is not used Note there are various parameters such as Business Unit and Business Area that did not need to be filled in their contents are skipped in the program logic and therefore not sent to AARO Viewing data from ABSSendOS in AARO For reference when ABSSendOS data has been successfully sent to AARO it can be viewed in the AARO application using menu item Data Entry gt Input in the relevant OS Order amp Sales form A screenshot example of an OS form setup for demonstration purposes is included here f EF lpi f tm tot Gey OE StS A Se IRI api ri dm aa We Save as Print f Reports Load Say Column Fetch Complete Row R Company ATLANTA Atlanta Inc 08044 Y ATLANTA VT Em April 2008 05 Demo Form E ANNUAL Product BU BA Customer Buying Co NetSales Discounts OSDEMO 05 Demo s00 3080 BS_TANG Tangible EQUITY Speciicatic FASTFOOD HOME CUST_O3 HELSINKI 5B 780 BS_ALL Balance Sh 5E F80 H A IS_ALL Income Stat SHARESSUBS Shar AUDITCOSTS Audit 4 Pros seem OI lt ilk gt Figure 6 3 26 ABSSendOS data viewed in AARO Data Entry gt Input 6 3 20 ABSSendOSFlex As indicated in the previous chapter OS is short for Orders and Sales which is what OS forms have historically been used for Send formulas containing the OS function send data into OS forms in AARO For data
365. ny office address Phone Company contact phone number Security level Company security level in AARO Enter at least a default value i e Normal Company Type Company type in AARO The default company type is Normal 5 Press OK The company appears in the tree structure under its parent company AARO SYSTEMS AB 78 ay he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Ts a AAI Data Entry Legal SYSTEMS i BRISTOL cH ES a A sy HOLD 3 4 6 3 4 7 3 4 8 cS PARENT Figure 3 4 7 Company added to a group 6 For the company enter the Ownership tab as described in 3 4 8 Ownership tab 7 Enter the Past Equity tab as described in 3 4 9 Past Equity tab 8 Enter the Excess value tab as described in 3 4 10 Excess value tab 9 Click the Cons button to consolidate the entered data 10 See the Equity tab and check reports on whether the entered data is correct as described in 3 4 11 Equity tab and 3 4 15 Check reports Note The ownership structure i e which parent s owns which subsidiaries is unique in every period It is however not manually entered every period but copied from relevant previous period Delete a company subsidiary Within the legal module a company subsidiary is deleted from a legal group in the specified period only The company is not deleted entirely from the database To delete a company subsidiary from a period follow these steps 1 Select a period in the Period drop down list 2 E
366. o 30 a ha Be 0O A2 o ABSSendOper 123 08034 3010 GENEVA SPARK EL est 6 Ie or ea ee PE A Yalidation errors l oj x E Failed to send input data because of invalid data For the Following Period Company combinations 08034 and GENEVA Cell reference Validation error Book xls Sheet 1 a 2 Business Unit is required Book xls Sheet a 2 Company GENEVA nok valid in period 08034 PERIOD COMPANIES Copy to clipboard sD a Ss S mS Se Figure 1 2 1 Validation errors from an Excel send attempt 1 2 5 Customisable validation There are two kinds of customisable validation that is validation rules that can be turned on off and fine tuned by the system administrator e Dimension company dimension and form dimension validation Valid dimension values can be listed for individual periods or for individual companies or individual input forms These validation methods are further detailed in the section Application Management Validation e Conditions Conditions can be created and connected to individual accounts A condition enables or disables the use of the account regarding certain dimension values or combinations Conditions are further detailed in the section Edit Input Org_Conditions AARO SYSTEMS AB 16 t j AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL L away lt P Tn re mm a D AARO start page General description 2 2 1 STS T x S AARO start page This
367. o areas containing identical fields The left side of the report displays information regarding the reporting company i e your own company and the right side shows figures reported for the counter company Differences between the two sets of figures are shown in the centre of the report If the report layout is not in the required style close the print preview screen and adjust the report contents accordingly Period 08034 Match report Exchange rates used Match on Company Own BU Counter BU Average 6 47 SEK USD Rule 1320 2360 Closing 6 47 SEK USD Company Match on Code Loc Match Rate Diff Counter co Code Loc Match Rate ATLANTA FINANCE FINANCE 2360 1571 USD 1571 USD 6 47 SEK USD 1571USD COPENHAGEN 1320 0 DKK 0 USD 1 271 SEK DKK Figure 4 1 4 Example of a match report AARO SYSTEMS AB 125 t ee DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a ae HA D Validations Reconciliations 4 2 4 2 1 4 2 2 S75 TEMS Reconciliations This chapter refers to the menu item Validations Reconciliations in AARO In the reconciliation window different rules for reconciliation of reported figures within the reporting unit legal company may be selected Reconciliation between different legal companies intercompany matching is made in the menu item Validations Match Reports See 4 1 Match report Reconciliations window A Reconciliation Ai E B P lA it ZA u E S E Load Save Save as Print Reports Links Home Peri
368. o be used if the logic is changed and you do not want to affect previous periods Logic versions are set up in the menu Utilities Application Management Acquisition code account to be eliminated Select the amount type for the above account Selectable options are Opening Change Cancel and Closing 1 1 The value in consolidated currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in consolidated currency 1 1 The value in local currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in local currency Indicates where the aggregated value on the stated account should be booked and also from what company that value should be fetched Selectable options are Co subsidiary OwnedCo parent Elim Elim company Replace indicates that previously reported values are replaced by this value if the value exists in the acquisition information Not indicates that an addition to the existing value will be made States companies affected owning or owned Subsidiary Equity All It is only possible to enter a value if PEType Elim Then a company code must be entered AARO SYSTEMS AB 311 ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Er an HA K Utilities Edit Accounts S Field LegalType AcctType 7 7 3 5 Taxes Field TaxCode Tax
369. o include in the calculation is specified in the PerCalc column A multiplier is specified as a factor to multiply the value in each period by before the Summation to the calculated account The field Translation should be set to Calculated for each row Accounts used for calculating cash flow effects calculated in local currency and translated to group currency The following account definition should be specified e Account the base account to build the calculation on e Multiplier the factor the base account is multiplied with when presenting in reports Normally 1 and 1 values are used The equation is value in local currency in the present period value in local currency in the opening balance period x currency rate period specified in Edit Periods Properties tab Opening balance from field rate depending on selected translation under for the account Accounts used for calculating cash flow effects such as calculated directly based on group currency The following account definition should be specified e Account one account to build the calculation on The equation is value in group currency in the present period value in group currency in the opening balance period period specified in Edit Periods Properties tab Opening balance from field AARO SYSTEMS AB 305 ay he 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Er an HA K Utilities Edit Accounts 7 7 3 S75 TE MS
370. o view the diagram Click the Reports button and select Structure Select the period and click OK Make the report settings e Select dimension members to be included into the report No selection means that all members are included e Tick the check box to the bottom to include dimension members not linked to sub dimensions AARO SYSTEMS AB 333 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Dimensions Structure report selection Select Business 4rea ELIC Eliminations EL Eliminations ENTER Entertainment FINAN Finance HOME Home VOGUE vogue Include dimensions with empty subdimensions Figure 7 8 22 View the parent dimension member 5 Click OK and select the destination for the report e As report the report will be shown in a separate window e As file the report will be saved to the specified file 6 Click OK to view or save the report Confidential Structure Print Period structure Business Area ENTER Entertainment LEISURE Sport amp Leisure BATH Bath BIKES Bikes TOYS Toys WINTSPORT Vintersport Figure 7 8 23 Structure report for business area for period 0712A AARO SYSTEMS AB 334 t Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL tas HA N Utilities Edit Dimensions S75 TEMS 7 8 3 Group Select the Group folder in the left pane to display a list of all dimensions in the system A FdiiDimensiins Sele 4 A LR A a CH a i Save f Save
371. oMonth Rollingl2 AvMonth Figure 7 16 1 Edit Currency Translation window The Edit Currency Translations window consists of two panes the left pane contains currency translation names and related currency rates under it the right pane contains calculations for the selected currency rate or currency translation settings General description Each account in AARO is defined with a translation e g fixed opening closing and average Translation decides how the account should be recalculated Each period in AARO is defined with currency rates set up for the different translations normally only applicable for opening closing and average The Normal currency translation is based on the following currency rates e Opening is the opening exchange rate e Closing is the exchange rate at the end of the period typically used for the balance sheet accounts e Average is normally the average rate from the beginning of the year to the actual period typically used for income statement accounts An example of an alternative currency translation is to calculate the income statement numbers using previous year s rates or budget rates Another example is to create currency translation calculations that replace the use of calculated periods The currency translation calculation takes place when drill down reports are processed Default is Normal currency translation Run the report with the parameter CurrTranslation wit
372. ocked for all other accounts for user AARO in period 0912A The following drill down report example from Reports Drill Down shows no data against accounts 3060 3080 and 3099 while data is still visible against account 3010 in period 0912A AARO SYSTEMS AB 288 be ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fi a SN Utilities Edit Periods SYSTEMS AARO Drill Down AARO DataEntry Yalidations Reports Utilities Window Help fm mS se a ll 2 a e Save Saveas Print Reports Settings Copy Delete Serial Tanpo pose Report ic pe ng 7 Currency SEK i Reports Edt Perio A 09114 09124 Yel Basic fecoun a 0911A Nov 2009 09128 December 2009 Comp 3010 Net sales external 7 616 621 Acco 3060 Net sales internal 5 Repond 3080 Discounts 283 487 fo Curre 3099 Net sales total 7 333 334 a Other Figure 7 5 10 Drill down report example where account 3010 has been allowed 7 5 12 Create a new period To create a new period do as follows 1 Select Edit Periods from the Utilities menu 2 Click the New button and enter period name in the Create new period dialog window and click OK Create new period Enter period name 10024 Figure 7 5 11 Create new period dialog The new period will appear in the left hand pane AARO SYSTEMS AB 289 Properties Open Period Description Active Rates
373. od Dimension Group Company group Company 0712 v Y f Market v SWEDEN i ARLANDA g All my companies Settings Journal settings Rules ARLANDA Settings oe Use Limit Default Form Codea FormB CodeB Ce o gt Include only 1TA TOTAL ASSETS BS_ALL 2TLE TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES SV _HOLD larger diffs i 8710 Extraordinary income EO EO8710 EO income C Override all 15_ALL 8750 Extraordinary expenses EO EO8750 EO costs individual rule limits Include Journals Sort by C page breaks Rule Company Detail level Default Maximum detail Company Total Other Figure 4 2 1 Validations Reconciliations window The Reconciliations window consists of three panes companies for the selected period and dimension group to the left reconciliation report settings in the middle and reconciliation rules to the right A reconciliation rule defines how accounts are compared in relation to each other Reconciliation rules are managed in Utilities Edit Input Recon table by an administrator The Rules table of the reconciliation form displays only general settings of the rules CodeA account on FormA input form will be compared with CodeB on FormB by default on the level set up in the SpecialRule column Default column can be left blank which means that the default for reconciliation will be done on lowest common level dimension CT in the SpecialRule column means company tota
374. od a ID eS Bl Journal Type po ____ Type ME __ type E Prepared By Prepared Time Approved By Approved Time f See ee eee Frama Code Form Amount ATHENS ATHENS 1020 BS ALL 100 ARLANDA ARLANDA 1020 B5 ALL Period 0712A 0801A 3 7 6 Edit a journal A journal can be edited only by the user who created the journal Follow these steps Figure 3 7 7 MULTI JV journal 1 To edit a journal load a journal and click the Edit button or right click the journal and select Edit 2 Make changes and click Save or Prepare AARO SYSTEMS AB 113 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs oa AA a Data Entry Journals 3 7 7 3 7 8 3 7 9 S75 TE M amp S Copy journal to another period TO copy a journal to another period follow these steps 1 Select a folder or journal and click the Copy button 2 Select the period and journals to be copied 3 Click OK The copied journal gets the status Prep A journal copied from a previous period is indicated by the text record From previous year s If a journal is copied to the opening balance period and account value is sent to the opening balance then the account in the Code field changes to the opening balance account In this case the copied journal is disabled for editing For example a journal made on account 3010 in period 0712A is copied to the period 0802A which gets the opening balance from 0712A from account 3010 to account 209102 a ee ID errs Bee eae
375. of a matrix form 7 9 1 8 1Create a matrix form To create a matrix form follow the general step by step instructions in 7 9 1 3 Create a form step by step instructions Select Matrix as the form type source 7 9 1 8 2Matrix form layout The layout of a matrix form is created and maintained as follows 1 Select form in the tree structure 2 Select Layout tab 3 Type account codes into white cells and headings into light blue cells As there is no look up list of accounts here the account codes have to be known It is not necessary to enter account codes into all white cells but the grid has to be filled up from the upper left corner and downwards to the right 4 Expand the row and column definition areas by clicking the signs near the upper left corner and set up the row columns definitions Explanation of row column definitions Kind enter TEXT for header rows and NORMAL for rows containing accounts Format This number here corresponds to the formats defined in the RG FORMAT background table This may be applied in some but not all reporting tools Enter O for the default format Suppress zeroes Type Y to suppress this row column in output reports if values are zero throughout and N to leave visible in a case Visible in Input Visible in Report Y N decides whether this row column is visible or not in Input or Reports menus respectively It may be preferable to leave some accounts visible only in re
376. ompleting the Certificate Import Wizard You have successfully completed the Certificate Import wizard You have specified the Following settings Certificate Store Selected by User Trusted Publishers Content Certificate Figure 6 1 6 Finishing certificate installation The Aaro Systems AB certificate is now located in the Trusted Publishers Certificate folder Excel macro security settings For Excel Add In to work Excel Macros need to be enabled for use This is dependent on Macro Security settings in Excel This manual assumes that settings are selected as Medium in Excel 2003 or Disable all macros with notification in Excel 2007 and higher e Excel 2003 In Excel 2003 the Macro security level is set up through the Excel menu Tools gt Options and the Security tab Macro Security button AARO SYSTEMS AB 175 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel Options View Calculation Edit General Transition Custom Lists Chart Color International Save Error Checking Spelling Security File encryption settings For this workbook File sharing settings For this workbook Read only recommended Digital Signatures Privacy options Remove personal information From file properties on save Macro security Adjust the security level For files that might contain macro viruses and Macro Security
377. on value e g both own business unit Own BU and counterpart s business unit Counter BU A bin can contain a dimension value or some arbitrary text value such as e g an invoice number There may be up to 6 bins The list of available bins is defined in the table Matchbin table of the Edit Input screen The match bins are created and maintained as follows 1 Select Edit Input from the Utilities menu 2 Select the Matchbin icon in the left pane The following example shows how to set up the match bins AARO SYSTEMS AB 364 fe e AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL AA RC 9 Utilities Edit Input BinNo BinName CounterBinNo BinT ext Recon 1 Levell 1 Product Y 2 OTHER 0 Shipping agent 3 Level4 4 Dwn Market Y 4 Level4 3 Counterpart Market C 5 OTHER 5 Invoice No Y Use in Recon and DD C Validate with CounterCo E 0 Arbitrary info will not be matched gt 0 Bin of counterpart s reporting that this bin is to be matched against Description Level lt N gt Dimension value required when reporting gt combo box OTHER Arbitrary text allowed in reporting Bin number 1 6 Figure 7 9 26 Explanation of match rules 3 Click the Save button 7 9 6 Org_Conditions Conditions can be used to create validation rules attached to individual accounts e g to define rules such as account 8810 Tax Fund that may be reported only on business unit FINANCE Conditions are created and maintained in the Edit I
378. or alternatively in the background table SETTING_SETTINGS as follows A AARO Edit Settings FN BARO Data Entry validations Reports Utilities Window Help af foetal Load Save Save as Print Setting StringValue COMPLETE Y CompleteLimit ConsCoIncluded ConsInputLegal Y DefaultCurr SEK DefaultEquityReport Legal_Equity DrilldownSystem EnableDrillThru Y GWBSCode GWCo EL GWISCode GWLegalType Goodwill InputDecimals J IDCounter Y LegalEquityLevel Level2 LoginExpiredText LoginExpires LogoFile LogoLeft LogoScale LogoTop MainGroup MainGroup OperEquityCo PERIOD_COLEVEL PERIOD_FORMLEVEL PERIOD_LEVEL Proformadctivated N lt KEk a x Jaa Links Home IntYalue Float alue Description Activates the Complete Functionality Enter the maximum difference that is acceptable for COMPLETE If set to Y company consolidations are run Otherwise set to N Starts Legal consolidation automatically when figures for a company is changed N Default group currency The equity report is displayed in menu Data Entry Legal tab Equity Enter the name of the Drill Down report that is default Activate Folders in the menu Reports Drilldown DD CRH both Activates Drillthrough BS account used for Excess value depreciations affects operational consolidation only Company used for Excess value depreciations affects operational consolidation only I5 account used for Excess value depreci
379. or example by choosing accounts that are in the range 3000 3999 Filter range _ Define filter ae Inchide 3000 to 3999 Exclude mes Figure 6 4 12 Filtering parameter values for a drill down report in Excel AARO SYSTEMS AB 225 DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL away ae mo 5 Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports 6 4 5 Predefined drill down reports For predefined drill down reports go into the AARO menu in Excel and choose AARO Drilldown Report gt Predefined This option is also available via the right mouse button Log Off ABS Retrieve d ABS Send p send Journals Paste from AARO j New Report AARO Input Form Consolidation settings AARO About Figure 6 4 13 Running a saved drill down report in Excel Select a predefined report Income Statement Group Legal in the example provided here A Load report Report Cy Company Reports C Operational Reports FE Account Test Ay Group Reports gt Ez Balance Sheet Group Legal ii Ez Income Statement Group Legal J Legal Reports H Other s Personal Reports Personal Reports Ok Cancel F E aa i a E Figure 6 4 14 Load Predefined report Make further selections if necessary Selected items periods 0612A 0712A and 0712B all currencies and legal group MainGroup were chosen in the AARO SYSTEMS AB 226 ie AARO AARO
380. or reported input and journal figures FromCo equals Co For elimination companies e g EL FromCo is the original company whose value has been eliminated OwnedCo Further dimensions for which data is retrieved AmountType The dimensions defined here will depend on the setup of the JournalType form and upon which forms the system administrator has JVTotal etc activated for the current period in the AARO application In the example above it was not necessary to enter data in these fields to successfully retrieve data from AARO 6 2 14 ABSRetrieveOper The ABSRetrieveOper function is used for retrieving operational figures that are reported through input or matrix forms For reference an example of an ABSRetrieveOper function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath AARO SYSTEMS AB 187 t ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL pis ae Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve away mean A SYSTEMS Ab SRetrievelper Period 0712A Fee O12 Codet xx 3099 T 3099 Co Fromce ARLANDA Tga ARLANDA product I Bus Ut Bus Ata HOME Fs HOME MoI NACI arcodd C MO ES csico E Stet E cosjlevel2 Formula result 15620 Figure 6 2 13 ABSRetrieveOper Period Period from which data is to be retrieved Code JVxx Account for which data is to be retrieved Currency Currency currency for the report figures AcT AcT accounting type Trn Trn cur
381. ore dimensions as sub dimensions Sub dimensions can be e g another dimension and company Mixed dimensions are used in drill down reports to make it easier to retrieve relevant combinations of dimensions 1 In the Properties tab select sub dimension Mixed Then select relevant sub dimensions Sy Company Dimension Business Area E Business Unit Details Groups Dimensions Properties Customer Market Dimension TESTMIsDIM Fs Product Sub dimension Level Group number 6 ese PTESTMIXDIM H Group er currency Extra subdimensions Business Unit Co Figure 7 8 17 Mixed sub dimension Properties tab 2 For each member of the mixed dimension select the relevant combination of sub dimension members AARO SYSTEMS AB 330 t 5 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a E a HA K Utilities Edit Dimensions S75 TEMS E Company Period 5E Dimension 0712A v Y l Business Area i B Business Unit Company Description Business Unit Description Customer ATLANTA Atlanta Inc CLOTHES Clothes E Market Product i TESTMIXDIM MIXDIM1 MIXDIM2Z Group D Currency Be ae Ee Ee Figure 7 8 18 Mixed sub dimension dimension member 7 8 2 11Dimension diagram The dimension diagram shows dimension member relations graphically To view the dimension diagram for a dimension follow these steps 1 In the dimension tree select a dimension for which you want to view th
382. orm was selected in the left pane Enter the form name in the Form column Enter the account Code by typing it or by selecting it in the displayed drop down list In addition to Normal accounts Summ accounts and certain other account types can also be used in reconciliation rules as opposed to match rules where only directly reported Normal accounts can be used Enter a multiplier normally 1 Enter the CounterForm Enter the CounterCode by typing it or by selecting it in the displayed drop down list Enter CounterMult the multiplier for the counter account normally 1 CounterValue and BlockLimitValue are not used and should always be left empty SpecialRule can either be left empty in this case the reconciliation report will compare the two accounts on the most detailed level possible or according to user preferences when the report is ordered or SpecialRule can be specified as CT indicating that the reconciliation AARO SYSTEMS AB 362 A ie vl B FNN x D STS T M S15 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input check should be done on company total level SpecialRule can also be specified as an integer value corresponding to a dimension number and that means that the reconciliation check shall be done on that particular detail level 13 Limit field defines the limit of the difference shown in the reconciliation report e blank or 0 all differences will be shown regardless of their size e
383. orms will be booked AARO SYSTEMS AB 433 ay re y a DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL hs a m D Utilities Edit Eliminations 7 18 3 7 18 4 7 18 5 STS TEM STS Field Description TransLegalType Indicates on which legal type the translation difference which is a result of the fact that different exchange rates are used for B S and I S will be booked ElimRateType Indicates if the exchange rate should be fetched according to the account Elimcode that is eliminated select report or according to the account Code that is used for the elimination select Receive Dimension Dimension contains the default dimension for the eliminated value Field Description Dimension Indicates on which dimension the elimination will be booked Value Indicates on which dimension member the elimination will be booked Restrictions Restrictions define the company dimension and Legal group affected by the elimination Field Description ConditionCo Indicates for which companies the elimination rule Should be used Dimension Indicates for which dimensions the elimination rule should be used Value Indicates for which dimension members the elimination rule should be used LegalGroup Indicates for which legal group the elimination rule Should be used Eliminations Elimination rules define eliminated and elimination accounts and factors applied to the eliminated value AARO SYSTEMS AB 434 Field Code ElimCode
384. ort can either be displayed in a grid as a standard report or be saved as a text file In addition to the general sort order by company or by rule the report can be sorted by the size of differences A typical example would be to have the largest differences listed first by selecting the Sum descending option If No sum order is selected the report is sorted alphabetically AARO SYSTEMS AB 56 a3 a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL i oe AA K Data Entry Match S75 TE PS 3 2 7 2 Report layout 3 2 8 3 2 9 The report is based upon two areas containing identical fields The left side of the report displays information regarding the reporting company i e your own company and the right side what the counter company has reported as counter company Differences between the two sets of figures are shown in the centre of the report If the report layout is not in the required style close the print preview screen and adjust the report contents accordingly Complete a match package When the reporting for a period and company is done the match package for a period and company should be reported as completed or achieved by pressing the Complete button This closes the package for further reporting The system administrator will then be able to check out which companies have reported the period as completed in Validations Process Status Follow the instructions below 1 Load a form from a package to be completed 2
385. orted in the balance sheet of the parent company For associated companies the code PE1330L is used for corresponding information AARO SYSTEMS AB 84 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL x s Data Entry Legal 72 n D D E lt T The acquired capital is consequently specified on relevant equity accounts E E BRISTOL Opening Opening FE23 LOC Change Closing Closing F eo LEEDS are Loc EUR 2012 02 03 EUR LOC EUR T B PARENT PEISIOP Investment Amount in Parent Currency PEIS30P Investment Ass Comp in Parent Currency D RATE Investment Currency Aate SS la a era aT PEI OL Investment Arnount ir Local Cunrency _ Bz 402 be 402 ea ooo o PEIZI0R Investment Reserwe T T Oooo o owo PEIS30L Investment Associated Companies EE E T FE13106 BOOK AMOUNT 0 B2 402 B2 402 Be 402 Bz 402 Sass ee ee PE208104 Share Capital Org change SS Ss 4 028 4028 4028 PE208112 Share Capital New Issue D PE208204 Share Capital Not registred change e Sa D PEZ08212 Share Capital Not registered New issue ali all o ee Ee eeaeee PEZO8504 FRevalutation reserve Org change fo 4 35 ooog a l Ee a FPE208604 Statutory Reserve Ong change Ea TT PE 208693 Currency change Statutory Reserve y _ ei as e PE209104 Retained Profit Org change Ss Zaha a ay PE2 09162 Retained Profit Shareholders Contribution m Er PE209193 Currency change Retained Protit SS T a O Figure 3 4 12 Spe
386. orts three variations for this as follows e Dimension validation A common situation may be that that some product codes which have been used in the past should no longer be used for reporting The older product codes themselves still need to be in the system in order for output reports from older periods to continue to function however the product codes should not be allowed for new reporting Similarly old business unit codes may no longer be valid for reporting after a reorganisation here validation is required against new business unit codes whilst the old business unit codes still need to exist in the system In these kinds of cases dimension validation is the best approach to take e Company dimension validation Another possible scenario is that not all companies are allowed to report on all products Each company has its own set of products which the company in question may report on In this case company dimension validation is the feature to use e Form dimension validation if a certain input form as a whole Should be restricted to a specific subset of dimension values it is preferable to use this type of validation method AARO SYSTEMS AB 415 l Kg DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Ean auz Utilities Application Management S TEM S amp S lt P gt 4 7 15 9 2Set up validations To use the validations feature you should turn on the required validation types and specify the necessary companies dimensions and
387. oup AC_TEST_A 5 1560 Accou Acc rec group AUDITCOST 1660 BOARD_MEI Chart of Accounts x 1766 B5_ALL 1796 Account Description BS_INTANG 101001 Opening ace acquisition values BS_TANG 101011 This years gross investments BS_TANG2 4 101015 Acquisitions BSACQ 101021 Sold Scrapped CF_ALL 101031 Reclassification Internal transfers E COMMENTS 101049 Exchange difference E CONT_LIAB 101051 Opening accumulated depreciation EO 101061 Depreciation for the year EQUITY 101065 Acquisitions EXTRA_ACC 101071 Sold Scrapped A IC_ASSETS 101081 Reclassification Internal transfers IC_LIAB 101089 Exchange difference A IC_REVENU 10109001 Opening accumulated write ups INTERIMAS 10109015 Acquisitions INTERIMLIA 10109018 write ups for the year IS_ALL LEAS_YEAR LEASOPER ER asnemin Ll Figure 7 9 8 Example of editing match form layout 7 9 1 8 Matrix forms If a completely fixed layout for both rows and columns where each individual cell contains a separate account is requested Matrix is the form type to use Matrix forms can also be used specially in the drill down report tool where they will show up as matrix layouts No Add Delete Column Insert Delete Row or similar will appear when a matrix form is shown in Data Entry Input as the layout is entirely fixed If a matrix form is given a reporting detail level that includes anything more than ju
388. own Container This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities Edit Drilldown Container in AARO In the menu Reports Drill Down drill down reports are defined with sets of mandatory optional parameters In order to define reports the drag and drop method is used to add remove parameters from the groups folders to the report The parameters in the Edit tab are organized in groups folders a Drill Down S IS Eam Bi Load Save f Save as Print Reports Reports Edit z S Basic Period Company Account Report Layout Currency S Other S Legal S Operational S Remainder External Figure 7 12 1 The Edit tab in Reports Drill Down The sorting editing of parameters into different groups folders is managed in the menu Edit Drilldown Container 7 12 1 Manage a drill down container To add delete and modify folders in the drill down container 1 Add delete folders by right clicking the left pane and pressing Add group Delete group add sub folders by right clicking an existing folder 2 Add parameters items to the groups folders by using drag and drop from the list in the right pane Remove by right clicking parameters and selecting Delete item 3 Make the folder expandable by default in the menu Reports Drill Down by right clicking the folder and selecting Expand at startup 4 Change the order between the groups folders by using drag and drop AARO SYSTEMS AB 378 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USE
389. pe ot mo O7124 1B Form Company InputFunction InputJy AcctT ype Responsible Keep E 0801 I BS_ALL i All All All AARO N ES osoia BS_INTANG we All All All AARO N a 08014_COM BS_TANG i All All All AARO N 3 08016 CF_ALL_1 All All All AARO N E osoigac COMMENTS All Al All AARO N v Figure 7 6 2 Open template fields 3 Complete the Open template table and click Save Period a Open Open All loaded gt Templates a Er InputFunction Inputly AccountingStandard Open All ARLANDA All imiia ATHENS All HELSINKI All Figure 7 6 3 Open template completed 4 Create a template by right clicking the Template folder and select Add template AARO SYSTEMS AB 294 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Period Setup EEX Coen BEEE Comple Rename Figure 7 6 4 Adding a template 5 Enter a template name and click OK The template appears in the tree under the Template folder Period Setup Sle as gt lt t i A z m ow Sl aa TAA Load Save i Sawe as Print Reports Showall Links Home Templates Packages Forms Properties F Open Open All Enabled Default Complete Active Properties Open Input package Open revert complete Complete Figure 7 6 5 Template properties 6 In the Properties tab check Enable Default for Open AARO SYSTEMS AB 295 t he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL NA AAT Utilities Period Setup
390. pend on the errors returned from the AARO application For data to be received successfully from AARO these errors must be fixed before the process of receiving data is completed For reference an example of an error where an account number was not AARO SYSTEMS AB 195 DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AD Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve S75 TEMS x specified has been included here A AARO Excel Retrieve Progress Vf Scanning Excel sheet 1 You have requested figures from 1 period s for O distinct account s Waiting for server to handle request Writing result to Excel An error occurred that interrupted the operation Exception FigureFetcher At least one Account must be requested Figure 6 2 21 AARO Excel retrieve validation error 6 2 21 Further Excel functions Excel retrieve functions can be combined with Excel send functions and Excel drill down reports For further reference to those functions please refer to the appropriate section of the user manual AARO SYSTEMS AB 196 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL as ae AAT Excel connectivity AARO Excel send 6 3 6 3 1 6 3 2 S75 TEMS AARO Excel send Formulas in Microsoft Excel can be used to send data from Excel workbooks to the AARO application This provides extra flexibility and options for data manipulation before data is sent from Excel to AARO This manual refers specifically to the Excel functions
391. perational numbers simultaneously for the selected legal group Default consolidation priority is 2 for group consolidation and 8 for company consolidation This consolidation type is used with TOTAL periods Recalculates operational numbers simultaneously for the selected legal group Default consolidation priority is 2 for group consolidation and 8 for company consolidation This consolidation type is used with LEGAL OPER periods Recalculates legal numbers simultaneously for the selected legal group This consolidation type is used with LEGAL OPER periods Note other options for consolidation types may also be available here depending on how the consolidation options are set up in Utilities Application Management Consolidation Order a consolidation To order a consolidation e g TOTAL follow these steps 1 Press the Consolidation button followed by Order consolidation x Cons Order consolidation Order Sum consolidation n Figure 7 1 2 Order consolidation The following window will be displayed AARO SYSTEMS AB 249 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Consolidation Parameters Curr trans Normal LegalGroup Save as O7124 J San APER Template Period U 124 TEMPLATE r Rates from 0712A INPUT_FIG Org From O7124 MATCH_FIG TOTAL LegalGroup LEGGROUP MainGroup When High Priority Order now Schedule zg gt L Ti SNA ev
392. phone Fax Activity Status VAT number Incorporation date Auditor Given name Basic info Contacts E mail Contacts Board of directors Branch offices Bank Accounts Previous names Sub company AB 333 4444 Some street str 12345 City Leeds UK 123 456 Fax 123 456 info jco com John Family name Johnson John Co 333444 333 555 E mail address john bbb com Progress 111222333444 2010 10 20 Audit Comment Some comments can be entered here Figure 3 5 1 Basic company information 3 5 1 Add company information To add information for a company follow these steps 1 Select a company in the tree 2 Enter data on the Basic info tab and click Save 3 On other tabs to add a row click the Insert Row button or the down arrow on your keyboard To delete a row click the Delete Row button AARO SYSTEMS AB a3 a DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL i ae l Bp x Data Entry Company information S75 T E PS 3 5 2 Print company information Each tab except Basic info can be printed as a report Select company and tab ji and then press the Print button Print Confidential Company information Company ARLANDA Total Fackage Form Name Email Recditc Telephone Comment Total James j smith company com CC ANNUAL Morgan
393. plete Row Row Replace ce Period Company D8034 v Y ARLANDA ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda March 2008 Balance Sheet MONTHLY 08034 TOTAL J STAFFNUMBE Average SHARESSUBS Shares i SALARIES Salaries and PLEDG_ASS Pledged a j LEASOPER Leasing op j LEAS YEAR Lease cos 6 454 Capitalised expenditure Concessions etc Patents Licenses Trademarks 7 IS_ALL Income Stateme i INTERIMLIA Accrued el 7 INTERIMASS Prepaid e 7 EXTRA_ACC Extra acc 1 EQUITY Specification o Tenancy site leasehold and similar rights Goodwill Advance payments for intangible fixed assets J EO Extraordinary income Other intangible fixed assets 4 CONT_LIAB Contingent COMMENTS Comments 3 CF_ALL_1 CASH FLOW a J BSACQ BS for acquisitic Mn 1 BS_TANG Tangible fixe 1 Land and land improvements BS_INTANG Intangible Undeveloped land 7 BS_ALL Balance Sheet Land improvements 1 Construction in progress gt Other land and buildings TOTAL INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS Figure 7 3 8 Example of form for Data Entry If more than one import source is registered for the selected company the import source selection dialog window will appear Otherwise the import source will be selected automatically After the data is imported it will appear in the form Note that at this point data is not saved to the AARO database It will be saved only after pressing the Save button Importing data this way is simil
394. plied to all companies GlobalSpec riport all Figure 3 3 2 Global specification Using the global specification an import on several companies and periods in one single import may be performed improving the process for importing historic data CompanySpec Specifications created for specific companies These specifications are displayed as sub entries for the selected company AARO SYSTEMS AB 62 3 3 3 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Import AARQ pe ie mp v a lt an i Es an B Companys pec AD COPENH ADJ UPPSA ADJ AALAND Arlanda import ATHENS Figure 3 3 3 Company specification An import specification must be created before a text file can be imported to AARO In the frame to the right two tabs Properties and Convert can be found The different options in these tabs are detailed below Properties tab The Properties tab contains different properties for the text file to be imported Property Separated by char Fixed fieldlength Text delimited by Columnnames in first row SIETYP UB Row delimiter Skip rows Decimal separator Account Description Character that separates fields in the text file The number of characters each field contains This setting is used when fields have the same length and are not separated by other characters Character that surrounds values in the fields Tick this check box if the file contains column names in the f
395. ployees in the organization Basic info Contacts E mail Contacts Board of directors Branch offices Bank Accounts Previous names Position Family Name Given Name Telephone Accounting Mar Rich Mona 00468 123456 m rich company com CFO Smith James 00468 765432 i smith company com Controller Stanely Morgan 00468 6 78905 m stanely company com Figure 3 5 4 Contacts tab 3 5 3 3 E mail Contacts tab The E mail Contacts tab is used by the mail functionality in the menu Validations Process Status In the menu Process Status the status for each package per company is displayed and mail can be sent to the persons responsible for reporting This tab contains information about each person that is responsible for has interest in the status of a certain reporting package AARO SYSTEMS AB 100 pe ay iy E DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hee F i BS Data Entry Company information S75 TE PS Nn Explanations to the fields in the tab Field Description Total If Total is selected the email recipients will receive information about all packages Package If a package is selected the email recipients will receive information about the package Form If a form is selected the email recipients will receive information about the form Name Name of email recipient Email E mail address Rec CC Entered text Rec CC BCC decides if the receiver will be Recipient CC or BCC Telephone Phone n
396. ports if the AARO SYSTEMS AB l kh y E DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL d FNAL SN Utilities Edit Input S75 TE M51 an accounts are calculated or only in input if the value is a basis for a calculation but not of interest in the final output reports 5 Save the work using the Save button Please find below an example of a matrix form with an edited layout 9 Forms Properties Layout Recon Help on Form AC_TEST AC_TEST1 I S gm AC_TEST2 p urrency SEK SEK SEK AUDITCOSTE BOARD_MENW ega type L upress zeroes Y iA ANG L Visible in Input BS TANG g isible in Reports i BS_TANG2 a a ln ns 23 le BSACQ Ci ee eee eee E Buildings Land amp land Plant amp Equipment CF_ALL o ee te tt improvements machinery amp tools i coment RowNo kind Format zeroes Input Reports CONT_LIAB ee TEXT 0 Y Y ACQUISITIONS Pa NORMAL 0 N Y Y Opening acc acquisition values 111001 113001 121001 122001 a _ NORMAL 0 N Y Y This year s gross investments 111011 113011 121011 122011 IC_ASSETS EM norma 0 N Y Y Acquisitions 111015 113015 121015 122015 IC LIAB EX norma o N Y Y Sold Scrapped 111021 113021 121021 122021 IC_REVENUE so NORMAL 0 N Y Y Reclassification Internal transfers 111031 113031 121031 122031 INTERIMASS EX norma oo N N Y Exchange difference 111049 113049 121049 122049 INTERIMLIA J NORMAL 1 N Y Y Closing accumulated acquisition value 11104 1130A 12104 1220
397. ports should be regarded as templates and examples to build from Here is a description of some of the useful reports in the start up package 01 Balance sheet difference in local currency A check that all companies are in balance in local currency AARO SYSTEMS AB 93 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Legal Legal Group Account Perini 3 MainGroup 2TBSDIFF 0807A Legal Type Input JY Loc Input Jy Loc Total diff KALIX KALIX AB NICE Nice PARIS Paris ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda HELSINKI Helsinki PARENT Training Parent company S _HOLD Sweden Holding AB ATHENS Athens 5 4 01 Balance Sheet diff LOC Figure 3 4 22 Balance sheet difference in local currency A O D z feg m A 3 T e g 3 cocororo ro rao ro rotoro re If the function input complete is used in a correct way a difference will not occur Please note that imbalance can be due to incorrect account logic in accounts created after implementation 3 4 17 02 Balance sheet difference in group currency A check that all companies are in balance in group currency ATLANTA Atlanta Inc E GOTHENBURG Gothenburg 0 KALIX KALIX AB 27 LONDON LONDON PTY 0 NICE Nice 265 PARIS Paris 0 0 ARLANDA Sthlm Arlanda 33 COPENHAGEN Copenhagen 0 HELSINKI Helsinki 0 PARENT Training Parent company
398. r Co Figure 5 2 3 Setting up page breaks for a comment report 3 Specify the comments report per form company dimension or a combination of the previous Restrictions Form COMMENTS g Company ARLANDA Product i Business Unit Business Area Customer Market v TESTMIXDIM K Figure 5 2 4 Setting up restrictions for a comment report 4 Click the Print button and then Preview or Printer Print f Reports Printer Ctrl P Figure 5 2 5 Printing a comment report The comments report shows comments made in comment forms in the menu Data Entry Input AARO SYSTEMS AB 168 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Reports Comments HD m Y Es n Confidential Comments Page 1 Prepared Date Rev D th Aaro user 2008 12 08 ocument No Approved Time Ref Period 08064 Package ANNUAL Form COMMENTS Co ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda This comment is entered in a Comment form in the menu Data Entry f Input Figure 5 2 6 Comment report example AARO SYSTEMS AB 169 ay he y 4 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL The a a AA 5 Excel connectivity Using AARO with Excel 6 6 1 6 1 1 S75 TEMS Excel connectivity This chapter describes how to work with the AARO application from Excel Using AARO with Excel AARO includes the Excel Add In function that provides users with multiple options to access AARO data directly from Microsoft Excel There are two options for acc
399. r Administration A AARO User Administration Q AARO DataEntry Yalidations Reports Utilities Window Help Load Save Saveas Pr int Reports K a o p Prepare i Prep as f Refresh Log Dax E x KRA Links Home Advanced Mode fg Normal users AAROCALC BERIT ELEV1 KLARA LARS LINDA PATRIK Prepared users User information C Deactivate user Username AARO Menu profile Application groups User role s User AARO Aaro user Other special right s ALL Consolidator Domain username Group membership 4BS_Admin Full name 4aro user Security level Start application ABSNAY EXE E mail address Input Function v Change Password a DrillbDown Responsibilities COMPANY vV GROUP MOSTCONFID WEBREPORTS Journal Function Input Published Responsibilities Responsibilities YES PUBLISH Migrated v Regenerator Admin Order consolidations with lowe Show all Journal documents Edit Journals on all dimensions v Edit all global Drilldown reports Visibility change import batche Manage templates v Comment Drilldown reports Security officer v View other personal reports User is Auditor DataUtil manager Background table s Application tables Code tables Company tables Cons tables CRH tables Elimination tables Import tables
400. ranslation adjustment calculation Y Yes N No Indicates which Legal type the translation adjustment will be booked on e g TransDiff PECta Indicates on what accounting type the booking will be made Indicates how translation adjustments are calculated on an account Available values are e Average is used where a change in a balance Sheet item shall be recalculated with the average rate e Invest is used for balance sheet items where changes can be booked in another exchange rate than the average rate e PEInv is used to calculate translation differences on accounts used in the acquisition register investments in group companies Data Entry Legal Past Equity tab The amount in local currency is booked in the owning company while the corresponding amount in group currency is booked on the owned company This field is used when TransType PEInv is used Enter the account in group currency on which the calculation should be based This field is used when TransType PEInv is used Enter on which company the booking should be made the owning company Co or the owned company OwnedCo This field is used if the opening balance should be based on another account than what is entered in TransCode Default is that opening balance is fetched from the TransCode from the opening balance period AARO SYSTEMS AB 308 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Accounts 7 7 3 2Minority AA 2 V gt S
401. re Field Description Report Code Report code Maximum 10 characters are allowed Description Report description Blank Report Report will be created from scratch Import Input Report will be created based on the input form Form layout selected in the drop down list 3 To add accounts to the layout click the Accounts button The Report Layout Items pop up window appears Drag and drop accounts to the layout It is also possible to add TEXT line dividing LINE and PAGEBREAK AARO SYSTEMS AB 368 Edit Report Layouts Sump 4 Load Save Sawe as Print Reports Mew Delete Rename CASHFLOW 1 CASHFLOW CF_ALL_1 FALL 24 CF_ALL_2B EQUITOT EQUITY EXTRA ACC GROUPES GROUP_IS IC_ASSETS IC_LIAB IC _REVEMIJE I5S_ALL OPER_IS PEREPORT SALARIES SALE_SPEC SALES STAFFNUMBE _ Di ET Gia Geel Layouk description IE AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Report Layouts olx gic Links Horne Report Layout Items Description Sales specification j Account Text 3010 Met sales external 3080 he Discounts TOTAL EQUITY SND LIAE TOTAL PROVISIONS B TEST for Dimensions External Wet Sales Rollin Met sales external Net sales internal Discounts Net sales total Invoiced costs external Invoiced costs internal Invoiced costs Commissions lic
402. re predefined in a drop down list Edit Settings Setting String alue IntValue Float alue Description AcctStdActivated N Accounting Standard item added as default when adding new report in Drill Down AcctStdDefault alue NORMAL The default Accounting Standard value AcctStdGroupNumber Level group number as seen in the menu Edit Dimension Group Accounting Standard tab Properties AllowAuto Activates automatic upgrade of the client files Managed in menu Application Management File management AllowLogin Activates the possibility to limit user access to AARO Only user stated in setting AllowedUser is allowed access Default value is no limitations AllowedText The login window text when AllowLogin is activated AllowedUser Enter user id For the user allowed to log in when AllowLogin setting is activated AppLongName Text visible in the application window header AppShortName Text visible in the first menu selection Autologoff Loags off user after stated time in minutes IF nothing is entered 120 min is default O Function is inactivated IntValue COMPLETE Y Activates the Complete functionality CompleteLimit Enter the maximum difference that is acceptable for COMPLETE ConsCoIncluded Y IF set to Y company consolidations are run Otherwise set to N ConsInputLegal Starts Legal consolidation automatically when Figures for a company is changed Y N DefaultCurr SEK Default group currency
403. reasons a company administrator may choose to restrict user access through the Data Entry menu For more information on the Data Entry Match menu item please refer to the 3 2 Match chapter 4 1 1 Match Report window Match Report Seles Links Home kd f n i 7 EHO Dimension iro Company gt n Company 0712A Y f Market M E SWEDEN v All my companies a All my companies Restrictions Figures to match E ARLANDA GOTHENBURG Report for selected rules only Loc aa hanan se O Transaction Amount PARENT AUER BLOGS 1560 2460 Total Specification a oy 1660 2860 1766 2966 Report currency 3060 4060 SEK v 8360 8460 eS o Limit 100 SEK Sorting G Report layout 2 Company O Rule With match on Specification of counterpart s Destination Own BU Counter BU Orid Report OFile Match sum order Sum ascending Maximum detail Sum descending No sum order Company description Figure 4 1 1 Match Report window AARO SYSTEMS AB 121 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL hs ie PRAT Validations Match report 4 1 2 4 1 3 S75 TE PS The Match window consists of two panes the left pane contains companies for the selected period and dimension group and the right pane contains report settings Print a match report To print a match report from the Validations menu follow the instructions below 1 Select Match Reports from the Validations m
404. red or saved journal Audit Audits a saved or attested journal Cancel Cancels attested or saved journal The status will be prepared after pressing Cancel Load journals To load journals follow these steps 1 Select Process Journals from the Validations menu 2 Select Period Dimension Group and Company group The list of companies is updated according to the selected values 3 Select a company or All my companies and click Load Journals are loaded 4 To sort the rows click the column header AARO SYSTEMS AB 138 le 4 4 3 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAFS Validations Process Journals SYSTEMS Change BockTine Status Curr JWReason LastUserld B Status Save O AARO 2 2010 09 23 15 Save L Normal AARO l E AARO AAF556 2010 09 23 16 Save L Normal AARO Test journa O AARO JV Acg 02 2010 09 20 22 Save L PastEquity AARO 19 20 2010 O AARO NIG 2010 09 21 04 Save T Normal LAARO Q AARO _ Oriainvestment 2010 09 21 05 Save T Normal BARO Original inv O AARO PE1 2010 09 21 04 Save jL PastEquity AARO Figure 4 4 2 Sorting Process journals 5 To see the journal in Data Entry Journals click the Id link Filter journals To filter records visible in the table by column values pressing the arrow on the column header and select values The selection can e g be limited to a certain status or user Change BookTime Status Curr LastUserld All
405. reen stuff 45 500 l2 450 23 O00 Defaults Figure 6 4 24 Change drill down report settings 6 4 11 Shadow sheet The Shadow Sheet menu item provides options to paste drill down report values into another sheet or sheets in a workbook Column Drilldown by F Run X cut Edit 3a Copy Settings G5 Paste Paste Special Delete Insert Run All Reports in Workbook Figure 6 4 25 Shadow Sheet After choosing Shadow Sheet enter the sheet number for a shadow sheet AARO SYSTEMS AB 232 6 4 12 6 4 13 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports Shadow Sheet Enter the name of an existing sheet where a copy of retrieved values will be pasted Sheeta cance Figure 6 4 26 Select Sheet for Shadow data When Run is selected data will be pasted onto the Shadow Sheet Sheet2 in the example above as well as updated on the open worksheet This enables users to update multiple worksheets with AARO drill down data simultaneously Delete a drill down report from Excel Choosing Delete from the Drilldown Report menu deletes the drill down report from the excel sheet Follow the instructions to confirm deletion Column Drilldown by d Run Cut Edit 3 Copy Settings Paste Shadow Sheet Paste Special Insert Run All Reports in Workbook Figure 6 4 27 Delete Excel drill down report Note although values may still appear i
406. rency for the data to be retrieved KeyFieldNames NamelIntTable in the text form for the component which will be used to look up the description returned in the formula result AARO SYSTEMS AB 191 l ee DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL has oa AA Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve S75 TE PS mp Y KeyFieldValues Value to be looked up for the KeyFieldName 6 2 17 ABSRetrieveTextString The ABSRetrieveTextString function is used for retrieving descriptions that are contained within text forms For reference an example of an ABSRetrieveTextString function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath AbSRetrieve TextString Period 07124 Fea OF12A Company ARLANDA ARLANDA ReturnField Stringwaluel EJ StringValue 1 KeyFieldNames Levelt Pg Levelt KeyField alues TOYS ee Toys Formula result Toys description Figure 6 2 16 ABSRetrieveTextString Period Period for data to be retrieved Company Company code from which data is to be retrieved Form Text form in AARO from which data is to be retrieved ReturnField NamelInTable in the text form for the description which will be returned in the formula result KeyFieldNames NamelIntTable in the text form for the component which will be used to look up the description returned in the formula result KeyFieldValues Value for the KeyFieldName to be looked up 6 2 18 AB
407. rency translation code nee AcSt accounting standard The way information is entered here will depend on how your AARO system has been configured If information is left blank default figures will be returned Example to retrieve figures in EUR translated using the currency translation Last Year and for accounting standard IFRS EUR Last Year IFRS should be entered in this field AARO SYSTEMS AB 188 6 2 15 Co FromCo Dimensions varying number NA Gri GrCod1 Gr2 GrCod2 DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL PAT Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve Co Company code for which data is to be retrieved FromCo Reporting company For example the company that the figure originates from If left empty the total for all companies in the system is retrieved Specific dimension value such as Product Customer Business Unit Business Area etc for which data is to be retrieved Available dimensions vary between AARO installations Indicates that this parameter is not available and not used Group type 1 To retrieve the total figure for a group type the name of the group e g Cust Group Group code 1 To retrieve the total figure for a group type the group value e g RETAILERS Group type 2 Group code 2 Note Gri GrCod1 are used as a pair therefore you must always fill in both parameters The same scenario applies to the pair Gr2 GrCod2 ABSRetrieveOperFlex
408. rep As buttons are used To activate a prepared user load it from the Prepared user list and press Save The user will now move from prepared users to normal users To deactivate a normal user load it from the Normal user list and press Prepare The user will now move from normal users to prepared users AARO SYSTEMS AB 398 ay ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL fas oa amp aby 433 Utilities User Administration 7 14 7 Remove a prepared user Removing a prepared user removes the user from the Prepared users list only If a prepared user exists in the Normal users list then it is activated when the prepared user is removed To remove a prepared user right click the user in the Prepared users list and select Remove prepared user Confirm selection a i _ jaj emenusere User information a fe Prepared users 28 STINA PEJ LINDA Deactivate user Remove prepared user Del n TT e L Figure 7 14 11 Remove prepared user 7 14 8 Edit a user To edit a users do the following 1 Select User Administration in the Utilities menu and select the Normal user folder in the left pane 2 Select a user in the left hand pane 3 Select the User information tab to set responsibilities or to make changes in the password group membership etc 4 Select the Database rights tab to change access rights or read write access 7 14 9 Regenerate users Regeneration is normally only brought about after upgrades of AARO an
409. reports SYSTEMS 1 Create a drill down report as required 2 Press the Copy Button and choose the Live Copy to Excel option e New Workbook Opens the Microsoft Excel application and replaces Sheet 1 with an Excel drill down report containing the AARO drill down report data e New Sheet Copies the AARO Drill Down report data to a new worksheet in the open Excel workbook i i i k i a i i i a Copy selection Copy all Live copy to Excel New Workbook New Sheet Figure 6 4 2 Live copy to Excel 3 Choose to Enable Macros and the new Excel workbook or sheet will displayed Security Warning CAA 4R00 klienter AARO 11 0 465 L xl contains macros Macros may contain viruses It is usually safe to disable macros Gut if the macros are legitimate you might lose some Functionality Figure 6 4 3 Enable Macros in Excel 6 4 3 Create a report by logging into AARO from Excel The Menu command to access the AARO Excel drill down function from Excel is as follows 1 Open Microsoft Excel 2 From the File menu open the file ABSXL xIl which usually located in C AARO AARO SYSTEMS AB 219 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports Storlek Typ 14310kB Microsoft Office Uy Fasien BIT AARO Reports xla 223 k5 Microsoft Office Documents 9 Tempe Filmapp Temp Filmapp Logs Filmapp Data Filmapp Backup Filmapp My Documents My Computer S memme
410. rilldown Folders in AARO In the Edit Drilldown Folders menu drill down reports global may be rearranged in folders The reports will subsequently be easier to find and to use in the menu Reports Drill Down Note it is possible to restrict user rights to allow only selected users to this menu item If restricted access is required please refer to the 7 14 2 14 Drilldown Responsibilities section of the user manual Manage drill down folders The left pane of the drill down folders window contains two main folders Folders and Reports Folder contains all the user created folders that are visible in the Drill Down window while the Reports contain all available reports The right pane contains the choice of responsibilities applicable to a folder A Edit Drilldown Folders Sele aj al KIA reports s Print Links Home Folder Company Reports Visible for marked responsibilities Company Reports Il c OMP ANY 4 amp Operational Reports V GROUP g wWebreports WEBREPORTS 3 Group Reports 3 Legal Reports Reports Figure 7 11 1 Drill Down folders window 7 11 2 Create a drill down folder To create a drill down folder do as follows 1 Right click Folders in the left pane and select New gt Folder A sub folder can furthermore be created to an existing folder AARO SYSTEMS AB 372 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Drilldown Folders JaJa 4 t Print Report
411. rings AARO SYSTEMS AB 182 ay ee DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL has oa AAI Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve S75 TE PS Using the similar example to the direct Excel data entry example outlined above if a period is specified as BO803 for example the function will look for cell B803 This is because of some of the programming and smart functions contained in Excel However if the data is entered in quotations such as B0803 the value is taken as absolute 6 2 7 Description of Excel retrieve functions Detailed descriptions of all the Excel retrieve functions are provided throughout this chapter along with examples for reference 6 2 8 ABSGetAccountText ABSGetAccountText displays the descriptive text for an account given the account code An example of an ABSGetAccountText function is outlined below with a brief explanation of the required parameter underneath ABS GetAccountText Code 3010 3010 Formula result Net sales external Figure 6 2 7 ABSGetAccountText Code Account number whose descriptive text is to be retrieved 6 2 9 ABSGetCompanyRate ABSGetCompanyRate displays the exchange rate for the reporting currency of a company based on the period and rate type For reference an example of an ABSGetCompanyRate function is outlined below along with a brief explanation of the function parameters underneath ABS GetCompanyRate Period 08034 O8034 Co ATLANTA a
412. rma Legal Types From Company Business Unit Own B Business Unit Count Figure 6 4 10 Selecting drill down report criteria in Excel 3 To change Criteria press the z button and choose data from the list presented see selection dialog box below 4 To Delete Selection Criteria press the delete icon 2 for the row of criteria you wish to delete AARO SYSTEMS AB 224 ay a INN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ee JAN HAA n Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports S75 TE PS Options such as adding or removing report totals grand totals percentages calculated items are also available from the selection dialog box along with options for changing sort order Select Period Available items Selection Selected items All Periods OTop N 0801A 08024 07124_J6 07124_J6 08014 COM Input DD Comments 08016 Budget Jan 2008 0S01BAC Jan 2008 Budget Acc 0801_I Jan 2008 Isolated Feb 2008 08026 Budget Feb 2008 O802BAC Feb 2008 Budget Acc 0802 _I Feb 2008 Isolated 08034 March 2008 08036 Budget March 2008 O803BAC March 2008 Budget 4 Item gt 0803_I March 2008 Isolated 08044 April 2008 Item gt 08046 Budget Apr 2008 0804B4AC Apr 2008 Budget Acc v SOF lt gt Description Show code Show description ng ge cription Figure 6 4 11 Selecting parameter values for a drill down report in Excel Note users may prefer to filter data using the filter button to refine selection criteria f
413. rnals ARLANDA ARLANDA 208104 100 000 00 Company Normal E P All Journals ARLANDA ARLANDA 208604 29 000 00 Company Normal ARLANDA ARLANDA 209104 1 000 00 Company Normal ATHENS ATHENS 208104 37 965 00 Company Normal ATHENS ATHENS 208504 917 00 Company Normal ATHENS ATHENS 209104 6 539 00 Company Normal Debit Credit Difference 2 461 00 300 905 12 298 444 12 Figure 3 7 1 Journals window The Journals window consists of two tabs to the left and a work area to the right The tabs are e Journals contains folders with journals The folder name indicates the journal type e Filter visible journal filter by journal fields The work area contains the loaded journal s A journal consists of a header top section and records below the header The bottom shows the difference between debit and credit totals for the loaded records Journals menu buttons are as follows AARO SYSTEMS AB 108 Button Load Save Save as Print Reports Prepare Prep as New Edit Insert Row Delete Row Copy Expand Sign lt Nn DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL S Data Entry Journals pe ie TEMS Description Retrieves journals from the database Saves a new or edited journal with the status Saved Makes a copy of an existing journal in the current or new period with a new journal ID The journal is given the status Saved Prints the currently journal records in a report Prints optional journals from the selected
414. rofile Each individual AARO user can be given a profile containing the menu choices relevant for the user in question Menus are built via the menu Utilities Application Management and the Menu Management folder 7 14 2 8Group membership Administrators should be given the group ABS_Admin and all other users the group ABS_User A database administrator user can also be created here given the group membership DB_Admin For such user no settings are made in User Administration 7 14 2 9SecurityLevel In AARO it is possible to define increased company security i e not only the figures are classified but also the visibility of a company in the system This functionality applies to the entire application except the administrative menus The parameter FromCompany is included in the functionality but not Counter Company If the functionality for increased company security is activated access to different security levels are setup here Normal is always the lowest security level All users have Normal selected by default It is possible to select more than one security level for a user Security level for a company is selected in the menu Utilities Edit Dimensions If new security levels are required contact AARO support new security levels will need to be added to the APP_SECURITYLEVEL table Limitations for companies also need to be set up in the Database rights tab 7 14 2 10 Input function Input function is used for two purpose
415. rs which are set up by the administrator in the menu Utilities Edit Legal Document Hierarchy The Legal Documents folder can also be viewed from the menu Data Entry Legal In the Document explorer folder two different kinds of folders can be set up dimension folders and normal folders User rights determine which users are entitled to view the content of a dimension folder The administrator will determine which users are not eligible to view a certain document in a normal folder The user rights settings are made in the menu Utilities Edit Document Explorer Rights Documents view AARO DataEntry Yalidations Reports Utilities Window Help Workflow Calendar Date 2008 11 21 v C Show log Calendar Documents 2008 11 17 Monday Controller meeting Legal documents Tuesday Intercompany reporting Document explorer Wednesday Thursday Monthly reporting Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 11 24 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 12 01 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 12 08 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 12 15 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Satiirday 2012 03 02 09 55 AARO AaRO Figure 2 3 1 The Documents area Expand by pressing the sign AARO SYSTEMS AB 25 l Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a AA D AARO start page Documents STS 1 2 MS 2 3 3 Manage the Legal documents fold
416. rt tab Should be completed as shown below Properties Convert e Hr i Aultiple om Columr om L 5 With Walle alumn Set Value 1 1 RENAM 1 Business Unit CLOTHES Business Unit MEDIA a 2 RENAME 1 Code F010 Code F210 Figure 3 3 10 Converting data Use Insert Row and Delete Row buttons to add delete rows on the tab Use Copy and Paste buttons to copy values between cells 10 Press Save to save the specification with the given name or Save as to save the specification with a new name 3 3 7 Perform import The import procedure consists of three steps 1 Fetch file data is fetched and displayed 2 Convert conversion rules are applied 3 Validate amp Send data is validated and either sent to the database or validation errors are shown To import the file follow these steps 1 Press the Import button Import File data is loaded and converted according to conversion rules AARO SYSTEMS AB 68 a3 7 k AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL i a BB AAFS Data Entry Import S75 TE Pes In the example below account 5010 is replaced by account 5210 and business unit CLOTHES is replaced by business unit MEDIA a AARO Integrator 1 Fetch Convert 3 Validate amp Send Raw data that was Fetched Standard Input Forms 3 rows Comp Paie Business as as AMI Loc HELSINKI 11094 Food vil O 0000 123 0000 HELSINKI 11094 FOOD olid 00000 234 0000 HELSINKI 11094 MEDIA 2110 00000 345 0000 E Save as tex
417. ry Validations Reports Utilities Window Help Printer setup Page header Tools Reload changed lists About Exit Figure 8 3 1 Reload all lists AARO SYSTEMS AB 442 t ee DVN te AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Tas Or a 3 Additional menu items About 8 4 STS TEMS About Information about the current AARO database can be viewed under the menu AARO About The user is provided with information about the current database used and the installed version AARO SYSTEMS AB 443 DVN te AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL eae Additional menu items Window menu 8 5 Window menu The currently open menu items in AARO can be arranged by pressing the menu Window and then selecting the arrangement method Cascade Tile or Arrange AARO Match a AARO DataEntry Validations Reports Utilities Window Help Save Save ast Print Reports Input Figure 8 5 1 Window menu It is also possible to switch between open items in AARO by pressing the Window menu then selecting the relevant menu item such as Input in the example above AARO SYSTEMS AB 444
418. s 1 To open close forms for a period in the menu Data Entry Input for different categories of users 2 To give the possibility for a specific category of users to make revert forms to being incomplete for a period in the menu Validations Process Status Different categories of users are given different input functions AARO SYSTEMS AB 387 ay ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL has Sa YY a Utilities User Administration STS TEMES Input functions are created by going into the menu Utilities Application Management followed by selecting the Responsibilities folder in Application management Note Input function is only active if more than one input function has been created Input functions are tied to one or more forms for a period in the menu Utilities Edit Periods tabs Open 1 and Open for Revert 2 Please note that if the input function All is set up then all forms are open for the user regardless of the form input function If the input function All is tied to a form in the above tabs the form is open for all users and that all users can make that form incomplete irrespective of which input function the user has been given 7 14 2 11 JV function JV function is used to give different categories of users different setups for 1 Preparing 2 Saving and 3 Attesting Journals Different categories of users are given different JV functions JV functions are created in the menu Utilities Application Management
419. s Links Home ins ga Refresh 29 3 re a gt Group Reports E 3 Legal Reports Reports Figure 7 11 2 Creating a new folder 2 Enter a name in the upcoming dialog Press OK New Folder Name BU Nordic reporta Figure 7 11 3 Enter a name 3 The new folder appears in the folders tree 4 Select the chosen responsibilities for the folder in the menu Reports Drill Down folder structures can be prepared by creating folders first and selecting responsibilities later on Each user is allocated one or more responsibilities in the menu Utilities User Administration Press Save and the folder will be saved in the menu Reports Drill Down AARO SYSTEMS AB 373 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Drilldown Folders pa f f i 4 i z i i O i x i P i i s i a aad Links Home Folder BU Nordic reports Be GM Folders Visible For marked responsibilities Company Reports ea company 3 Operational Reports GROUP 3 Webreports _ WEBREPORTS 3 Group Reports Legal Reports BU Nordic reports Reports Figure 7 11 4 Select the chosen responsibilities a a B o Reports Edit Drilldown CRH L Company Reports I Operational Reports I Group Reports l Legal Reports l Other s Personal Reports lC Personal Reports
420. s each product can appear more than once in the example BOOKS appears twice with different additional descriptive text strings beside it The user can insert more rows using the Insert Row button VE Ge es AD m S R Add fC i aa iv A a CH 5 a E ONU _Load f Save i Save as i Print Reports Load coluron Delete Fetch Complete Rowi R Home Period Company Z ZEURE ATLANTA Atlanta Inc Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL 07124 Y ATLANTA ah Extra Ordinary Income and Expenses ANNUAL Product Description EO Income EO Expense BS_INTANG Intangi E8710 E08750 FE BS_TANG Tangible EQUITY Specificatic rsredovisningen blev bestseller zz BS_ALL Balance Sh BOOKS 7 s ee Sone cb FILM Film om bokslutsprocessen visningar AUDITCOSTS Audit FRUIT_VEG Lemmokond s lt egna sk rden LEASOPER Leasing PERFUME Parfym till filmteamet INTERIMASS Prepa SOFAS S lt antik soffa Ee INTERIMLIA Accrue SPORTSHOES Skor till filmteamet Ee LEAS YEAR Lease TOTAL REO Extra Ordinary Ing Fz PLEDG_ASS Pledge Fe CONT_LIAB Continc ee STAFFNUMBE Aver BOARD_MEMB Nur FA COMMENTS Comme a Bocker Figure 7 9 12 Example of a text form 7 9 1 10 1Create a text form To create a text form follow the general step by step instructions in 7 9 1 3 Create a form step by step instructions Select Text as the form type source 7 9 1 10 2Text form layout The layout of a
421. s As each form type has its own specific advantages and limitations it is advisable to become acquainted with all of these in order to select the most appropriate one s 7 9 1 3 Create a form step by step instructions To create a form following steps are identical for all form types follow these steps 1 Select Edit Input from the Utilities menu 2 In the tree structure on the left select the Forms folder or one of subsequent forms 3 Click the New button alternatively right click the Forms folder and select New gt Form from the pop up menu A New Form dialog window will appear 4 Enter the name of the new form The name can be up to 10 characters in length and include uppercase letters A Z numbers and underscore characters _ but no spaces or other special characters Click OK after entering the form s name New Form Name NEWFORMI Figure 7 9 2 Creating a form 5 Enter a form heading in the Heading field The heading can be up to 40 characters long and include any characters 6 Choose a form type by selecting one of the radio buttons in the Source area see below for detailed information on different form types AARO SYSTEMS AB 343 l ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL hk ia NTN B Utilities Edit Input STS TEMES Source Input Match Matrix Text comments 0S5 Figure 7 9 3 Form type setup 7 Under Figure field typically choose Loc only for forms of type Match
422. s AMMAL In Progress MATH Figure 4 3 2 Records separated by package status 4 To sort rows click the column header Status 4 Package Compar ka Company description In Progress MATCH ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda In Progress MONTHLY ARLANDA Sthlm Arlanda In Progress MATCH ATHENS Athens 5 4 Figure 4 3 3 Sorting Process status records 4 3 4 Filter packages To filter packages visible in the table by column values press the arrow on the column header and select values The selection can e g be limited to a certain status package or company A Process status Sele ERROREA KA Load Load Save i Save asf Print Reports ete Revert Revert Copyall _ Home Period Dimension Group Company group 0712A v VY Market V SWEDEN vi 38 a al my companies Status Back ipti Userid Completed at ARLANDA GOTHENBURG In progress ANNUAL PARENT In Progress MATCH S _HOLD Figure 4 3 4 Filtering Process status records AARO SYSTEMS AB 132 pe ay E AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a i K Validations Process Status S75 TEMS an Selections made are displayed as text at the bottom of the grid Press the check box to remove all selections Tick the check box to remove the selections temporarily Select to remove part of the selections 4 3 5 Send mail To send e mail to recipients follow these steps 1 Press the Mail button to display the Send Mail dialog listing recipients
423. s chapter explains how to create AARO input forms and packages using the Edit Input screen The purpose of forms is to provide convenient reporting in the Data Entry screens Input and Match for company reporters and to define the detail level of the reporting To open the screen select Utilities Edit Input menu The screen below will appear Edit Input lt i i tE t H ETME TM 3 i Pe Supeal _ mut Insert Delete Add f Delete f Delete Renarne Accounts Row Row Column Column _ Packages E M AC TEST H ANNUAL E MATCH E MONTHLY 4 Forms A 111 Input AC_TEST AUDITCOST Figure field BOARD_MEI Loc A BS_ALL BS_INTANG BS_TANG BS_TANG2 BSACO CF_ALL_1 CF_ALL_24 CF_ALL_2B COMMENTS Properties Layout Help on Form Heading Income Statement Source Match O Matrix Text O comments os Form type Acct Type Normal Use as Output Report C Comment Disabled Available fields Product Business Unit Business 4rea Input fields lt Detail level gt Period Co CONT_LIAB J EO EOL Customer Market TESTMIXDIM e C9 Business Unit A EQUITY EXTRA_ACC A IC_ASSETS A IC_LIAB A IC_REVENU INTERIMAS INTERIMLIA LEAS_YEAR ER arap Mi Figure 7 9 1 Edit Input forms and packages The left hand pane shows a tree structure with all the packages and forms that exist in the AARO database Details about th
424. s only A column can contain either an account i e a figure will be reported in this column or a dimension value or an additional text string Each text form can have up to 10 such additional text strings with up to 170 characters in length each note however that the SQL Server may impose a lower limit on the total number of characters in a row Each text form can assign its own significance to those additional text strings there is no sharing of this between text forms as opposed to OS forms where the additional text strings must have a shared meaning AARO SYSTEMS AB 353 pe l ae DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL has Se am gt Utilities Edit Input ST Nn TE M amp S e By using the Insert Row and Delete Row buttons any number of rows can be added an exception to this rule is text forms with fixed rows see below e Cell validation the background turns red if an invalid dimension value is entered there is however no list to choose valid values from e Text forms can be used in the drill down report tool where they show up as text layouts In the following screenshot please find an example of a text form The name of the example form is EO and its heading is Extra Ordinary Income and Expenses Its layout contains two accounts EO8710 and EO8750 and its reporting detail level is period company product In the screenshot figures reported for several products can be found and characteristic for text form
425. s the currency translation set up in the menu Utilities Edit Currency Translations Different currency translations can be set up to perform various calculations as described in 7 16 Edit Currency translations The following example represents the currency translation calculating an isolated month The IsoMonth currency translation is calculated as current period minus previous period AARO SYSTEMS AB 158 pe m u SYS TE MS a Normal waia peie Aie BudRate Rate Type Rate Calculation Type ieee i a Period Relation fear Relation Time Type Time Series is IsoMonth Multiplier Iteration Type ee a Fixed Opening Average LOC_BY_REPCURR Closing 1 NONE 1 NONE_LIMITED m Amount index 1 YTD Monthly Figure 5 1 29 Currency translation calculating an isolated month The following report represents figures for Normal and IsoMonth currency translations Perici Os014 08024 3010 Met sales external Mormal 629 397 1249905 IsoMonth 629 397 620 508 3080 Discounts 08014 Ja O8024 Fe Account 3010 3080 3990 CurrTranslation i Mormal IsoMonth Mormal 23 442 46 565 IsoMonth 23 442 3990 Other operating income Mormal S62 832 1116733 IsaMonth 562 832 Figure 5 1 30 User defined currency translation in the report 5 1 16 Transpose rows and columns To transpose a report do as follows 1 Click the Transpose button Transpose to enable the rows and columns switch places 2 C
426. scription Top Met sales external Met sales internal gt Discounts All valid for Calculated Description Show code Show description Long description Sortorder Sequence number Code E Description Figure 7 13 7 The Select Account window in Reports Drill Down AARO SYSTEMS AB 384 7 14 7 14 1 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities User Administration ie AAR STS TEM STS Nn User Administration This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities User Administration in AARO Users are created removed or edited here New users are configured to have access to functionality and data in the system based on their responsibilities The core of AARO s security system is a role based security solution where a user can be given access to specific functionality as well as a required group An AARO user may for example report figures for a company and act as a controller for a product area In this case two different AARO roles are used Select Normal users and a screen similar to the one below will appear A User Administration f EAE Load Sawe f Save asf Print f Reports Sees 2 eet Filter i Syne i Links Home Users bo regenerate AARD aro User AAROTCALC Cale user AUDITOR Auditor user DVSENERAL 1 GENERAL pass best LISA Lisa PASSTEST password best REPORTSOFT Joachim Jarnegren TESTUSER 1 Test user 1 Test user 10 Test user 11 Test user 12 Test user 1
427. sent from Excel to AARO a dialog window appears showing validation errors The content of this dialog window will depend on the errors returned from the AARO application If a validation error occurs no values are sent from Excel to AARO For data to AARO SYSTEMS AB 216 l a DVN Ye AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ee Ph AA n Excel connectivity AARO Excel send STS 7 S E4 be sent successfully to AARO these errors must be fixed before the processing of sending data is completed For reference an example containing some validation errors has been included below A Validation errors Failed to send OS data because of invalid data for the Following Period Company combinations 0804A and COPENHAGEN Cell reference Send Formulas Examples xls JABSSendOSFlex E 3 Buying Co is required Send Formulas Examples xls ABSSendOSFlex E 3 Customer is required Send Formulas Examples xls JABSSendOSFlex E 3 Product is required Figure 6 3 31 AARO Excel Send Validation error 6 3 24 Further Excel functions Excel send functions can be combined with Excel retrieve functions and Excel drill down reports For further reference to those functions please refer to the appropriate chapter of the user manual AARO SYSTEMS AB 217 ay he y a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL va away oe E E a a m m A Excel connectivity Excel drill down reports S75 TEMS 6 4 Excel drill down reports Excel drill down reports can be used in a similar way to
428. ser chose All or Sheet Only they will not see the next window the criteria chosen will depend on the users requirements Explanations for how to use the dialog windows are provided within the Excel Dialog windows to guide users through the necessary steps An example for retrieving a data for a couple of open worksheets is referenced below AARO SYSTEMS AB 194 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel retrieve A Multiple Sheets AARO Retrieve Bf All Clear RO fo 02 error rrcvee se osvamtermen reve comeeni ceva The selected sheets will be calculated and retrieved one by one NB IF the sheets refer to each other then you may need to press F9 first to calculate all so that all data is up to date Calculate all F9 Retrieve now Cancel Figure 6 2 19 Retrieve multiple sheets 6 2 20 Validation When data is received from AARO a dialog window appears informing the user whether the data has been successfully received AARO Excel Retrieve Progress KB ABSRetrLegalAssoci sheet 2 of 2 Vf Scanning Excel sheet 1 You have requested figures from 1 period s for 1 distinct account s Vf Waiting for server to handle request VW WitingesuttoExce MENANEENERENENENE Successfully completed Figure 6 2 20 AARO Excel retrieve progress If data cannot be received from AARO to Excel a dialog window appears showing validation errors The content of this dialog window will de
429. sioni base account x weight account for dimensioin2 etc sum of weight accounts for dimensions Note A WeightAve account is calculated by the consolidation and the result is stored in the database Radio buttons for Normal and Basic accounts The radio buttons are used to define and display additional information for Normal and Basic accounts Tick the radio buttons to display additional fields under Account definition section for legal logic AARO SYSTEMS AB 306 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Accounts S75 TE PS Field Translation Minority Goodwill PE Taxes Shares Bookings Opening Adjust Description Specifies which account should form base for calculation of a currency translation difference The difference will be added to the Normal account LegalCode Specifies which account should form base for calculation of minority eliminations The elimination will be added to the Normal account LegalCode Specifies which account in the excess value part of the past equity register that should transfer figure data to the regular group accounting account the Normal account Specifies which account in the past equity part of the past equity register that should transfer figure data to the regular group accounting account the Normal account Specifies the account that holds untaxed reserves to be split up in an equity part and a tax part The Normal account will receive X of t
430. solidation LegalGroup and Template as required Template This option updates the set up for a period according to templates created in menu Utilities Edit Period Setup 4 In the When section select when and with what priority the consolidation should be run Option Description High Priority Checking this option will set the priority to 1 Normal is priority 2 Order now The consolidation will be run immediately Schedule Schedule the consolidation to be run at a certain time Repeat until Repeat the consolidation at an optional interval to an optional stop time 5 To change priority for a consolidation in the queue double click the Prio column for the consolidation In the Change Prio window set the Prio field and click OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 251 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Consolidation a Change Prio Prio Period Saveds OB02A o oB02A a Sa RatesFrom QrgFram puaa a ConsQueue Frig Cancel Figure 7 1 5 Change Consolidation priority 7 1 3 Order the Sum Consolidation To order the Sum consolidation click the Cons button and select Order Sum consolidation to start an update of the account structure 7a Cons Order consolidation Sum consolidation k p a agi Order Figure 7 1 6 Order Sum consolidation A Sum consolidation will always get priority O in the consolidation queue which means that it will be run before all other consolidations
431. splay a list of all group members B 3 Company H S Dimension B Group Acct Standard Details Groups Dimensions Properties 22 Dimension TE RETAIL pe WHOL RETAIL Retail Legal Types SUPER Supermarket a Product Type WHOL Wholesaler 2 Proforma 2 Submarkets O Currency Figure 7 8 32 Details tab The group list contains the following information Field Description GroupID Group code Maximum ten characters Description Group description 7 8 3 7Groups Dimensions tab The field Dimensioncode contains a list of all group members in selected group If the selected group is a sub group the field Groups Dimensions AARO SYSTEMS AB 339 t ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a rs N Utilities Edit Dimensions S73 TE PS 4 displays the higher group level Select one of the dimension codes to display to which group the sub group belongs ticked check box yy Company A Dimension Group H E Acct Standard Details Groups Dimensions properties 3g gales Type _ Dimensioncode Groups Dims for SUPER CERN RETAIL Retail i SUPER Supermarket WHOL WHOL Wholesaler Legal Types Product Type Proforma Submarkets O Currency Figure 7 8 33 Groups Dimensions tab 7 8 3 8 Properties tab 3 Company Dimension Group H E Acct Standard Details Groups Dimensions Properties S iitapeac 8 j TE R
432. st Field AdjustCode 7 7 4 Help tab Field LegalType AcctType MultiplierGroup MultiplierLoc CompanyLevel Co CodeFrom Dimension DimensionValue A D mp v Nn DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Accounts Description Indicates which legal type will be used in the booking If blank then the original legal type will be used Indicates which accounting type will be used in the booking If blank the original accounting type will be used 1 1 The value in consolidated currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in consolidated currency 1 1 The value in local currency is fetched and multiplied by the multiplier value no sign change sign change 0 No value is fetched in local currency Y Booking is made on company level N or blank Company must be specified in Co Alternative company if CompanyLevel N Indicates from what account values are fetched Indicates from what dimension values are fetched Indicates from what dimension member values are fetched Description Indicates from which account the adjustment on the opening balance should be based The Help tab contains a tool for help texts The system administrator can write a text or instructions for each account Instructions texts are available to the user in the input and Match view The user accesses this information by right button clic
433. st period and company such as e g business unit the matrix form must be loaded into Data Entry Input for one business unit at a time It is not possible to edit the figures for all business units at once In the following screenshot an example of a matrix form is presented BS_TANG Tangible fixed assets can be seen AARO SYSTEMS AB 350 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input Anput BA ap om din a Wi es D 3 Ey easi Print pag Wea R E86 pote Fetch Complete Row at pale Replace Links Home Period Company ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda 0712A M Y ARLANDA BHE Dec 2007 GOLD ORIGINAL SEK gt re Tangible fixed assets ANNUAL Buildings Land amp land Plant amp Equipment Construction TOTAL MONTHLY improvements machinery amp tools in progress Tangible E IS_ALL Income Stateme f amp advances fixed assets INTERIMASS Prepaid el ACQUISITIONS EQUITY Specification o Opening acc acquisition values This year s gross investments 23 354 EO Extraordinary income COMMENTS Comments BS_TANG Tangible fixe uisitions BS_INTANG Intangible 20 d Scrapped z 236 BS_ALL Balance Sheet Reclassification Internal transfers Closing accumulated acquisition value 23118 DEPRECIATION Opening accumulated depreciation Acquisitions Sold Scrapped Reclassification Internal transfers Depreciation for the year Closing accumulated depreciation Figure 7 9 9 Example
434. t Sorting The report can be sorted and displayed by the company code or by the match rule Report destination The report can either be displayed in a grid asa standard report or be saved as a text file Match sum order In addition to the general sort order by company or by rule the report can be sorted by the size of differences A typical example would be to have the largest differences listed first by selecting the Sum descending option If No sum order is selected the report is sorted alphabetically Define the restrictions required for the report and press OK Period Dimension Group Company group 0712A Y f Market vV SWEDEN i ny teow Ad b gt 3 All my companies Restrictions Figures to match ARLANDA O ra Loc GOTHENBURG sidna si ee ft a O Transaction Amount PARENT een each p GaN 1766 2966 Report currency 1796 2996 reid beara 3060 4060 Loc v 5360 8460 k Limit LOC are Sorting E y piit tivi Company Rule With match on Specification of counterpart s Destination Own BU Counter BU Orid Report File Match sum order O Sum ascending Maximum detail C Sum descending No sum order Company description Figure 4 1 3 Match report settings with the total Specification AARO SYSTEMS AB 124 ay ee AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fas oe AA D Validations Match report 4 1 4 S75 T E PS Report layout The report is based upon tw
435. t File Copy to clipboard Press Next to Convert this data 2011 10 03 15 02 TEST120 Figure 3 3 11 Converted data ready for loading 2 To save the converted data to a text or Excel file press the Save as text file button Select the file format txt or xls enter file name and press Save Alternatively the data can be copied to the clipboard by pressing the Copy to clipboard button 3 Press the Next button to go the next step File data validation and sending is performed at this step During validation the program checks for all combinations of period form and company Check the file to confirm it is correct before proceeding AARO SYSTEMS AB AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Import A ian ol AARO Integrator 1 Fetch Convert 3 Validate amp Send Converted data Standard Input Forms 3 rows Comp Per Business eer HELSINKI 11094 Food s 10 O 0000 123 0000 HELSINKI 11094 Food Sii0 0 0000 234 0000 HELSINKI 11094 MEDIA S110 O 0000 345 0000 Em Save as text file Copy to clipboard Replace text Replace old data by Period Company and Send only if all rows are correct Send nothing merely validate Account code Input Form Send correct rows despite any validation errors in other rows Press Finish to Validate and send this data 2011 10 03 15 05 TEST120 Figure 3 3 12 Validating and sending data 4 To replace text in a column press the Repla
436. t Layout 1199 2 665 929 99 134 7 Currency Rows panel 12993 3366582 1624959 H Other Legal 1399 1545405 1341610 Operational 1499 564 175 114 491 Remainder External 1599 405345 849975 1699 TOZ 235 96 711 1799 11 093 550 287 ih IE 1899 a0 015 33 649 1999 1956 709 257 296 Balance Sheet Group Legal 4 Balance Sheet Group Legal Figure 5 1 9 Editing a drill down report When in this state everything in the report is possible to change The report is defined by e Fixed parameters affecting the entire report A fixed parameter can have only one item selected i e only one currency e Row parameters defining the rows of the report e Column parameters defining the columns of the report More than one item can be chosen for rows and columns The first item is the first sort order The second item is the second sort order and so on The report definition can be changed by dragging items from the Edit tab to the Fixed Row or Column panels Items can also be moved between the three panels or rearranged inside a panel by the use of drag and drop It is possible to select parameter values for the report and other settings such as headings sort order totals etc in the parameter selection dialog by clicking the parameter selection icon Currency ced AR Figure 5 1 10 Opening the Parameter selection dialog AARO SYSTEMS AB 145 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL
437. t P gt Nn i TEMS Value The directory where not successfully read files are located by the integrator after import Location of the Excel files to be read by the integrator Connected to the Filename pattern above Defining the dimensions that can be extracted from the file names This is a comma separated list of external dimensions The directory where successfully read files are located by the integrator after import If set to false files won t get moved to the Read directory after they are successfully read The technical names used for Excel import refer to the corresponding column number in the Excel files In the example above we expect account info to be located in column 1 Cost Centre to be located in column 2 etc in the Excel files Note that the first column in Excel has index 0 As can be seen in the example above there are no technical names defined for company and period type This is because this information is extracted from the file name see value for Filename Dimensions 7 3 1 5Plain text data source configuration To import data from a plain text separated file use the Text file source Specific parameters are Parameter DelimiterChar QuoteChar Filename pattern Error Directory Directory Value A character separating fields in the text files i e comma semicolon etc It is possible to have the delimiter character inside a field In that case the field must be quoted i
438. t is created after each import The location of the file can be specified in the integrator configuration user interface The name of the file is the date and time of the import completion The log file contains the following information e Periods forms and companies requested e Import start time e Import stop time e Import status successful warnings errors e Number of records read e Number of records saved e Number of records failed e List of validation problems if any e List or warning messages and error messages if any AARO SYSTEMS AB 270 l ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL s AARS Utilities View Tables S75 TE PS 7 4 View Tables This chapter refers to the menu item Utilities View Tables in AARO In the View Tables window valid currency rates valid companies as well as valid dimensions can be monitored for a period This is a monitoring tool only 7 4 1 Currency rates The valid currency rates for a selected period are displayed currency opening rate rate on the first day of the period average rate and closing rate rate on the last day of the period a View Tables a4 ay Save Save as a Print A Home i PERIOD_CURRENCYRATES _ S Series rere PERIOD_COMPANIES 07124 DKK Average 1 263 PERIOD_COLEVEL 07124 DKK Closing 1 271 07124 DKK Opening 1 255 07124 Average 9 4239 07124 Closing 9 4735 07124 Opening 9 3555 07124 Average 07124 Closing 07124 Opening 07124 Aver
439. t table figure cells are editable as are column headings fixed selections and anything else outside the figure area Only not input table cells in the figure area are protected i e sums and greyed out cells e No protection Pure Excel Sheet No protection at all is applied Anything on the sheet can be edited 6 5 10 Selectable cells Ticking the box to Allow only editable cells to be selected in the sheet Makes TAB or Enter jump to the next editable cell is useful if you want to restrict the form to editable cells only the may be useful for manual entry of a large number of figures as each entry press of Enter or Tab moves the cursor onto the next editable cell Note this feature only functions when either Maximum or Medium level protection settings are chosen AARO SYSTEMS AB 242 ay he y a DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a AAAI Excel connectivity Excel input forms 6 5 11 6 5 12 6 5 13 6 5 14 6 5 15 S75 TE PS Look and feel This section describes Paint the sheet with colours and Modify the workbook to contain AARO colours options The default setting for Excel input forms is to have a worksheet coloured so that it is easy to identify editable cells If the Paint the sheet with colours checkbox is clear when an Excel input form is created the form will be created without any colour being applied In addition it is possible to choose whether standard Windows co
440. ter data into the input form IS_ALL for business unit FILM and BOOKS In this case the user would need to have a user role as follows AARO SYSTEMS AB 395 t ee DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL fas oa a gt Utilities User Administration STS TEM STS Pole 1 pode Wiewright O Read Write No restrictions For this role Rights Business Unit O Company 5 O FormlAccount Legal group AdjustmentLevel C Y Product Business Unit C Business Area f Customer Market O TESTMIZDIM Acct Standard Proforma Legal Types Customer Type used on the Input Product Type form therefore O Submarkets they need to be Included in the User role Business Units are User information h Database rights Figure 7 14 7 Example of a user working with restricted business unit access For the example above the user would have access for a limited number of 5 companies and would be restricted to enter only on business unit MEDIA 7 14 4 Add a user To add users do the following 1 Select User Administration on the Utilities menu 2 Select the Normal user folder in the left hand pane right click and select Add User from the options displayed AARO SYSTEMS AB 396 A ian ol AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities User Administration A AARO User Administration SEE o x FN BARO Data Entry Yalidations Reports Utilities Window Help 2 Load gt Save
441. ter filter parameters and click OK Only accounts satisfying the filter settings will now be visible in the tree In the following example Summ accounts in the IS_ALL report layout in the code range from 3010 to codes started with 4010 are selected AARO SYSTEMS AB 314 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Accounts A ie cl Account filter Filter details Account code From Account code to 3010 4010 Account ype Translation type Part of Summ S Input Form Report layout Summ level Figure 7 7 3 Account filter 2 Chart of Accounts 3010 Net sales external gt 3060 Net sales internal s 3080 Discounts 3099 Net sales total fF 3510 Invoiced costs external 5 3560 Invoiced costs internal 3599 Inveiced costs gt 3920 Commissions license fees and royalties 3960 Realized exchange gains on operating items 3961 Unrealized exchange gains on operating items fz 3990 Other operating income 3999 Total income gt 4010 Cost of goods sold external Figure 7 7 4 Accounts filtered according to the filter settings 7 7 8 Account report The account report shows details of the selected accounts To view the report follow these steps 1 Click the Reports button and select Account Report The Account Report window appears AARO SYSTEMS AB 315 Account report Account selection 1010 Capitalised expenditure 101001 101011 101015 1010241 101031 101049 101051 101
442. that The linked group member cannot be deleted In this case you should unlink the group member before it is deleted 6 The group is linked and cannot be deleted Figure 7 8 29 Error that the group member is linked 7 8 3 5 Delete a group To delete a group follow these steps 1 Select a group to be deleted in the tree 2 Right click the group name and select Remove group Click Ok to continue 3 If group members have relations to a dimension the warning message appears and the group cannot be deleted In this case group member relations should be removed first Warning There is data in the organisation table ORG SUBGROUPDETAILS Please contact vour system administrator For more help T The selected dimension group GRLE cannot be deleted Figure 7 8 30 Warning about dimension relation AARO SYSTEMS AB 338 t ee DVN ve AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fa re HA D Utilities Edit Dimensions S75 TE PS 4 If group members are not linked to a dimension but exist the warning about group member existence appears Warning T There is data in a related table ORG GROUPHESDS Do you want to delete all Recommended Figure 7 8 31 Warning about dimension member existence 5 To delete the group and its members click Yes To delete the group but leave the members in the database click No 7 8 3 6 Details tab Select the Group folder in the left pane together with the Details tab to di
443. the drop down list reveals a normal day and month control display The default is today s date but can be changed 1 3 4 5 6 7 5 10 1i i 13 14 15 lf 16 19 20 g ee e 25 20 27 20 29 Today 2012 03 02 Figure 2 2 1 The Date field The calendar shows ten weeks in total starting from the week containing today s date or the selected date AARO SYSTEMS AB 18 A MARO D D mj v E4 a Norkf ow Calendar Date 2008 11 21 v Show log Calendar 2008 11 17 Monday Tuesday Documents Legal documents 2 Document explorer AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AARO start page Ca endar ox Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 11 24 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 12 01 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 12 08 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 2008 12 15 Monday Tuesday wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday 2012 03 02 09 41 AARO AARO Figure 2 2 2 Calendar on the AARO start page 2 2 3 Enter events in the calendar Three types of events can be entered in the calendar The first is normal text whereas the other two are MATCH and INPUT events respectively 1 Right click the day of choice and select option Edit to enter an event ow Calendar Date 2008 11 71 Show log Calendar 2008 11 17 Monday Tues Wednesday Thursday Frida Saturday
444. the period and company Select the relevant column and press the Edit button In the Edit excess value window make changes and click OK Click the Save button Automatic recalculation of the calculated fields is performed Click the Cons button to send changed data to consolidation 3 4 10 4Excess value matrix tab The Excess value tab is a matrix with six sections horizontally and two columns vertically one for LOC local currency and one for group currency The sections are AARO SYSTEMS AB 89 AARI m m ih STE STS T S lt AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Legal e Base information regarding the GWID entered in the GWID creation dialog described above e The excess value at cost and gross values from opening balance via change to closing balance e Translation differences for the above OB change CB e Deprecations OB change CB e Translation differences for the deprecations OB change CB e Net values totals OB change CB FEIL FE Code Product Acq Date End Date Depreciation UB Cost Acquisition Sales Retrements CB Cost OB transl diff Cost Sales Aehrements Period transl ditt CE transl diff Cost OB Depreciation Sales Aehrements Pernod depreciation Pernod adjustments CE Depreciation OB transl dift Qepreciation Sales Aehrements Period transl diff CE transl diff Depreciation OB Net transl diff Sales Aehrements Period transl diff Adjustments LB Met transl diff
445. tings within a form various attributes may be available to filter input options In the example below period company and business unit are available for filtering Excel worksheet settings for Protection Look and Feel are also accessible from this screen detailed further in the 7 19 Edit Settings section of this user manual AARO SYSTEMS AB 240 a 7 a DVN Yo AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL ee Excel connectivity Excel input forms Company ARLANDA T JE ANNUAL Annual package Only this subset EQUITY Specification of Equity of the input Form BS_ALL Balance Sheet IS_ALL Income Statement Business Unit STAFFNUMBE Average number of employees lt All gt ha BOARD MEMB Number of Board members and key officers CF_ALL CASH FLO B5400 65 For acquisitions WO INPU SALES Sales Specification Protection Look and Feel Settings Figure 6 5 9 Edit AARO Excel input form 6 5 8 Excel input form settings The Settings menu item displays the following screen Settings can also be changed when the Protection Look and Feel Settings button is pressed when a new form is selected or an existing form is edited see screenshot above AARO SYSTEMS AB 241 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity Excel input forms A ie cl ag an AARO Excel Input Form Settings Protection options Look and Feel Maximum protection Strict input form style 7 Paint the sheet with colours Only the mputtable fig
446. tion rule In this example two forms from different packages are compared The IS_ALL is in the MONTHLY package and the SALE_SPEC is in the ANNUAL package Properties Open Active Rates Complete i Package ExtraPackage ANNUAL MONTHLY Figure 7 5 3 Complete tab setup example When completing the ANNUAL package the account 3010 will be compared between the ANNUAL and MONTHLY packages For more information on reconciliation rules see the Utilities Edit Input reconciliation rules view description Validation tab The validation functionality is used to restrict input to a combination of company dimension form dimension and or certain set of dimensions AARO SYSTEMS AB 282 t Kr AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL E e AAT Utilities Edit Periods i Ss Nn TEMS The tab Validation and the respective sub tabs for each combination above is opened when the functionality is activated in menu Utilities Application Management Validations In the menu Application Management Validations it is to be stated what combinations of company dimension form dimension and or certain set of dimensions that should be valid Based on the combinations set up in Application Management Validations the detailed combinations are set up in this tab An example In Application Management select that company should be validated with dimension Product AA pplication Management x i a i RJ i Tow i E ae ee teas
447. tional detail specification forms Figures are entered in cells White cells are accessible for editing and blue cells are disabled It is possible to navigate between cells using the Tab key the arrow buttons or the mouse pointer The menu command for the Input window in AARO is Data Entry Input Use the Input window The Input window is used to enter and reconcile financial information for a period The Input window is used as follows 1 Load an input form for the period and company 2 Input the financial data in the form or fetch from another period 3 Add comments if required 4 Extract the reconciliation report to see if the entered data satisfies the reconciliation rules 5 When all data is entered for the period complete the period AARO SYSTEMS AB 33 pe t Kg AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL a EE a A B Data Entry Input 3 1 2 3 1 3 S an TEMS Input window A AARO Input Sele 8 X FN BARO DataEntry validations Reports Utilities Window Help lR ai g Ba ceo Sl mp IKA BS ji E iH t E p f HB i Wr a Eg R i i E iv t Insert Delete i Hive p fe Row Row Links f Home f Load Pi n A Delete Fetch Complete f Replace Load Save f Save as Print f Reports Period Company Compare with ATHENS Athens S A 0801A aY amens MY f Jan 2008 Income Statement UB ANNUAL a CLOTHES HOUSEHOLD MEDIA BS_INTANG Intangi BS_TANG Tangible
448. to be transmitted from an ABSSendOSFlex formula in Excel to AARO an appropriate OS form must be set up to receive the data In the case of the example given below we set up an OS form in AARO specifically to handle this example The ABSSendOSFlex function is very similar to the ABSSendOS function except that dimensions defined in the function are flexible The Flex part of the formula allows users to define dimensions themselves rather than according to predefined criteria see Dim1 Dim2 etc More detail regarding dimension definitions is highlighted in the Additional Dimension section of the table below AARO SYSTEMS AB 213 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel send pe ie A STS 1 2 MS ABSSendoSFlex value 246000 24880 period o7iza gl OTIC cofano E araon codel 300 Dimi Product BOOKS Tke Product BOOKS Dim Customer CUST_03 k Customer CUST _03 Dir Dim Dims ll Dim Formula result 24680 Figure 6 3 27 An ABSSendOSFlex function Value Value for which data will be sent Period Period for which data is sent Co Company for which data is sent identified by company code Code Account for which data is sent Additional Dimi Dim20 these are defined by the dimension name such Dimension as Buying Co or Customer exact names vary depending Dimi Dim2 on the dimensions setup in each AARO installation etc The format for input is
449. ts Drill down reports SYSTEMS Nn Choosing to enter Top N settings as shown above and executing the report provides us with the following example showing the top 3 products for the report A AARO Drill Down si m2 a ja u zag New Settings Copy Delete Rename Transpose Report Account 3010 Reports Edit Company Ried ciate Ene All selected Basic oe 3 E S Period Compan MULTIMEDIA Multimedia 76 451 Account PERFUME Perfume 225 670 12317 8 482 9789 75 914 828 163 21 317 Report L SOFAS Sofas 225670 38 139 9789 253932 726 21 317 Bj Currenc Other 229 352 170 928 3 236 32 356 7835 2614664 2630371 36 565 E f Other a f Legal Figure 5 1 25 Top N drill down report 5 1 13 Calculated items An item calculated based on report parameters can be added to the report To create a calculated item follow the instructions below 1 Enter the detail selection dialog window for a criterion in the report 2 Make sure the items needed for the calculation are entered in the Selected items field Click Calculated Item 3 Enter a name for the Calculated item in the Heading field 4 Enter the formula in the Expression field Click the buttons for the items operands and numbers to include them in the calculation If needed use the Backspace button to delete the last character 5 Click OK AARO SYSTEMS AB 156 l Kr AARO AA
450. ture on the left Click the Delete button and confirm the selection alternatively right click the selected package and select Delete Package from the popup menu Attention deleting a package by right clicking will result in the package to disappear immediately without notice AARO SYSTEMS AB 361 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input 7 9 3 Recon A Edit Input Load Sawe ma i E Save ast Print B Past E I i i E om rm Delete d Delete ow a Coluran OPY i i Delete Rename i Insert Hew f Row i b aaf Reports f OSDEMO A Recon PLEDG_A4 Form Code Mult SALARIES o T A T SHARESS STAFFNU IS_ALL 8750 1 EO CounterForm CounterCode E TLE E0710 EOS 750 a Recon far Matchrules gl Matchbin Org _Conditio ail PackageForm s Uli i BE Figure 7 9 24 Reconciliation rules setup Reconciliation rules are used in the Reconciliation report A reconciliation rule specifies that the value of a certain account should equal the value of another account within a company s own reporting The reconciliation report then checks these rules and presents any differences found The reconciliation rules are created and maintained as follows 1 2 10 11 12 Select Edit Input from the Utilities menu Select a form or the Recon icon in the left pane Select the tab Recon if a f
451. tus window The Process Status window consists of two panes the left pane contains companies for the selected period dimension group and company group and the right pane contains the list of packages for the select company or all companies grouped by the package status Window buttons are Button Load Print Multi Complete Multi Revert Copy all Description Loads selected packages grouped according to their status Displays selected grid in a printer friendly format Completes several packages Reverts several completed packages to the previous status Copies the grid content to clipboard Sends email to recipients selected in the menu Data Entry Company Information E mail Contacts tab Each recipient has restrictions to certain companies and packages This button is visible when at least email contact is added AARO SYSTEMS AB 131 l Kr AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Tk a 5 Validations Process Status S75 TE PS 4 4 3 3 Load packages To load packages follow these steps 1 Select Process Status in the Validations menu 2 Select Period and Dimension Group and Company group The list of companies on the left pane is updated to match the selection 3 Select a company or All my companies and click Load Packages are loaded separated by status into sections A section can be collapsed expanded by clicking the sign Status 2 Package Status Empty ee In Progress Tn Progres
452. ty Auditor is a special user right set directly on a user The Auditor only has read rights to the system except for the Audit button AARO SYSTEMS AB 137 t g AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL fas a i Validations Process Journals 4 4 1 4 4 2 i m Y ST MS an T Process Journals window A Process Journals ije 4 390 IA t Reports Save Attest Audit Cancel Links Home period J Dimension Group Company group Company 07124 vY Market SWEDEN All my companies E licap All my peepee Change UserId Id BookTime Status Curr XType WReason LastUserId Desc1 Desc2 ARLANDA Status Save GOTHENBURG AARO 2010 09 23 15 Save Spores AARO 2010 09 23 16 Save a AARO 2010 09 21 04 Save Normal AARO Normal AARO Test journa Normal AARO Normal AARO Original inv PastEquity AARO 9 20 2010 PastEquity AARO AARO Orig investment 2010 09 21 05 Save AARO JY Acg 02 2010 09 20 22 Save AARO FET 2010 09 21 04 Save L L z T L L Figure 4 4 1 Validations Process Journals The Process Journals window consists of two panes companies for the selected period dimension group and company group to the left and journals for the selected company or all companies to the right The window buttons are Button Usage Load Loads journals for the selected period and company Print Prints loaded journals as a report Save Saves a prepared journal to the database Attest Attests a prepa
453. ty options are created For a more detailed explanation of how to add publish responsibility please refer to 7 5 11 Publish tab How to add a publish responsibility 1 Click the Responsibilities pane 2 Press the Insert Row button and select Add Publish responsibility 3 Enter a name for the responsibility and press Save Responsibility Publish BLOCK Figure 7 15 9 Enter publish responsibility name 7 15 3 4JVFunction JV functions are used to give different categories of users different possibilities to prepare save and attest journals Different categories of users are given different JV functions In this menu the JV functions are created Please read more about the functionality in the 7 14 2 11 JV function section Add a JV function 1 Left click in the JVFunction pane 2 Press the Insert Row button or use the down arrow on the keyboard to insert a row AARO SYSTEMS AB 409 DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL fe aM aot Utilities Application Management an 3 Enter a name for the JV function and select Y N depending what possibilities prepare save attest should be connected to the JV function Journal function JXFunction Prepare Save Attested All Y n y NONE N N N PREP Y N N SAVE Y N Figure 7 15 10 Enter JV function name 4 Press Save 7 15 3 5Input function Input function is used for two purposes e To open close forms for a period in the menu Data Entry Input for different categories
454. u items within Microsoft Excel AARO x AARO gt ie 7 atabase aaro Options a ser Name Cancel f ri Y r p x f a MS S a _ as Figure 6 3 2 Log On Screen 5 The various AARO Excel send formulas can be accessed by pressing the Insert Function button in Excel Figure 6 3 3 Insert Function The AARO Excel send functions are listed under the ABS data send category AARO SYSTEMS AB 198 6 3 3 6 3 4 Select a Function AARO reatehlewy iy AAROSendText ABSSendMatch SB 55end oper SBS 5endOperFlex ABS Sends ABS SendoSFlex AAROCreateNew Mo help available Help on this Function AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Excel connectivity AARO Excel send S Lookup amp Reference Database Text Logical Information User Defined Engineering Cube 465 data send ABS data retrieve Cancel Figure 6 3 4 Select ABS Data send function category Entering formulas directly If you are a more experienced Excel user and or working with existing formulas it is possible to enter the required AARO send equation directly in the formula bar for example ABSSendOperFlex 5555 0712A ARLANDA 3010 Business Unit FOOD Formula results Before entering data using Excel send functions it is worthwhile noting that when entering function arguments the formula result highlighted below contains useful information AARO SYSTEMS AB 199 6 3 5 AARO
455. ue on the base account for AvePeriod2 etc AARO SYSTEMS AB 303 Field ConsAvg Ratio ConsRatio lt P gt 4 DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL 5 Ea Utilities Edit Accounts Description number of calculation points Note An Average account is calculated when running the report it is included in The result is not stored in the database Accounts used for calculation of an average value based on another account The following account definition should be specified e Account the account that the calculation is based on base account e Average type free text average type The calculation definition for each average type is defined in Edit Periods Properties tab Average section for each period Each calculation point i e period is listed as AvePeriod and the relevant AverageType is listed per calculation point The equation is value on the base account for AvePeriod1 value on the base account for AvePeriod2 etc number of calculation points Note The difference from Average account is that if a company does not exist in a period included into calculation this period will be excluded from the calculation Note A ConsAvg account is calculated by the consolidation and the result is stored in the database Accounts that are used for calculation of ratios The following account definition should be specified e Account accounts used in ratio calculation e Operator
456. umber of the e mail recipient Comment Free text comment Please read more about the mail functionality in 4 3 5 Send mail Basic info Contacts E mail Contacts Board of directors ll Branch offices Bank Accounts Previous names Total Package Form Name Email Recicc Telephone Comment Total James j smith company com cc 123 345 ANNUAL BS_ALL Morgan m snaley company com Rec 123 456 Financial information MATCH Mona m rich company com Rec 345 678 Figure 3 5 5 E mail Contacts tab 3 5 3 4Board of directors tab The tab contains information about the board of directors Basic info Contacts E mail Contacts Board of directors Branch offices Bank Accounts Previous names Family Name Given Name Title Occupation Nationality Appointment Date Resignation Date Comment Signer Alexander Morgan President Swedish 2009 01 22 yes Edel Conrad Member Danish 2009 01 22 yes Figure 3 5 6 Board of directors tab 3 5 3 5 Branch offices tab The tab contains information about eventual branch offices AARO SYSTEMS AB 101 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Company information Basic info Contacts E mail Contacts Board of directors Branch offices Bank Accounts Previous names Branch Country City Toys Sweden Stockholm Bicycles Sweden Malmoe Kites Denmark Copenhagen Figure 3 5 7 Branch offices tab 3 5 3 6 Bank Accounts tab The Bank Accounts tab contains bank account information in
457. umn and Delete Column buttons In the following screenshot an example of an input form can be seen The name of the example form is IS_ALL its heading is Income Statement its layout contains many different accounts such as 3010 and its reporting detail level is period company business unit DER te ROR SPY je E aa Eo Pi MD af _ e f IR i i Add Delete i H Invert See ert NE j Load Save f Saveast Print Reports Load Column kran Fetch 3 Complete Row cow Repiace j Links Home 3 Period Company Compare with 0801A Y ARANDA VV v p ARLANDA Sthim Arlanda Jan 2008 Income Statement AC_TEST CLOTHES COSMETICS FOOD HOUSEHOLD LEISURE MEDIA TOTAL a ANNUAL F AUDITCOSTS Audit BOARD_MEMB Nur SALE_SPEC Sales s I MONTHLY STAFFNUMBE Aver SHARESSUBS Shai PE SALARIES Salaries Net sales total PLEDG_ASS Pledge LEASOPER Leasing Invoiced costs external LEAS_YEAR Lease Invoiced costs internal a i IS_ALL Income Stat mA CLOTHES Commissions license fees and royalties i Realized exchange gains on operating items EL Unrealized exchange gains on operating items FINANCE Other operating income FOOD Total income HOUSEHOLD LEISURE Cost of goods sold external Net sales external Net sales internal MEDIA Cost of goods sold internal Leal Acctue 4080 Discounts received gt anaa Fache nf Annee cold Figure 7 9 5 Example of an input form 7 9 1 6 1Create an input form To cr
458. up Currency Groups For LONDON Area EL_Ic Elimination company 7 S GOTHENBURG Gothenburg HELSINET Helsinki INTRESSE Intressebolag INTRESSES KALIX KALIK AB LONDON PTY MICE Mice PORENT Training Parent company PARIS Paris SUCCESSIVT Successivt bolag SY _ HOLC Sweden Holding 46 B TEST_INTR Test intressebolag l IDOS l limnmr ala Far Ah blir ih Sg f E gt Figure 7 8 3 Company group information Clicking on the plus sign next to the Company folder expands the structure Select a company in the expanded list to display more information about the company The information entered in this view not mandatory will be visible in the Contact list report in the menu Data Entry Match A Edit Dimensions Ieee l S f E ey i f Insert Delete f i Load Save asi Print Reports New f Rename Row f Row Sub Dim B 3 Company an amp ADJ COPEN amp ADI UPPSA amp ARLANDA amp ATHENS Ponne g Corporate number Registered office COPENHAGI EL 3242344 TEA 9 T Phone gt diet 0046 123 45 67 HELSINKI hi Contact information S kaL Receivable Contact gt eer Receivable Phone y NICE Receivable Fax PARENT v it gt IKARA Links Home Type Company Selected LONDON Company Company description LONDON LONDON PTY Figure 7 8 4 Company information 7 8 1 1 Create a company There are two ways to create a company
459. up to which all companies subsidiaries are added in accordance to the ownership structure If one or more subgroup should be subject to separate consolidation i e a subsidiary in the group with one or more sub subsidiaries should be treated analysed as a stand alone group with full consolidation each of these groups may be created in parallel to the main group 3 4 2 Legal window AARO Legal FA SAR DataEntry validations Reports Utilities Window Help j majaj oo Sawe Save as Print Reports Delte Cons Find Owner BRISTOL Owned LEEDS Com i F ti g BRISTOL pany information Documents Eo Documents cS sv HOLD PARENT Company name Company Corporate number Registered office Office phone aa DJ LY _ T t n co E 1 I far IA b mam DJ 2 ou 3 D rw z F im Consolidation information _ ra Cc a is mo zi Currency Category Subsidiary Translation type Direct minority 10 Tax Indirect minority x Consolidation method FE Opening Minority method Average Qyerride category lt NONE gt Closing Product BIKES Ownership information BRISTOL owns Region Share Classification Number of shares 5 5 3 a Nominal value share Nominal Yvaluecin OO0s bo Book value li Woke o 1 Ownership Past Equity Excess value Equity Equity Equity 2012 0
460. urces S F Data Sources a CODA Excell H E Import Specifications Test Data Sources a Rule Test Cases 7 3 1 1General data source configuration f Reports Name Amount Dimension CODA Ext Amount M Fetch Module Name SQL table Fetch Module Parameters i Parameter Value SimplifyE xpressions E extT ableN ame i IgnorelnSql dsJndiName R ReplaceNulls consolidation_balance java jdbc coda Data Source Context AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Integrator configuration e S Links Home Transaction Amount Dimension Dimension T echnical Names X ia Ext Amount Ext Amount i Ext Elementi Ext Element2 i Ext Element3 E Ext Element4 fi Ext FiscalPeriod i Ext Fiscalear fi Ext TransactionCurrency Element Element Element3 Element4 FiscalPeriod Fiscalear TransactionCurrency Figure 7 3 2 Example of Data Source definition form Some parameters are the same no matter what type of data source is chosen these are referred to as general data source parameters Changing these parameters on an existing data source should be made with care Here is a list of parameters together with a description Parameter Name Fetch Module Amount Dimension Description The name that the data source will be referred to within the context of AARO integrator Changing the name of an existing data source will cause failures in all import sources that depend
461. ure cells are editable Everything else on the sheet is protected All changes to the sheet IV Modify the workbook s except simple figure editing must be performed through palette piri menus e g adding columns changing fred selections precise colours C Medium protection Relaxed input form Inputtable figure cells are edtable as are column headings fxed selections and anything else outside the figure area Only non inputtable cells in the figure area are protected fe sums and grayed out cells a Other options C No protection Pwe Excel sheet No protection at all is appbed Anything on the sheet can be edited WV Auto Fit Columns Allow only editable cells to be selected in the sheet Makes TAB or Enter jump to the next editable cell Changing these settings wil not tigger a Load That is it will not cause any changes to the current values in the sheet Ee Bs Figure 6 5 10 Settings for an AARO Excel input form 6 5 9 Protection options Various protection options are available for an Excel worksheet which is being used as an AARO input form choose the option best suited to your needs e Maximum protection Strict input form style Only the figure cells are editable Everything else on the sheet is protected All changes to the sheet except simple figure editing must be performed through the menus e g adding columns changing fixed selections e Medium protection Relaxed input form Inpu
462. urr Transaction currency is used if the form is to be reported in transaction currency TransAmount Transaction amount value in transaction currency LocValue Amount in the company s local currency Period Period for which data is sent Code Account for which data is sent Company Reporting company identified by company code CounterCo Counter company identified by company code Binl Dimension value 1 if the form is to be reported on a e g Own BU dimension level a value for one of the reporting company s dimensions such as BU Business Unit may be entered here Bin2 Dimension value 2 if the form is to be reported ona e g Counter BU dimension level a value for one of the counter company s dimensions such as BU Business Unit may be entered here Bin3 Bin6 In a similar way to Own BU and Counter BU above fields Bin3 Bin6 may be used for additional dimensions that have been setup in match forms AARO SYSTEMS AB 206 5 a INN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL AAI Excel connectivity AARO Excel send SYSTEMS 6 3 13 Viewing data from ABSSendMatch in AARO For reference when data has been successfully sent to AARO it can be viewed in the AARO application using menu item Data Entry gt Match A screenshot for the ABSSendMatch example illustrated above has been included here A Match S222 ee ei aes Re Period Package is Company group 0712A yY MATCH A v v HELSINKI Helsinki Dec 200
463. used to send data from Excel to AARO For more detailed information about the AARO bookings themselves please refer to the appropriate section of the AARO user manual ABS In this manual there is frequent reference in formulas to ABS This is because the AARO application was formerly known ABS Aaro Business Systems The older product name has been preserved in some of the Excel formulas so that customers who working with existing Excel workbooks do not have to make unnecessary changes From a working point of view the terms ABS and AARO are interchangeable AARO is simply the more modern term Excel send menu commands The Menu command to access the AARO Excel send function is as follows 1 Open Microsoft Excel 2 From the File menu open the file ABSXL xIl which usually located in C AARO Garono OIG X d a es Storlek Typ ih 14310 k6 Microsoft Office My Recent Ba AARO Reports xla 223kB Microsoft Office Documents ma Temps Filmapp Temp Filmapp Logs Filmapp Data Filmapp 2 Backup Filmapp File name My Network Places Files of type Figure 6 3 1 Open ABSXL xIl An AARO Menu will now be visible in Excel next to the Help menu AARO SYSTEMS AB 197 E 3 AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL PAT s Excel connectivity AARO Excel send Ps 3 Choose Log On from the AARO menu in Microsoft Excel 4 Log on to AARO from within Microsoft Excel This enables the use of AARO formulas and AARO men
464. ustment Bookings An Auditor has read rights in the system DataUtil manager Signifies that a user has rights to the menu Utilities Data Utilities where it is possible to copy edit and erase data 7 14 2 19 Background tables Ticked check box gives viewing rights to selected table in the menu Utilities Edit Background Tables If all are unchecked this means that rights are given to all Please contact AARO support to get more information concerning this functionality 7 14 2 20 Full rights to editing tables It is possible to grant full access to editing tables in the menu Utilities Edit Background Tables however for security reasons this access is restricted and not visible Please contact AARO support if you need to get more information concerning this functionality 7 14 3 Database rights tab In the tab Database rights tab roles are set up for each user Each tab consists of one role role 1 role 2 etc A role signifies a specific responsibility for a user such as being a product area controller or a company reporter A user can have one or more roles A role is defined by its restrictions This means that if the role has no restrictions the user has access to everything otherwise the user has access to selected restrictions AARO SYSTEMS AB 391 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities User Administration A AARO User Administration FN BARO DataEntry YValidations Reports Utilities Window Help Sees k aie jo B
465. ustomisable by the system administrator Technical overview It is helpful to understand the difference between the ultimate validation performed by the application server the gatekeeper and additional local pre validations Central gatekeeper The AARO Application Server the middle tier between client applications and the AARO database is the ultimate gatekeeper that validates all input data No invalid data can pass the application server Regardless of the input tool used be it one of the Input screens in the AARO application an import integration tool Excel send formulas or input forms or some third party tool the input data is always sent through the AARO Application Server and validated there There is no other way that data may enter the AARO database The AARO Application Server will always validate all input data and stop any invalid data Therefore there is a certainty that no invalid data ever gets stored in the AARO database Local pre validation In addition to the ultimate validation always performed by the application server input screens in various client applications may have their own additional local pre validation For example the Input screen in the AARO application does certain pre validation of data before it even tries to send the data to the application server In addition to this some screens have lookup lists that help the user choose valid values Examples of this are the Add Colum
466. v To 2010 09 27 2010 09 27 2010 09 27 Figure 7 1 9 Consolidation queue date filter options Delete a consolidation from the queue To delete a consolidation from the queue select the consolidation to be deleted and click Delete Consolidation report The consolidation report shows the consolidation error and warning messages from the server for the failed consolidations and consolidations completed with warning To view the consolidation report select a failed consolidation or consolidation completed with warning click the Reports button and select Consolidation server Report AARO SYSTEMS AB 253 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Consolidation Ek 122 Userld Status Llentered Scheduled _ L_Istarted C Finished J DP T Obj n oF From 2012 02 28 v 2012 02 28 2012 02 28 2012 02 28 v T nN wv 7012 02 28 7012 02 28 a 2012 0 Period RatesFrom OrgFrom SaveAs Typ CalcGroup Obj Form UserId Status ConsQueue Prio CurrTrans Entered 5c Kam Failed amp Warnings Today Period RatesFrom OrgFrom SaveAs Typ CalcGroup Obj Form UserId Status Prio CurrTrans Entered 08034 08034 08034 08034 TOTAL ARLANDA AARO Warning 8 Normal 2012 02 28 11 08 10 al Art Figure 7 1 10 Executing the consolidation report AARO SYSTEMS AB 254 a i a AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL i ee Pha KAT Utilities Freeze consolidations 7 2 i Si Nn TEMS Freeze consolidat
467. verted to the report currency e Transaction Amount The report will match transaction amount figures i e the figures reported in transaction currency by the two companies This also implies that there will be one row for each individual currency in the report e Total Specification The report will match both Loc and transaction amount figures in a single broad report that also includes a specification of translation differences Translation differences appear when the reported local currency and transaction amount figures use a currency exchange rate other than those stored in the AARO system for the period This is not necessarily an error but something to be aware of and the Total Specification match report is an aid in these circumstances Makes it possible to choose how much information to include in the report and also which entities to use in the matching This is done by ticking the check boxes under Specification of and With match on counterpart s The check boxes represent the different report dimensions available for the match report The system administrator defines the available dimensions The dimension could be e g a business unit customer or invoice number AARO SYSTEMS AB 123 l ae AARO AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Th a AA D Validations Match report S75 TE PS Field Description Company This check box is ticked if the whole company name description should be displayed in the report layou
468. vestment SEK Save AARO Correction Journal Type Accounting Type Proforma type Description E System Normal v Normal Normal v Original investment a Normal AF556 071 Prepared By Prepared Time Approved By Approved Time Attested By Attested Time Audited By Audited Time JWSEK bokr AARO 2012 02 01 1 29 04 Ph as Te Frome Cod F Amount LegalG LegalT Adjustmentlevel InvT Product Business Unit a Pierce romCo ode orm moun egalGroup egallype justmentLeve nyType roduc usiness Uni ae PARENT PARENT 208104 EQUITY 5000 MainGroup Goodwill Company ormal m Input PARENT PARENT 209104 EQUITY 4598 MainGroup Goodwill Company ormal ja My Journals S _HOLD S _HOLD 208104 EQUITY 3000 LEGGROUP CTA_CHG Company lormal C m aa All Journals S _HOLD SV _HOLD 209104 EQUITY 2500 LEGGROUP CTA_CHG jormal Ly AAF667 2012 lt im Debit Credit Difference i Su 2 2 461 00 300 905 12 298 444 12 Figure 3 7 13 Legal specification e Show description displays a description to the account of which values are to be entered The accounts affecting the account of which values are entered will also be oa A ma ail FE Fa a ma oe document gt m 5 i aA i i R m a oy peer Ei Fa a file 4 Load Save Save as Print load Save Save as Print Reports f Prepare Prepasi J New Edit J Row Row Copy Reports Prepare F as New Edit Row E 5 Sign K4 eae ee ee ee i es erat nnn ea Ja v
469. w only rules that are valid for the package selected in the Package field Selecting no rules has the same effect as selecting all rules The Settings area allows to filter data included into the report such as Normal journals only The Period must be selected Enter the requested amount in the Limit field if only differences above a certain amount should be displayed The administrator may attach default limits to recon rules By choosing Override all individual rule limits a personal choice of limit is selected and the administrator s default choices will be disregarded Note the limit can be used with the counter code only not the counter value 4 Click OK to order the report AARO SYSTEMS AB 45 t he y a DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Ls ae AA Data Entry Input S75 TEMS B AE S Confidential Page 1 SYSTEMS Reconciliation Report Difference Limit 0 LOC Period 0712A Package ANNUAL Co ARLANDA Detail lewel Rule s default Including J bookings of type Normal Opening Recurrent System LOC Form A Code A Value A Difference Value B Form B Code B Difference found for BS_ALL ITA Total assets 0 660 660 BS_ALL 2TLE Equity amp liab ARLANDA Figure 3 1 22 Reconciliation report example For more information on the reconciliation report see 4 2 Reconciliations 3 1 13 Report period as completed When the reporting for the period is done the package of forms for the period Should be reported as co
470. will have no access another than business unit Film within company 1000 e If there is more than one role set up the principle is allow access to all parameters in role 1 OR allow access to all parameters in role 2 For example if you restrict users to company 1000 in one role and restrict user access to business unit Film in another role the user will have access to all of company 1000 and in addition will have access to business unit Film for all companies 7 14 3 4 Input forms and user roles Before user roles are setup it is important to have a clear understanding of how your company users work before setting up their user roles particularly regarding which input forms users work with The user roles set up in AARO should reflect the input forms the users work with not the company s organisational structure Note if a user if required to enter data on an input form for a given dimension e g business unit then that user will need to have defined access rights for that particular dimension The exception to this is for a user who has no restrictions AARO SYSTEMS AB 394 l Kg DVN eo AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Teas oor m m ASS Utilities User Administration STS TEM STS 4 For example if a user works within a business area of Media and enters information on input forms relating to business units Film and Books then user role restrictions should be set up to work
471. will have to report three things transaction currency transaction amount and local currency amount It is the local currency amount that will be fed to other forms and considered in the consolidation The transaction amount is reported purely for matching and informational purposes When the Detail level for a match form is specified the available fields are not simply the system s dimensions as it would be for ordinary input forms and other types of forms but a list of bins These bins or match bins are defined as the Matchbin section See 7 9 5 Match bins Make sure to save the information on the Properties tab by pressing the Save button before continuing 7 9 1 7 2Match form layout The layout of a match form is created and maintained in exactly the same way as for ordinary input forms with the exception that HEADER and TEXT elements cannot occur in the layout See 7 9 1 6 2 Input form layout Below find an example of what it may look like when a match form s layout is being edited AARO SYSTEMS AB 349 AARO 12 0 USER MANUAL Utilities Edit Input A Edit Input Load Save Saveas Print Reports le amp ie 43 22 Delete Rename Accounts Ge die oe Column an i Paste H MATCH A Properties Layout Recon Match rules Help on Form nia l i Form IC_ASSETS 9 Forms A Code Text Default Short text Default short Condition Condition Attribute AC_TEST i 1320 Long t LT Fin gr
472. xample if the specification for buildings is not activated buildings are edited directly in the BS If the specification is activated buildings are edited in the specification It is important that this information is updated before reporting starts If updating after reporting has been initiated it might be confusing If accounts for a form reported for an active period are changed the period has to be reactivated by pressing the Save button in the active tab Rates tab The Rates tab contains the exchange rates for the selected period Opening average and closing rates are entered here Additional rates can also be used if required these are defined in the menu Utilities Application Management CurrencyTranslation in the Valid currency types area The Rates tab consists of a table containing the following fields Field Description Currency Currency code e g EUR USD SEK Opening Opening rate Average Average rate Closing Closing rate The Inverted values check box enables an opposite exchange rate calculation e g multiply by 10 instead of divide by 10 The whole rates table including the currency codes can be copied to the clipboard by clicking the Copy button All of the rates information for the period can then be pasted to another program such as Excel or Notepad The whole rates table including the currency codes such as SEK EUR and USD can be pasted into the Rates tab by clicking the Paste button Note
473. xpand the legal group 3 Select the company and click the Delete button Past equity eliminations operationally If past equity eliminations should be distributed operationally i e create ability to analyse past equity eliminations or excess values per operational dimension this has to be set up in AARO Contrary if this is not requested this setting should not be selected The main setting for this is in the table SETTING_SETTINGS and the property LegalEquityLevel The StringValue for this property should be set to the requested level number i e Levelt In further handling of the past equity register Level1 will in this case be mandatory to report every acquisition excess value etc Ownership tab Select a period and company AARO SYSTEMS AB 79 AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL Data Entry Legal FAN AARO DataEntry validations Reports Utilities Window Help J aj ga Reports Mew Delte Cons Owner BRISTOL Owned LEEDS BRISTOL Company information LEEDS I sv HOLD E3 FARENT Company name Documents Company E Documents Corporate number Registered office ee DJ Lr _ T ah m ng co E 1 I fan IA b mam DJ 2 D 3 D rw I P mm Office phone Consolidation information m 7T ind nmi m Z EIS A g 4 E 44 Currency Category Subsidiary Translation type Direct minority 10 mo ci Tax Indirect minority
474. ymore Normal is used for periods that are reported and consolidated Calculated and PreCalc are used for periods that are not reported but calculated from other periods The difference between Calculated and PreCalc is that Calculated periods are calculated by the report generator and PreCalc periods are calculated by the consolidator i e PreCalc periods needs to be consolidated AARO SYSTEMS AB 277 Field Default Rates from Default Organization from Consolidation prio DVN te AARO 11 0 USER MANUAL away ae f am 5 Utilities Edit Periods MS Description The argument to use PreCalc periods instead of Calculated is that these are slightly faster and that PreCalc periods are possible to use for further calculations based on periods whereas Calculated are not Period from which rates are taken Normally the same period as the reported but can also be another one Period from which the organization is taken Normally the same period as the reported but it can also bea different one Priority of the consolidation The priorities are High Normal and Low Periods with higher priority are consolidated before periods with lower priority 7 5 2 4Period relation area Mathematics between periods is established here either for entire periods or for individual accounts The area consists of a table with following fields Fi

Table of Contents

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents